Skip to main content

Full text of "Bulletin of Wake Forest University"

New Series 



April 1977 



Volume 72, Number 3 



///^^SSb. 






n 






Bulletin of the 

Wake Forest University 

College of Arts and Sciences 

Wake Forest College 

Announcements for 

1977-1978 



The Bulletin of Wake Forest University is published seven times annually by the University at Winston-Salem. North Carolina 

Second class postage paid at Winston-Salem, North Carolina. 



The Calendar 



August 

August 

August 

August 

August 

August 

August 

September 

September 

October 

November 

November 

November 

December 

December 

December 

December 

December 

December 

December 

December 

December 

December 

January 



January 

January 

January 

January 

January 

February 

February 

February 

February 

February 

March 

March 

March 

March 

April 

April 

April 

May 

May 

May 

May 

May 

May 

May 

May 



25 Thursday 

26 Friday 

26 Friday \ 

28 Sunday J 

29 Monday \ 

30 Tuesday J 

31 Wednesday 
13 Tuesday 

30 Friday 
21 Friday 
24 Thursday \ 

27 Sunday J 

28 Monday 

7 Wednesday 

8 Thursday 

9 Friday 

10 Saturday \ 

13 Tuesday J 

14 Wednesday 

15 Thursday \ 

16 Friday J 

17 Saturday 

18 Sunday "\ 
2 Monday f 



6 Friday \ 

7 Saturday j 
9 Monday 

12 Thursday 

20 Friday 
3 Friday 
6 Monday 
9 Thursday 

20 Monday 

27 Monday 

1 Wednesday 

11 Saturday \ 

12 Sunday J 
20 Monday 

28 Friday 

29 Saturday \ 

30 Sunday J 

1 Monday 

2 Tuesday 

3 Wednesday 

4 Thursday\ 

8 Monday j 

9 Tuesday 

14 Sunday 

15 Monday 



Fall Semester 1977 

Residence halls open at noon for first year students 
Residence halls open at noon for transfer students 

Orientation for new students 

Registration for all courses 

Classes begin 
Last day to add courses 
Last day to drop courses 
Mid-term grades due 

Thanksgiving recess 

Classes resume 
Classes end 
Reading Day 
Examinations begin 

Examinations 

Reading Day 

Examinations 

Examinations end 

Christmas recess 

Spring Semester 1978 

Registration for all courses 

Classes begin for four- and fifteen-week courses 
Last day to add or drop four-week courses 
Last day to add fifteen-week courses 
Classes end for four-week courses 
Classes begin for eleven-week courses 
Last day to drop fifteen-week courses 
Last day to add eleven-week courses 
Last day to drop eleven-week courses 
Mid-term grades due 

Spring recess 

Classes resume 
Classes end 

Reading Days 

Examinations begin 
Examinations 
Reading Day 

Examinations 

Examinations end 

Baccalaureate 

Commencement 



The Bulletin 



The Calendar 2 

The University 6 

Libraries 7 

Recognition and Accreditation 7 

The College 9 

History and Development 9 

Buildings and Grounds 18 

Purpose 19 

Administration 19 

Student Life 20 

Student Government 20 

College Union 21 

Men's Residence Council 21 

Women's Residence Council 22 

Interfraternity Council 22 

Intersociety Council 22 

Honor Societies and Professional Fraternities 22 

Academic Awards 23 

Intramural Athletics 23 

Intercollegiate Athletics for Men 23 

Intercollegiate Athletics for Women 24 

Religious Activities 24 

Cultural Activities 24 

Psychological Services 26 

Placement and Career Development 26 

Procedures 28 

Admission 28 

Application 28 

Early Decision 29 

Advanced Placement 29 

Transfer Credit 29 

Tuition and Fees 30 

Vehicle Registration 31 

Housing and Food Services 31 

Health Service 32 

Orientation and Advising 32 

Registration 32 

Classification 32 

Class Attendance 33 

Auditing 33 

Dropping 33 

Withdrawal 34 

Examinations 34 

Grading 34 

Grade Reports and Transcripts 35 



Dean's List and Graduation Distinctions 35 

Repetition of Courses 35 

Requirements for Continuation 35 

Requirements for Readmission 37 

Probation 37 

Senior Conditions 38 

Scholarships and Loans 39 

Scholarships 39 

Loans 43 

Concessions 44 

Other Financial Aid 44 

Special Programs 46 

Honors Study 46 

Open Curriculum 46 

Residential Language Centers 46 

Study in London and Venice 47 

Study in France 47 

Study in Spain 47 

Study in India 47 

Independent Study Abroad 47 

Study at Salem College 48 

Summer Study 48 

January Study 48 

Requirements for Degrees 49 

Degrees Offered , 49 

General Requirements 49 

Basic Requirements 50 

Divisional Requirements 50 

Physical Education Requirement 51 

Completion of Lower Division Requirements 51 

Admission to the Upper Division 51 

Courses of Study in the Upper Division 52 

Fields of Study 52 

Double Majors and Dual Majors 52 

Senior Testing 53 

Combined Degrees in the School of Law 53 

Combined Degrees in Medical Sciences 53 

Combined Degrees in Medical Technology 54 

Degrees in the Physician Assistant Program 54 

Degrees in Microbiology 55 

Degrees in Dentistry 55 

Degrees in Engineering 55 

Degrees in Forestry 56 

Courses of Instruction 57 

Art 57 

Asian Studies 59 

Biology 61 



Business and Accountancy 64 

Chemistry 67 

Classical Langauges 68 

Economics 71 

Education 73 

English 78 

German 82 

History 84 

Humanities 87 

Interdisciplinary Honors 89 

Mathematics 90 

Military Science 93 

Music 94 

Philosophy 98 

Physical Education 100 

Physics 103 

Politics 104 

Psychology 108 

Religion Ill 

Romance Languages 114 

Social Sciences 122 

Sociology and Anthropology 122 

Speech Communication and Theatre Arts 126 

Degrees Conferred 131 

Distinctions Conferred 145 

The Administration 151 

The College Faculty 159 

Emeriti 172 

The Committees of the Faculty 174 

The Board of Visitors 178 

The Board of Trustees 179 



The University 



Wake Forest University was founded in 1834 by the Baptist State Convention of 
North Carolina. The school opened its doors to students on February 3 as Wake 
Forest Institute, with Samuel Wait as principal. It was located in the Forest of 
Wake County, North Carolina, on the plantation of Dr. Calvin Jones, near which 
the village of Wake Forest later developed. 

Rechartered in 1838 as Wake Forest College, it is one of the oldest institutionr. 
of higher learning in the state. It was exclusively a college of liberal arts for men 
until 1894, when the School of Law was established. A two-year medical program 
was offered by the School of Medicine, founded in 1902, until it moved from the 
town of Wake Forest, in 1941, to Winston-Salem and association with the North 
Carolina Baptist Hospital. It was then renamed the Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine in honor of the benefactor who made possible the move and expansion 
to full four-year operation. 

The School of Business Administration began in 1948 as an undergraduate di- 
vision. It was renamed the Babcock Graduate School of Management in 1969, 
with a corresponding change in emphasis and program. The Division of Gradu- 
ate Studies was established in 1961. It is now organized as the Graduate School 
and encompasses advanced work in the arts and sciences on both campuses in | 
Winston-Salem. A summer session was inaugurated in 1921. 

In 1946 the trustees of Wake Forest College and the Baptist State Convention of 
North Carolina accepted a proposal by the Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation to relo- 
cate the non-medical divisions of the College in Winston-Salem, where the 
School of Medicine already was. The late Charles H. Babcock and his wife, the 
late Mary Reynolds Babcock, contributed a campus site, and building funds were 
received from many sources. Between 1952 and 1956 the first fourteen buildings 
were erected, in Georgian style, on the new Winston-Salem campus. In 1956 the 
College moved all operations, leaving the 122-year-old campus in the town of 
Wake Forest to the Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

The decade that followed was the College's most expansive, and in 1967 its 
augmented character was recognized by the change in name to Wake Forest Uni- 
versity. Today enrollment in the University stands at well over 4,000. Govern- 
ment remains in the hands of the Board of Trustees, and development for each of 
the five schools of the University is augmented by Boards of Visitors for the 
undergraduate College and Graduate School, the School of Law, the Graduate 
School of Management, and the School of Medicine. A joint board of University 
trustees and trustees of North Carolina Baptist Hospital is responsible for the 
Medical Center, which includes the hospital and the School of Medicine. Alumni 
and parents' organizations are also active at Wake Forest. Endowment by the Z. 
Smith Reynolds Foundation, the North Carolina Baptist State Convention, and 
other sources is strong and continuing. The hallmark of education at Wake Forest 
remains the devotion to liberal arts learning and professional preparation for men 
and, since 1942, women. Perhaps unique is a complementary devotion to historic 
church-relatedness and to the Z. Smith Reynolds contract, now more than thirty 
years old. 



The College, Graduate School, School of Law, and Graduate School of Man- 
agement are located on the Reynolda Campus in the northwest suburb of 
Winston-Salem. The Bowman Gray School of Medicine is about four miles away, 
on what is known as the Hawthorne Campus near the city's downtown. The 
University also teaches regularly at Casa Artom in Venice, at the recently ac- 
quired Worrell House in London, and in other places around the world. 

The College offers courses of study leading to the baccalaureate in more than 
thirty departments and interdisciplinary areas. The School of Law offers the Juris 
Doctor, and the Graduate School of Management the Master of Business Admin- 
istration and Master of Management degrees. In addition to the Doctor of 
Medicine degree, the School of Medicine offers through the Graduate School pro- 
grams leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in the 
basic medical sciences. The Graduate School confers the Master of Arts degree in 
most areas of the arts and sciences and the Doctor of Philosophy degree in biol- 
ogy and chemistry. 

Libraries 

The libraries of Wake Forest University permit research for undergraduate edu- 
cation and in each of those disciplines in which a graduate degree is offered. An 
endowment provided by a substantial gift from the Mary Reynolds Babcock 
Foundation and another from Mrs. Nancy Reynolds has been assigned to the 
expansion of library resources, especially to support the graduate program. 
Further sustained development is thus assured. The libraries of the University 
hold membership in the Association of Southeastern Research Libraries. 

The library collections total 642,611 volumes. Of these, 490,052 constitute the 
general collection in the Z. Smith Reynolds Library; 66,043 housed in the School 
of Law; 77,751 in the library of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine; and 8,765 
in a relatively new library in the Babcock Graduate School of Management. Sub- 
scriptions to 7,985 periodicals and serials, largely of scholarly content, are main- 
tained by the four libraries of the University. The holdings of the Z. Smith 
Reynolds Library include 16,646 reels of microfilm, 45,592 microcards, 160,504 
pieces of microprint and microfiche, and 57,812 volumes of United States Gov- 
ernment publications. 

Special collections cover the works of selected late nineteenth and early twen- 
tieth century English and American writers, with pertinent critical material; a 
Mark Twain Collection; a Gertrude Stein Collection; and the Ethel Taylor Critten- 
den Collection in Baptist History. The recent acquisition of the Charles H. Bab- 
cock Collection of Rare and Fine Books represents an important addition to the 
resources of the Z. Smith Reynolds Library. 

Recognition and Accreditation 

Wake Forest University is a member of the Southern Association of Colleges 
and Schools, the Southern Universities Conference, the Association of American 
Colleges, and the Council of Graduate Schools in the United States. The Univer- 
sity has chapters of the principal national social fraternities, professional frater- 



nities, and honor societies, including Phi Beta Kappa and Sigma Xi. 

The Bowman Gray School of Medicine of Wake Forest University is a member 
of the Association of American Medical Colleges and is on the approved list of: 
the Council on Medical Education of the American Medical Association. 

Wake Forest College was accredited by the Southern Association of Colleges 
and Schools in 1921. The reaccreditation of 1965 included the masters' and Doctor 
of Philosophy degree programs in the Division of Graduate Studies. Accredita- 
tion was reaffirmed in December 1975. 

The program in counseling leading to the Master of Arts in Education degree is 
accredited by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education. 




The College 



Wake Forest College lives on in name as the undergraduate college of arts and 
sciences. It is the center of academic life at the University; through it the Univer- 
sity carries on the tradition of nearly 150 years of excellence in teaching and pre- 
paring men and women for business, professional life, and enlightened citi- 
zenship. 

History and Development 

The founding of Wake Forest College in 1834 was one manifestation of the 
intellectual and humanitarian reform movement which characterized North 
Carolina and the nation in the decade of the 1830s. The beginnings of the College 
and the formation of the Baptist State Convention were closely interwoven: a 
leading motive for the organization of the Convention was that it serve as an 
agency for establishing an institution that would provide education under Chris- 
tian influences for ministers and laymen. 

The leaders in the movement for Convention and College were Baptist minis- 
ters and laymen from diverse backgrounds. Martin Ross, a North Carolinian, was 
a prominent Baptist minister in the Chowan area and an advocate of an educated 
ministry; Thomas Meredith, a graduate of the University of Pennsylvania, had 
been pastor first at New Bern and after 1825 at Edenton; Samuel Wait, a graduate 
of Columbia College in New York, had been pastor of the New Bern Baptist 
Church since 1827. The inspiration of Ross, the scholarship of Meredith — who 
wrote the Convention constitution and later founded and edited the Biblical 
Recorder — and the leadership of Wait combined to lead the Baptists of North 
Carolina into the formation of the Baptist State Convention on March 26, 1830. 
Fourteen individuals — seven ministers and seven laymen — appointed Wait as 
the Convention's agent to explain to churches, associations, and others the need 
for a college to provide "an education in the liberal arts in fields requisite for 
gentlemen." 

For nearly three years Wait traveled over the state in his wagon, visiting 
churches and associations and the homes of individual Baptists and speaking to a 
large number of the approximately 15,000 Baptists who lived in the piedmont and 
coastal counties of the state. Perhaps as many as one-half opposed missions, edu- 
cation, and other benevolences, but after two years of educational canvassing 
Wait reported enough sentiment in favor of the program for the Convention to 
proceed. 

A 600-acre plantation, located sixteen miles north of Raleigh, was purchased 
from Dr. Calvin Jones in 1832 for $2,000. The North Carolina Legislature was 
asked to grant a charter for a literary institution based on the manual labor prin- 
ciple. The lobbying of opponents, both Baptist and non-Baptist, was effective; 
only the tie-breaking vote of William D. Moselev, speaker of the senate, secured 
passage of the charter-granting bill. It was a meager charter, subject to various 
restrictions and limited to a period of twenty years, but the birth of Wake Forest 



10 

had been achieved. Its subsequent growth would be the result of creative ad- 
justments and successful responses to a series of other challenges. 

After his successful three-year canvass of the state, Samuel Wait was elected 
principal of the new institution. Sixteen students registered on February 3, 1834; 
before the end of the year seventy-two had enrolled. The manual labor principle, 
adopted as a partial means of financing the institution, was abandoned after five* 
years, and the school was rechartered in 1839 as Wake Forest College. 

President Wait's home was the farmhouse on the Jones plantation (now pre 
served as an historical museum in the town of Wake Forest). Students lived in 
what had been slave quarters, and classes were conducted in the carriage house. 
In 1835 construction on the first brick building was begun by Captain John Berry, 
a prominent builder who agreed to accept payment in notes due in three annual 
installments. The economic crisis of 1837 had such an adverse effect that support 
for the College and student enrollment steadily declined; only a loan of $10,000 
from the State Literary Fund in 1841 prevented bankruptcy. During these years of 
arduous struggle to keep the College alive, President Wait exhausted his physical 
strength and contracted an illness which forced him to resign the presidency in 
1845. 

William Hooper succeeded Wait, and the prospects of the College became 
brighter. Hooper, a grandson of one of North Carolina's three signers of the De- 
claration of Independence, had received his education at the University of North 
Carolina. As a native North Carolinian with family connections extending over 
several generations, he was able to mobilize public opinion in support of the 
College. The leadership during his brief tenure generated such enthusiasm in 
support of education that a successful campaign for funds retired the debt for the 
College buildings in 1850. 

After Hooper's resignation the trustees elected to the presidency Professor of 
Mathematics John B. White, a graduate of Brown University Since the physical 
facilities were now free of mortgages, fund-raising efforts during President 
White's administration could be concentrated on increasing the College endow- 
ment. A campaign begun in 1852 had as its goal increasing support by $50,000. 
The trustees placed in charge of this campaign Washington Manly Wingate, a 
graduate of 1849 who within a year and a half raised approximately $33,000. 

But the temper of the times was unsuited to leadership by a Northerner, and 
President White resigned in 1854. The trustees chose as his successor Wingate, 
then twenty-six years old and the first alumnus of the College to serve as presi- 
dent. Under his vigorous leadership, which spanned nearly three decades, the 
quality of students improved and new faculty members were added. During the 
first eight years of Wingate's administration, sixty-six students graduated — 
more than half of the total graduated during the first twenty-three years in the 
life of the College. In 1857 President Wingate launched a campaign to produce an 
additional endowment of $50,000, over one-half of which was raised in a single 
evening during the 1857 meeting of the Convention. 

This period of growth and expansion was cut short by the division of the 
Union in 1861. The Conscription Act of 1863 did not exempt students, and for 
three years of the Civil War the College suspended operations. The buildings 



were used briefly for a girls' school; after 1863 the Confederate government used 
College facilities as a military hospital. 

Following Sherman's march through the South and Lee's surrender at Ap- 
pomatox, a peace of desolation pervaded the region. Supporters of Wake Forest 
surveyed what remained: College buildings, now leaky and in poor repair; ap- 
proximately $11,700 from a pre-war endowment of $100,000; the former president 
and faculty; a loyal group of trustees. There was also something else: an indomi- 
table spirit of determination that Wake Forest should emerge from the wreck of 
war and fulfill its mission. 

The needs of the College were great and financial prospects poor, but in No- 
vember 1865, barely six months after the end of the war, nine members of the 
Board of Trustees, acting with unwarranted courage, authorized the resumption 
of classes. Wingate was persuaded to resume the presidency, and on January 15, 
1866, fifty-one students enrolled. The number gradually increased as the South 
and its economy slowly recovered. 

President Wingate realized that the people of North Carolina had to be 
awakened to the need for education in the New South, and that they must be 
persuaded that Wake Forest could help serve that need. To launch this campaign, 
a Baptist-sponsored, state-wide educational convention was held in Raleigh. Be- 
fore funds could be collected, the financial crisis of 1873 ended all immediate 
hope for endowment. The failure of the 1873-74 fund-raising campaign placed the 
College in a precarious position. The triple encumbrances of war, reconstruction, 
and financial panic made it evident that little money could be raised in North 
Carolina. The Committee on Endowment of the Board of Trustees appointed 
James S. Purefoy, a local merchant and Baptist minister, their agent to solicit 
funds in the Northern states for continued operation of the College. While serv- 
ing as treasurer of the Board before the war, he had salvaged $11,700 from the 
pre-war endowment of $100,000 by persuading the Trustees to invest half of the 
endowment in state bonds. After two years of unrelenting and often discouraging 
labor, without remuneration, he now placed in the hands of the Trustees the sum 
of $9,200. 

It was also in the bleak days of financial uncertainty that a Wake Forest student, 
James W. Denmark, proposed and founded the first college student loan fund in 
the United States. A Confederate veteran, Denmark had worked six years to ac- 
cumulate enough money for his own college expenses. Soon after entering Wake 
Forest in 1871 he realized that many students had the same great financial need. 
From his meager funds he spent five dollars for post cards and wrote to college 
presidents across the country asking how their loan funds were organized. When 
he found that the colleges had none, he enlisted the support of faculty and stu- 
dents at Wake Forest and in 1877 persuaded the Legislature to charter the North 
Carolina Baptist Student Loan Fund. Chartered with a capital of $25,000, it was 
actually begun with a paid-in capital of only $150. Now known as the James W. 
Denmark Loan Fund, it is the oldest college student loan fund in the United 
States and has assets of $325,000 to serve the needs of students according to the 
purposes of its founder. 

By the close of President Wingate's second administration in 1879 the College 



12 

had been successfully revived. The endowment had been increased from approx- 
imately $11,000 to $40,000; a new library building had been constructed; another 
building, Wingate Hall, was under construction. Perhaps the greatest service 
President Wingate rendered was bringing to the College a faculty of highly quali- 
fied scholars who served the College with distinction and dedication over many 
years. Among them were Professors William G. Simmons (1855-88), William 
Royall (1859-70; 1880-92), William Bailey Royall (1866-1928), Luther Rice Mills 
(1867-1907), and Charles Elisha Taylor (1870-1915), who served as president from 
1884 to 1905. Two other scholars who became tutors or adjunct professors in the 
last year of President Wingate's administration were also destined to play impor- 
tant roles in the life of the College: Needham Y. Gulley, who established the 
School of Law in 1894 and served as its first dean for thirty-six years, and 
biologist William Louis Poteat, who served the College for fifty years, twenty-two 
of them as president. 

The administration of President Thomas Henderson Pritchard, which followed,, 
that of President Wingate, was brief and served principally to further Wingate's 
efforts to persuade Baptists and other North Carolinians to improve the deplor- 
able condition of education in the state. The second alumnus of the College to 
serve as president, Pritchard was an eloquent speaker whose prominent 
leadership among Baptists increased the patronage of the College and improved 
its image among its constituency. 

Charles Elisha Taylor, whom President Wingate had brought to the faculty ir 
1880, was elected in 1884 to serve as the sixth president. In 1882, while professoi 
of moral philosophy, he had proposed to the Board of Trustees a plan to increase 
the endowment from $53,000 to $100,000. He recommended a short one-yeai 
campaign and the solicitation of funds from a few wealthy individuals rathei 
than the usual protracted campaign among Baptists generally who had little' 
money to contribute. In the course of his efforts to increase the endowment, Pro-i 
fessor Taylor succeeded in enlisting the support of Jabez A. Bostwick of New York | 
City, whose contributions established Wake Forest as a private endowed college. I 
President Taylor's administration from 1884 to 1905 brought enrichment of th< ! 
academic program in a variety of ways. Academic departments were increasec 
from eight to thirteen and the size of the faculty more than doubled. Two new 
schools were added: the School of Law in 1894 and the School of Medicine iri 
1902. Progress in other areas included the addition of three buildings: a sciena [ 
laboratory, a general classroom building, and a new gymnasium. The campu; 
was landscaped, and with the able assistance of President Taylor's co-worke a 
"Doctor" Tom Jeffries, over 400 trees were planted, making Magnolia graftdiflon' 
almost synonymous with the Wake Forest campus. 

President Taylor was succeeded by William Louis Poteat. Affectionately know] 
as "Dr. Billy" to students during and after his twenty-two year administration, hi 
continued to promote the general growth of all areas of College life. Special em 
phasis was placed on development in the sciences, reflecting in part the interest 
of the president and in part the need to enrich the pre-medical training requirec 
by the new School of Medicine. 

As student enrollment increased from 313 in 1905 to 742 in 1927, there was 



14 



corresponding increase in the size of the faculty. Registration in religion, English, 
education, and the social sciences required more administrative direction, and a 
dean and a registrar were employed along with a library staff. Expansion of phys- 
ical facilities included science laboratories, two new dormitories, an athletic field 
a heating plant, and an infirmary. Propelled by the trend of the other colleges in 
the state, Wake Forest gave more attention to sports and achieved an envied repu- 
tation in baseball and football. Also notable during President Poteat's administra- 
tion was the continued growth of the endowment. Through the efforts of Profes- 
sor John B. Carlyle, $117,000 was added, one-fourth of it contributed by the Gen- 
eral Education Board of New York. Later a substantial gift was received from 
Benjamin N. Duke, and $458,000 came from the Southern Baptist Convention. 

Beyond these significant material advances, President Poteat brought distinc- 
tion in the form of state and national recognition. A devout Christian, an 
eloquent speaker, and an accomplished scholar, he became a national leader in 
education and probably the foremost Baptist layman in the state. As a distin- 
guished scientist he was among the first to introduce the theory of evolution to 
his biology classes. The Christian commitment in his personal and public life 
enabled him to defend successfully his views on evolution before the Baptist 
State Convention in 1924, in a major victory for academic freedom that attracted 
nation-wide attention. Through his influence and that of Wake Forest alumni 
who supported his view, the North Carolina Legislature refused to follow other 
Southern states in the passage of anti-evolution laws in the 1920s. 

During the administration of Poteat's successor Francis Pendleton Gaines 
(1927-1930), the academic program strengthened. In 1930 the Trustees selected 
Thurman D. Kitchin, dean of the medical school, to fill the presidency. Kitchin 
was a member of a family prominent in state and national affairs: one brother 
William W Kitchin, had served as governor of North Carolina; another, Claude 
Kitchin, had served as majority leader in the United States House of Representa- 
tives. Kitchin's twenty-year administration was one of progress in the face of 
many obstacles — depression, destructive campus fires (one of which destroyed 
venerable Wait Hall), the disruption caused by World War II, and a depleted stu- 
dent body. 

Notable accomplishments during this period were the approval in 1936 of the 
School of Law by the American Bar Association and in 1941 the removal of the 
School of Medicine to Winston-Salem, where it undertook full four-year opera- 
tion in association with the North Carolina Baptist Hospital as the Bowman Gray 
School of Medicine, after the benefactor who made expansion possible 

World War II brought other changes. Although the College was able to remain 
open, enrollment dropped in 1942 to 474. The College met this crisis by modify- 
ing its century-old admissions policy and becoming a coeducational institution 
that year. In the post-war period, enrollment mushroomed with the return of the 
veterans and reached a peak of 1,762 by 1949. Just before World War II a 
$7,000,000 capital expansion campaign for buildings and endowment had been 
launched by President Kitchin. The war forced the postponement of construction, 
but out of the campaign came a proposal which offered another war-ridden Wake 
Forest an opportunity for yet another rebirth. The Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation 



15 

proposed that up to $350,000 a year of its income be given in perpetuity to the 
College, provided that the entire College be relocated in Winston-Salem and that 
)ther friends of the College provide a campus site and buildings. In 1946 the 
3oard of Trustees, the Convention, and the Baptist constituency of the state ac- 
repted the Reynolds proposal. 

To move a more than 100-year old institution from its rural setting 110 miles to 
i new campus in an urban environment required leadership of great vision, de- 
termination, and youthful vigor. To succeed President Kitchin, who retired on his 
sixty-fifth birthday, the trustees in 1950 elected to the presidency Harold Wayland 
Tribble, then president of Andover Newton Theological School and a noted Bap- 
tist theologian. President Tribble immediately began to mobilize alumni and 
friends of the College, and the Baptist State Convention, in support of the great 
itransition. The Convention adopted a nine-year program of increased annual 
support to all the Baptist colleges in the state and pledged funds for the building 
of Wait Chapel on the new campus. The Reynolds Foundation agreed to set aside 
for building its $350,000 annual support until the move actually occurred, and 
from these funds the Z. Smith Reynolds Library was constructed. The Foundation 
also offered a $3,000,000 challenge gift from which Reynolda Hall was built. The 
citizens of Winston-Salem and Forsyth County contributed the cost of Salem Hall, 
and the W. N. Reynolds Gymnasium was named after William Neal Reynolds, 
who contributed $1,000,000 for its construction. A 320-acre campus site was pro- 
vided by the late Charles H. Babcock and his wife Mary Reynolds Babcock. 

Groundbreaking ceremonies were held in Winston-Salem on October 15, 1951, 
when a crowd of more than 20,000 watched President Harry Truman lift the first 
shovel of dirt to begin construction of the new Wake Forest campus. Between 
1951 and 1956, fourteen buildings were erected; the removal of the College to its 
new home was accomplished in time for the opening of the summer session in 

1956. 

In the next eleven years of President Tribble's administration the College 
experienced many changes. It had revised its curriculum before coming to the 
new campus, offering greater flexibility to students, whose number increased to 
3,022. The size of the faculty rapidly expanded, reducing the studentteacher ratio 
to fourteen-to-one. The campus was further expanded with the erection of 
Winston Hall in 1961, a new women's residence hall in 1962, and Tribble Hall, a 
general classroom building, in 1963. Groves Stadium, seating 31,000, was com- 
pleted in 1968. 

Additional resources came to the College in its new home. In 1954 the will oi 
Colonel George Foster Hankins provided over $1,000,000 to be used for scho- 
larships. In 1956 the Ford Foundation contributed $680,000 to the endowment of 
the School of Arts and Sciences and $1,600,000 to the Bowman Gray School oi 
Medicine. At the time of the removal of the College, the Z. Smith Reynolds 
Foundation increased its annual support from $350,000 to $500,000. After the 
completion of a challenge gift of $3,000,000 offered in L965, the Foundation raised 
its annual contribution to $620,000. The holdings of the University's libraries 
more than tripled, and the Z. Smith Reynolds Library was awarded the income 
from an endowment fund of $4,500,000 contributed by the Mary Reynolds Bab- 



16 



cock Foundation and Mrs. Nancy Reynolds. 

Graduate work, first offered in 1866 but suspended during the removal pro- 
gram, was resumed in 1961 with the establishment of a Division of Graduate 
Studies. In 1967, recognizing the augmented resources of the College, the Trus- 
tees officially changed the institution's name to Wake Forest University. The Di- 
vision of Graduate Studies became the Graduate School and the name Wake 
Forest College was retained as the designation for the undergraduate school. 

After seventeen years of strenuous effort, President Tribble retired in 1967 
leaving as his lasting memorial the removal of the College from Wake Forest tc 
Winston-Salem and its changed status from College to University, with enhanced 
resources and academic distinction. As his successor the Trustees chose James 
Ralph Scales, former president of Oklahoma Baptist University and former dean 
of arts and sciences at Oklahoma State University. Since his administration began 
there have been important new developments. The Guy T and Clara H. Carswell 
Scholarship Fund, valued at $1,600,000, was established to undergird the under- 
graduate college. The undergraduate School of Business Administration was 
made a Graduate School of Management in 1969 and named in honor of Charles 
H. Babcock; through the generosity of the Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation and 
Mrs. Nancy Reynolds, a new building was constructed to house the Babcock 
School. A subsequent gift of $2,000,000 was received from the Mary Reynolds 
Babcock Foundation for endowment. The Fine Arts Center was completed in 
1976, offering unparalleled facilities for studio art and theatre. Its building marks 
a major phase of the College's growth in comprehensive liberal arts education. 

Complementing this material growth, Wake Forest has expanded its curriculum 
to offer study for the baccalaureate degree in over thirty areas: accountancy, an- 
thropology, art, biology, business, chemistry, classical studies, economics, educa- 
tion, English, French, German, Greek, history, Latin, mathematical economics, 
mathematics, mathematics-business, mathematics-biology, music, philosophy! 
physical education, physics, politics, psychology, religion, Romance languages,' 
sociology, Spanish, speech communication, and theatre arts. In addition, instruc- 
tion is given in Asian studies, interdisciplinary humanities, Chinese, Hebrew, 
Hindi, Italian, Norwegian, Russian, and military science. Also available are com- 
bined curricula in law, medical sciences, medical technology, microbiology, den- 
tistry, engineering, forestry, and the physician assistant program. 

The academic calendar is designed for controlled flexibility in undergraduate 
study. There is a fifteen-week fall semester, a four-week January term, a spring 
semester offering both fifteen- and eleven-week courses, and two summer terms 
of five and a half weeks each. Exchange programs with Salem College in 
Winston-Salem and with universities abroad have further expanded the student's 
range of choice and opportunity. In addition, Wake Forest maintains residential 
centers in Venice and London for foreign study within the College curriculum. As 
a mark of increased academic stature, the William Rand Kenan Foundation in 
1970 established the first fully endowed University professorship at Wake Forest. 
It is held by Kenan Professor of Humanities Germaine Bree. 



18 



Buildings and Grounds 

Wake Forest is situated on approximately 320 acres; its physical plant consist 
of over thirty buildings, most of which are of modified Georgian architecture anc 
constructed of Old Virginia brick trimmed in granite and limestone. Th 
Reynolda Gardens annex, consisting of about 150 acres and including Reynold 
Woods, Reynolda Village, and Reynolda Gardens, is adjacent to the campus 
Nearby is the Graylyn Estate, maintained on an additional fifteen acres as a cor 
ference and study center by the University. 

Wait Chapel is named in memory of the first president of the College. Its maiii 
auditorium seats 2,300 and is the home of Wake Forest Baptist Church; Davi: 
Chapel seats 150 and is used by the Church and by the College for smaller ser- 
vices. Wingate Hall, named in honor of President Washington Manly Wingate 
houses the Department of Music, the Department of Religion, and the offices o 
the Church. 

Reynolda Hall, across the main plaza from Wait Chapel, is an administratioi 
building and student center. Most administrative offices for the Reynolda Cam 
pus are located in it, along with the College Union and other student activities 
The Z. Smith Reynolds Library houses the main collection of books and document; 
on the Reynolda Campus. Along with six floors of open stacks with a capacity fo: 
about 1,000,000 volumes, it has reading and reference rooms for study. 

Winston Hall houses the Departments of Biology and Psychology; Salem Hall 
the Departments of Chemistry and Physics. Both buildings have laboratory a? 
well as classroom and special research facilities. Harold W. Tribble Hall accomo- 
dates the humanities and social science departments and has a curriculum mate- 
rials center, an honors seminar room, a philosophy library and seminar room 
and a larger lecture area, DeTamble Auditorium, with an adjacent exhibition gal- 
lery. Instruction in mathematics, business, and accountancy is carried out ir 
Charles H. Babcock Hall, which also houses the Babcock Graduate School of 
Management. The School of Law occupies Guy T. Carszuell Hall. 

The Fine Arts Center is of contemporary design appropriate to the functions oi 
studio art, theatre, and instruction in art history and drama. Off its lobby is a 
large gallery for special exhibitions. In the art wing are spacious studios for draw- 
ing, painting, sculpture, and printmaking, along with a smaller gallery and class- 
rooms. In the theatre wing are design and production areas and two technically 
complete theatres, the larger of traditional proscenium design and the smaller for 
experimental ring productions. The lobby and an open court are also used for 
student theatre. 

The W. N. Reynolds Gymnasium is equipped with classrooms for instruction in 
physical education, courts for basketball and other indoor sports, a swimming' 
pool, and offices for the Department of Physical Education, intercollegiate ath- 
letics for men and women, and military science. Adjacent are tennis courts,, 
sports fields, and a track. Nearby is a new indoor tennis center. An indoor track, 
and field center is under construction. 

There are four main residence halls for undergraduate men: Kitchin House, 
Potent House, Davis House, and Taylor House. For women there are four residence 

\ 



19 

nails on the lower plaza of the campus: Bostwick, Johnson, Babcock, and New Dor- 
nitories. Just off the main campus are twelve apartment buildings for faculty and 
married students. A townhouse apartment building has been completed. 

Purpose 

The most recent formally adopted statement of the purposes and objectives of 
the University includes the following: "As an institution founded by the Baptist 
State Convention of North Carolina, Wake Forest University seeks to shape its 
goals, policies, and practices by Christian ideals. It seeks to help its students 
become mature, well-informed, and responsible persons. . . . These purposes 
underlie the total academic program of the University. Through them the Univer- 
sity seeks to prepare its students for careers in teaching, the ministry, law, 
medicine, business, research, and other professions." 

The special mission of the College, operating within the framework of these 
principles, is to educate the total man and woman within the limits and 
capacities of individual talent, preparation, and interest. The College is neither a 
preparatory school for academic deficiencies nor a professional school for voca- 
tional training. In tradition and design it is an institution of liberal arts where 
athletic, artistic, and social activities are fostered on a firm foundation of educa- 
tion in the humanities, the social and natural sciences, and mathematics. 

Proud of its heritage and circumspect in the responsible use of freedom, the 
College encourages the spirit of free inquiry. It seeks faculty and administrators 
who have a commitment to the search for knowledge, who have an awareness of 
their own responsibilities as useful citizens in a free society, and who have a 
sense of obligation to the students who will help shape tomorrow. It invites 
applicants who are willing to accept the challenge of new ideas, with a commit- 
ment to education as the means of achieving their own personal development 
and of helping to solve the problems of an increasingly complex society. It be- 
lieves that all students should know something of the physical world and the 
scientific method by which data are gathered, verified, and organized; that they 
should be knowledgeable about the social relationships which make up the adult 
world; that they must cultivate the heritage of the past and be concerned for 
spiritual, moral, and physical development; and that as graduates they should be 
able to communicate effectively in all areas with their fellow men and women. It 
instills in men and women a sense of the dignity and worth of the individual, a 
love of freedom, an awareness of the continuity of human experience, and a 
sense of responsibility to others. 

Administration 

The College is administered by the Provost, who is the chief academic officer oi 
the University; by the Dean of the College, who is responsible for academic 
planning and administration in all areas of undergraduate life; by an Associate 
and Assistant Dean, who supervise academic counseling; by a Dean of Men and 
Dean of Women, who advise residential, social, and cultural life; and by the 
committees of the faculty listed in this bulletin. 



20 

Student Life 



Student government in the College has executive, legislative, and judicial func- 1 
tions. The student-operated College Union plans, directs, and funds social and 
entertainment activities. Social fraternities for men are governed by an Interfra- 
ternity Council, and societies for women by an Intersociety Council. A Men's 
Residence Council and Women's Residence Council are open to all students who 
live on campus. There are chapters of the major honor societies and professional 
societies for qualified students, and a number of academic awards made by the 
University for distinguished student achievement and service. In addition, there' 
are service fraternities and groups which, like the College Union, are operated by 
students. Intercollegiate athletics for men and for women and an intramural 
sports program are strong, distinguished by tradition and by performance. Reli- 
gious and cultural activities are central to the life of the College and similarly- 
distinctive. The University offers a number of additional services to students re- 
lating to their physical and mental health, spiritual growth, and preparation for 
professional life. 

Student Government 

The executive branch of the student government is comprised of the four stu-, 
dent body officers — president, vice president, secretary, treasurer — and the 
executive advisory committees. Reporting directly to the officers are various; 
committees which work on improving service to students. These committees are> 
open to all students who wish to serve. 

Student Legislature. The Student Legislature is composed of fifty-five student, 
representatives; the vice president of the student body serves as speaker. The: 
Legislature represents the interests of students in social and academic matters 
and promotes and funds projects of benefit to the student body and the larger 
community. It oversees the dispensation of funds to student groups and recom-, 
mends the chartering of newly formed student organizations. Major committees 
are the Charter Committee, the Student Budget Advisory Committee, and the 
Student Economic Board. 

Honor Council and Judicial Board. Responsibilities for the judicial branch are 
divided between an Honor Council and a Judicial Board. The Honor Council 
consists of ten members — two co-chairmen selected by the Honor Council of the 
previous year plus two representatives from each class. There are three non- 
voting faculty advisers. 

Honor System. The honor system is an expression of the concern that students 
be motivated by ideals of honor and integrity. It is an integral part of the student 
government of the College as adopted by students and approved by the faculty. 
Its essence is that each student's word can be trusted implicitly and that any, 
violation of a student's word is an offense against the whole student community 
The honor system binds students neither to give nor receive aid on any examina- 
tion, quiz, or other pledge work; to have complete respect for the property rights 



21 

f others; not to give false testimony or refuse to pay just debts; and to confront 
rty student who has violated the honor system and tell him or her that it is his or 
er responsibility to report himself or herself or face the possibility of being re- 
prted to the Honor Council. 

j It is the duty of the Honor Council to receive, prefer, investigate, and arrange 
•ial proceedings in all charges of violations of the honor system. If a student is 
pund guilty of cheating, the minimum penalty is a recommended grade of F for 
ie course and a probation period; the maximum penalty is expulsion. The 
[unimum penalty for stealing, plagirism, interfering with the Honor Council, or 
efusing to pay just debts is probation; the maximum penalty is suspension on 
ne first offense, after which expulsion may occur. All actions of the Council are 
eported to the Dean of the College. 

Any student convicted of violating the honor code is ineligible to represent the 
Jniversity in any way until the period of punishment, whether suspension, pro- 
>ation, or another form, is completed and the student is returned to good stand- 
ng. A student who has been suspended can be readmitted to the College only on 
he approval of the faculty or its Committee on Academic Affairs. During the 
>eriod of suspension the student cannot be certified to another institution as 
>eing in good standing. 

Students enforcing the honor system protect the integrity of their student 
ommunity and their individual rights and reputations. They enjoy the confi- 
lence of one another, the faculty, the administration, and the public. 

The Judicial Board is composed of twelve members, at least three men and 
hree women, who are elected at large from the student body. It is the duty of the 
Joard to receive, prefer, and try all charges of social misconduct and violations of 
Jniversity rules and regulations for individual students as well as student orga- 
uzations not covered by the Honor Council, the Board on Housing Contracts, or 
he Traffic Appeals Board. A student who violates these regulations or who be- 
haves in such a way as to bring reproach upon himself or herself or upon the 
Jniversity is subject to penalties ranging from verbal reprimand to suspension 
>n the first offense, only after which expulsion may occur. 

College Union 

Under the Director of the College Union there are meeting and recreation 
•ooms, lounges, offices for student organizations, a snack shop, and a coffee 
louse. The Union also operates an information center, a lost and found service, 
nusic listening facilities, and a Western Union station. The Office of Student 
Activities is responsible for scheduling activities, assisting student organizations, 
and providing supporting equipment and services. The College Union Board oi 
Directors, representing all undergraduate and graduate students, cooperates with 
the Union staff in daily operations and supervises the efforts of a large body of 
student volunteers who develop and present programs. 

Men's Residence Council 

The Men's Residence Council is open to all residents and encourages students 



22 

toward a comprehensive concept of education, on the principle that learning 
not restricted to the confines of the classroom but occurs in important waj 
through interaction with fellow students and faculty in residence hall life. Eac 
house has its own officers and carries out its own academic, athletic, and soci; 
programs to provide all students with an opportunity to become actively involve 
in College life. 






Women's Residence Council 



The Women's Residence Council is also concerned with nurturing a con : 
prehensive concept of education. Occasions are provided for through discussior 
and social and sports events. The Women's Residence Council officers are electe ; 
by students living in the four residence halls on the lower plaza of the campus.' 

Interfraternity Council 

The Interfraternity Council is the governing body of eleven social fraternitie: 
all of which are located on campus: Alpha Sigma Phi, Delta Sigma Phi, Kapp 
Alpha, Kappa Sigma, Lambda Chi Alpha, Omega Psi Phi, Pi Kappa Alphi; 
Sigma Chi, Sigma Phi Epsilon, Sigma Pi, Theta Chi. It endeavors to maintain 
high standard of conduct and scholarship. (By order of the faculty, students wh; 
are on probation for any reason may not be initiated into any fraternity until th. 
end of their probationary period.) 

Intersociety Council 

The Intersociety Council is the governing body of six societies for women, i 
each of which membership is selective: Fideles, SOPH, STEPS, Strings, Thymes 
and Rigels. 

Honor Societies and Professional Fraternities 

A number of nationally affiliated honor societies have been established: Alph 
Epsilon Delta (pre-medicine), Beta Beta Beta (biology), Delta Kappa Alpha (mini; 
try), Delta Phi Alpha (German), Delta Sigma Rho-Tau Kappa Alpha (debate), Et 
Sigma Phi (classics), Gamma Sigma Epsilon (chemistry), Kappa Mu Epsilo 
(mathematics), Lambda Alpha (anthropology), National Collegiate Players an 
Anthony Aston Society (drama), Omicron Delta Epsilon (economics), Pershin 
Rifles (military), Phi Alpha Theta (history), Phi Sigma Iota (Romance languages 
Pi Gamma Mu (social science), Rho Tau Sigma (radio), Scabbard and Blade (mil: 
tary), Phi Betta Kappa, Omicron Delta Kappa, and Mortar Board. There are stu' 
dent sections of the American Institute of Physics and the American Chemia 
Society. Professional fraternities include Phi Alpha Delta and Phi Delta Phi (law; 
Phi Epsilon Kappa (physical education), and Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia (musicj 
There are also chapters of the national service fraternitv Alpha Phi Omega and c 
Circle K. 



23 

Academic Awards 

In addition to Phi Beta Kappa, Omicron Delta Kappa, Mortar Board, and other 
iistinctions, the following awards are made annually: the A. D. Ward Medal for 
he senior making the best address at commencement; the F. B. Currin Medal for 
he best oration on the topic "Christ in Modern Life"; the D. A. Brown Prize to 
he student whose writing most merits recognition; the M, D. Phillips Prize to the 
mtstanding senior in Greek or Latin; the John Y. Phillips Prize to the outstanding 
enior in mathematics; the H. Broadus Jones Award to the student whose paper 
,hows greatest insight into the works of Shakespeare; the Tom Baker Aivard in 
mblications to the senior who has made the most outstanding contribution to 
.tudent publications; the Tom Baker Award in debate to the senior who has made 
he most outstanding contribution to intercollegiate debate; the Ruth Foster 
Sampbell Award to the student whose ability in the Spanish language and spirit of 
oyful inquiry into Spanish culture have been most outstanding; the Forrest W. 
Zlonts Award to the outstanding senior in history; the Claud H. Richards Award to 
he outstanding senior in politics; the John Allen Easley Medal to the outstanding 
ienior in religion; the Lura Baker Paden Medal to the outstanding senior in busi- 
ness; the Wall Street journal Medal and a year's subscription to the Journal to the 
outstanding senior in finance; the A. M. Pullen and Company Medal to the senior 
Adth the highest achievement in accounting; the William E. Speas Award to the 
outstanding senior in physics; the Carolina Award to the major in biology who 
writes the best paper on a subject selected by the national biology society; the 
biology Research Award to the major in biology who does the best piece of origi- 
nal research; the Poteat Award to the student in first year biology who plans to 
major in biology and is judged most outstanding. 

Intramural Athletics 

Through the Department of Physical Education, the College fosters the fullest 
possible participation by students in sports and recreational activities which have 
life-long, health-enhancing value. Performed by residence halls, fraternities, 
societies, and independent groups, these include soccer, rugby, football, basket- 
ball, baseball, track and field, tennis, swimming, wrestling, boating, hiking, 
rappelling, and general conditioning. 

Intercollegiate Athletics for Men 

Under the Director of Athletics, Wake Forest is a member of the Atlantic Coast 
Conference of the National Collegiate Athletic Association and participates in 
intercollegiate football, basketball, baseball, golf, tennis, swimming, cross coun- 
try, and track. Under the military science staff there is also an intercollegiate pro- 
gram in riflery. There are club teams in soccer and gymnastics. 

The full scholarship allowed by the National Collegiate Athletic Association 
covers tuition, fees, room, board, books, and $13 a month for incidental ex- 
penses. Wake Forest offers several special scholarships and awards: the Brian Pic- 
colo Award for the player judged by the coaching staff to best exemplify the qual- 



24 

ities of Brian Piccolo during the annual North Carolina game; the Brian Picco 
Scholarship for the Chicago-area high school player entering Wake Forest wr 
best exemplifies the qualities of Brian Piccolo; the Arnold Palmer Award for tr 
Wake Forest Athlete of the Year, as judged by the Monogram Club for athlete, 
the Buddy Wo r sham Scholarship for one or more golfer; the John R. Knott Sch, 
larship for one or more golfer. 

Intercollegiate Athletics for Women 

Under the Director of Women's Athletics, Wake Forest is a member of the A: 
sociation of Intercollegiate Athletics for Women and participates in basketbal 
field hockey, golf, tennis, volleyball, track, and cross country. In addition, wome 
are eligible for the intercollegiate swimming team. 

The full scholarship allowed by the Association of Intercollegiate Athletics fc! 
Women covers tuition and fees. Wake Forest offers scholarships for women i] 
golf, tennis, basketball, and volleyball. 

Religious Activities 

Under the University Chaplain, whose assistant is Director of the Baptist Sti 
dent Union, Davis Chapel is the place for weekly worship services for studen 
and others. In addition to seasonal celebrations throughout the liturgical yea 
there are retreats, Bible-study and discussion groups, and both independent an 
church-related social service in the larger community. There are visiting chaplair 
for Methodist, Presbyterian, Lutheran, Episcopalian, and Catholic student: 
Catholic mass is said regularly in Davis Chapel. Wake Forest Baptist Churc 
meets for weekly worship in Wait Chapel and embraces students, faculty, an 
members of the larger community. Membership is open without restriction to a 
who seek its ministry. 

Cultural Activities 

Under the Director of Theatre, students perform at least five major production 
and several lab plays annually, employing faculty, student, and visiting profe« 
sional directors. Under the Director of Radio, WFDD-FM broadcasts year-roun 
to the campus and Piedmont North Carolina as an affiliate of National Publ: 
Radio. In addition to student announcers and technicians, it has a small profe; 
sional staff. Intercollegiate debate at Wake Forest has a long record of excellenct 
and the College hosts two annual debate tournaments, the Novice and the Dixi 
Classic. 

Student publications include Old Gold and Black, a weekly newspaper; The Stv 
dent, a quarterly magazine; and the yearbook The Howler. Challenge is a studen 
initiated biennial symposium on contemporary affairs which attracts majc 
speakers around a central theme of national importance. In addition, the Colleg 
Union sponsors a major speakers series throughout the academic year, and d( 
partments in the College engage specialists for other series. The Institute of Literc 
ture is a program of writers, critics, and scholars in English, classical language; 





^^^^HEw «cr v^Hg^Mflnk 


41 


l ^ 43 11 


W* - <i^^r *^H 






B*__3 "L 1 — — «» Bh* 




W^^ ^■■■i^ 








!»' 7 3l 


L^ \ 


-^_^ 




L J* V^i^ 






^™»»: ^W 


^^^ jj^^W ^^S^^T '^^ 




^^^^^fcj 



26 

German, and Romance languages. The Hester Philosophy Seminar is an annu 
colloquium devoted to the major problems of philosophy and their impact on tr 
Christian faith and is a joint undertaking of the Department of Philosophy an 
the Ecumenical Institute. The Robinson Lectures are held biennially and are a< 
ministered by the Department of Religion. The Department of Psychology spoi 
sors a colloquium series throughout the academic year. 

Student musicians perform for academic credit in the Choral Union, the Coi 1 
cert Choir, the Opera Workshop, the University Symphony, the Demon Deacr 
Marching Band, the Symphonic Wind Ensemble, the Concert Band, the Varsi 
Pep Band, two Jazz Ensembles, the Percussion Ensemble, the Woodwind Quinte 
and the Brass Quintet. Under the Director of the Artist Series, five major concer 
are performed annually in Wait Chapel by leading orchestras and artists fro 
around the world. The Chamber Music Series at Reynolda House offers progran 
by individual chamber artists and smaller ensembles. The Department of Mus 
also sponsors performances by visiting artists in Wingate Hall and at Reynolc 
House. 

In addition to studio instruction in the Department of Art, visiting painter 
sculptors, and printmakers teach on campus and at the nearby Southeastei 
Center for Contemporary Art, sponsored jointly by the University and the Cente 
Reynolda House has a regular program of instruction in art history related to i 
special collection in American art. The College Union has an expanding collectic 
of contemporary works of art, under student administration and exhibited 
Reynolda Hall and elsewhere on campus. The T. J. Simmons Collection of pain 
ings, etchings, lithographs, and sculpture is also distributed for permanent can 
pus display. An active group of student photographers exhibits its own work ar 
that of professional photographers in the gallery adjacent to DeTamble Ai 
ditorium. Cultural resources in the community, beyond nearby Reynolda Hou 
and the Southeastern Center for Contemporary Art, include the historic restore 
Moravian village of Old Salem, the Museum of Early Southern Decorative Art 
the North Carolina School of the Arts and its associated professional performir 
companies in theatre, dance, and music, and the Winston-Salem Symphony ar 
Chorale. Folk art, professional art, and crafts fairs are frequent. 

Psychological Services 

Located in Efird Hall, the Center for Psychological Services offers counselii! 
and personal testing on both an individual and a group basis. There is no charj 
to students in the College. 

Placement and Career Development 

Located in Reynolda Hall, the Office of Placement and Career Developme 
offers advice and reference on profesional aptitude, interviewing and job applic 
tion, and job availability for students at all levels. It assists seniors looking f 
employment after receiving their degrees. There is no charge to students in tl 
College. 



28 

Procedures 



All students are responsible for familiarizing themselves with the portions 
this bulletin which pertain to their course of study. Statements concernir 
courses and expenses are not regarded as irrevocable contracts between the sti 
dent and the institution. The University reserves the right to change the schedu 
of classes and the cost of instruction at any time within the student's term j 
residence. 

Admission 

Candidates for admission must furnish evidence of maturity and education' 
achievement. The Committee on Admissions carefully considers the applicant 
academic records, scores on tests, and evidence of character, motivation, goal' 
and general fitness for college. The secondary school program of the applicai 
must establish a commitment to the kind of broad liberal education reflected i 1 
the academic requirements of the College. 

Admission as a freshman normally requires graduation from an accredited se 
ondary school with a minimum of sixteen units of high school credit. The: 
should include four units in English, three in mathematics, two in history an 
social studies, two in a single foreign language, and one in the natural science' 
An applicant who presents at least twelve units of differently distributed collej 
preparatory study can be considered. A limited number of applicants may l 
admitted without the high school diploma, with particular attention given 
ability, maturity, and motivation. 

Application 

An application is secured from the Office of Admissions in person or by m£ 
(7305 Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27109). It should t' 
completed and returned to that office, if possible no later than February 1 for tl 
fall semester. Most admissions decisions for the fall semester are made betwee 
January 15 and March 1, with prompt notification of applicants. For the sprir 
semester application should be completed and returned, if possible, no later th^ 
October 15. Except in emergency the final date for applying for the fall semest' 
is August 5 and for the spring semester January 1. Application on this late-da 
basis is primarily for non-residential students. 

The admission application requires records and recommendations directly fro 
secondary school officials. It also requires test scores, preferably from the seni. 
year, on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Boar* 
An accompanying Achievement Test is optional. A $15 fee to cover the cost 
processing must accompany an application. It cannot be applied to later chargi 
for accepted students or refunded for others. The University reserves the right 
reject any application without explanation. 

A $100 admission deposit is required of all students accepted and must be se| 
to the Office of Admissions no later than three weeks following notice of accei 



29 

ince. It is credited toward first semester fees and will be refunded in the event of 
incellation of application by the student, provided written request for refund is 
?ceived by the Office of Admissions no later than May 1 for the fall semester or 
lovember 1 for the spring semester. (Students notified of acceptance after May 1 
)r the fall semester should make the admission deposit within two weeks of 
otification.) Deposits made after May 1 and November 1 are not refundable, 
ailure to make the admission deposit is taken as cancellation of application by 
te student. No deposit is required for summer session enrollment only. 

Early Decision 

An Early Decision plan is available to well qualified high school students who 
ecide by the close of their junior year that their first college choice is Wake 
orest. An Early Decision agreement is required with the application, which is 
?nt to the Office of Admissions after completion of the junior year or by late 
•ctober of the senior year. Along with high school record, recommendations, and 
:ores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test, one or more Achievement Test, especially 
i English composition, is strongly recommended. 

Early Decision applicants are notified of acceptance no later than November 1 
>r the fall semester, and the admission deposit is required by January 1. Appli- 
ints not admitted will be asked to submit a senior year Scholastic Aptitude Test 
:ore and first semester senior year grade record, or be advised to apply 
sewhere. 

Advanced Placement 

Advanced Placement credit for college level work done in high school is avail- 
ble on the basis of the Advanced Placement Examination of the College Entrance 
xamination Board and supplementary information. Especially well qualified 
pplicants for advanced standing may also be exempted from some basic courses 
/ith credit on the authorization of the department concerned. Credit by ad- 
anced standing is computed as credit transferred from another college. 

Equivalent preparation credit for experience since or outside high school is also 
vailable, in specific areas and under specified limitations, through the College 
,evel Examination subject tests of the Educational Testing Service. Especially well 
■repared applicants for equivalency credit may receive limited college credit by 
xamination on the authorization of the department concerned. 

Transfer Credit 

The number of transfer students who can be admitted each year depends upon 
he availability of space in the sophomore and junior classes. An applicant for 
dmission who has attended another college must be a graduate of a standard 
unior college or furnish a certificate of honorable dismissal stating eligibility in 
11 respects to enter the college last attended, and must have an overall average of 
t least C on all college work attempted. A student who is admitted from another 
ollege before fully meeting the prescribed admissions requirements for entering 



30 

freshmen must remove the entrance conditions during the first year at Wak 
Forest. 

Courses satisfactorily completed in other accredited colleges are accepted sub 
ject to faculty approval. In general, no credit is allowed for courses not found i 
the Wake Forest curriculum. All credits allowed for advanced standing are held i 
suspense until the candidate has spent one term in residence. The minimur 
residence requirement for a baccalaureate degree is two academic years, the si 
nior and one other. 

Tuition and Fees 

Statements concerning expenses are not to be regarded as forming an irrevoa 
ble contract between the student and the University. 

The costs of instruction and other services outlined herein are those in effect o 
the date of publication of this bulletin, and the University reserves the right t 
change without notice the cost of instruction and other services at any time. 

An admission deposit of $100, which is applied toward tuition and fees for tr 
semester for which the student has been accepted, is required to complete admi; 
sion. Charges are due in full on August 1 for the fall semester and December ] 
for the spring semester. Faculty regulations require that student accounts be se 
tied in full before the student is entitled to receive a grade report, transcript, ( 
diploma, or to register for the following semester or term. 

The following charges apply for students in the College during the academ 
year: students enrolled for three or more credits — $2,750; students enrolled f(, 
fewer than twelve credits — $85 per credit. 

Students enrolled in the College for full-time residence credit are entitled to ft| 
privileges regarding libraries, laboratories, athletic contests, student public;' 
tions, the College Union, the University Theatre, the University Artists Serie 
and the University Health Service. Part-time students are entitled to the use i 
the libraries and laboratories but not to the other privileges mentioned abov; 
They may secure a part-time student ID card, admission to games and concert 
and student publications by paying an activity fee of $50 per semester. 

Incidental charges include the following: vehicle registration of $30 per yea 
applied music fees for students enrolled in individual instruction; Universi ; 
Hospital bed and board charges, which range from $20 to $30 per day (studei 
insurance to cover these charges is privately available for about $70 per year);: 
refundable key deposit of $5 for residence hall rooms; a late registration fee 
$10; a room change fee for $5 for authorized changes and $20 for unauthorized 
changes; traffic fines of $2 for each parking violation; a special examination fee 
$2.50 for each special examination to remove a course condition; library fines 
assessed; residence hall damage fees as assessed; a transcript charge of $1 f 
each transcript of a student's record issued; and a graduation fee of $20 chargti 
all candidates for degrees. A reservation deposit of $100 is required of all studen 
registered for the spring semester who plan to register for the following fall s 
mester; it is applied toward tuition and fees for the fall semester. 

During the academic year, all students, full- and part-time, receive tuition i 1 



31 

nds according to the following. This policy applies to students dropping 
iurses as well as to those withdrawing. Withdrawals must be official and stu- 
?nts must turn in their ID cards before claiming refunds. 

Number of Weeks Percentage of Total Tuition 

Attendance to be Refunded 

1 Total Tuition 

2 75 percent 

3 50 percent 

4 25 percent 

Vehicle Registration 

All students residing or operating a vehicle on campus (including student 
>artments and the Graylyn Estate) must register vehicles they are operating day 

• night, whether or not owned by the operator. 

All vehicle registrations must be completed within twenty-four hours from the 
-st time the vehicle is brought to campus. 

Housing and Food Services 

Residence Halls. All unmarried freshmen students are required to live in resi- 
?nce halls, except (1) when permission is granted by the Dean of Men or the 
ean of Women for the student to live with parents or a relative in the Winston- 
dem area or (2) by special arrangement when space is not available on campus 

• (3) the student has lost residence hall space because of a room contract viola- 
on. Married students are not usually allowed to live in residence halls except 
hen permitted by the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women. Residence halls are 
ipervised by the Director of Housing, the Directors of Residence Life, head 
•sidents, and assistants under the direction of the Dean of Men and the Dean of 
'omen. 

The following charges per year apply for each student in the residence halls: in 
itchin House, Poteat House, Davis House, Taylor House, Huffman Hall, and 
fird Hall, $340 for triple rooms, $400 for small double rooms, $440 for large dou- 
le rooms, and $570 for single rooms; in Johnson and Bostwick Dormitories, $460 
>r double rooms and $570 for single rooms; in Babcock Dormitory, $540 for dou- 
le rooms and $570 for single rooms; in New Dormitory, $600 for double rooms; 
t each of four townhouse apartments, $600 per occupant; at Graylyn Estate, 
580-$680 per occupant. For each of fifty-six married student apartments the 
large is $90 per month. 

Food Services. A cafeteria, soda shop, and table service dining room are located 
i Reynolda Hall on the Reynolda Campus. Meals may be purchased individually 
r under an optional board plan. The approximate yearly cost individually is 
700-$800. The contractual board plan reduces cost by about one-fifth. 



32 

Health Service > 

Full-time students in the College are entitled to the services of the Universil 
Health Service. Using the required pre-admission medical report from the sti 
dent's physician, the student's health is evaluated; treatment is recommende 
and, where possible, performed in the clinic. The facilities and staff of the Bov 
man Gray School of Medicine, the North Carolina Baptist Hospital, the Forsyt 
Memorial Hospital, and others are also used if needed. The Health Service worl 
closely with the Center for Psychological Services on mental health problems. 

Located in Kitchin House, the clinic has a minimum charge for medicatior 
and laboratory tests; none is made for office visits for illness or injuries. Charge 
are made for University Hospital in-patient care. When it becomes necessary 
refer patients to specialists or for studies elsewhere all costs must be assumed b 
the patient. j 

North Carolina State Law states that "any minor age eighteen or older ma, 
contract for medical services for himself or his child." This means that all medic, 
information and all contacts between the student and the Health Service are cor, 
fidential and cannot be revealed to anyone, including parents and administration 
without the consent of the patient if he or she has reached eighteen years of age.. 

Orientation and Advising 

A three-day orientation period for new students in the College precedes regi 
tration for the fall semester. An academic adviser who is either a member of tl 
faculty or an upperclassman in the peer-advising program provides guidam 1 
during and between registration periods throughout the student's freshman ar 
sophomore years. Meetings with advisers are both in groups and individual 1 
and are initiated both by the adviser and the student. The adviser suggests ar 
approves courses of instruction until the student declares a major in a field 
study at the end of the sophomore year. At that time a new adviser is assign^' 
from the department or departments concerned. 

Registration 

A two-day registration period for all students in the College opens the fall si 
mester and the spring semester. Registration involves (1) payment of all tuitic 
and fees in full to the Treasurer, (2) obtaining a summary of prior record from tl] 
Registrar, (3) consultation with the academic adviser, (4) sectioning of classes 1 
departmental representatives, and (5) verification of registration cards with cla 
schedules by the Registrar. 

Classification 

Classification of students by class standing and as full-time or part-time is c. 
culated in terms of credits. Most courses in the College have a value of four ci 
dits, but others vary from one credit to five. The normal load for a full-tir] 
student is eighteen credits per semester; a slightly heavier load is permittii 
under certain circumstances. Twelve credits per semester constitutes minimu! 



33 

11-time registration without specific permission to register as a part-time stu- 
£nt. (Recipients of veteran benefits, grants from state government, and other 
jvernmental aid must meet the guidelines of the appropriate agencies.) For the 
nuary term the normal load is one four-credit course; with the academic ad- 
der's approval a student may also register for one fifteen- week course concur- 
ntly. 

Class Attendance 

Attendance regulations place the responsibility for class attendance on the stu- 
ent, who is expected to attend classes regularly and punctually. One of the most 
ital aspects of the residential college experience is attendance in the classroom; 
s value cannot be fully measured by testing procedures alone. Students are con- 
dered sufficiently mature to appreciate the necessity of regular attendance to 
bcept this personal responsibility, to demonstrate the self-discipline essential for 
uch performance, and to recognize and accept the consequences of failure to 
lend. The instructor is privileged to refer to the Dean of the College for suitable 
ction students who are deemed to be causing their work or that of the class to 
uffer because of absence or lateness. Any student who does not attend classes 
egularly or who demonstrates other evidence of academic irresponsibility is sub- 
?ct to such disciplinary action as the Executive Committee may prescribe, includ- 
rig immediate suspension from the College. 

The Office of the Dean of the College maintains a list of students who have 
»een absent from class because of illness certified by the University Health Ser- 
ice, because of other extenuating circumstances, or as authorized representa- 
ives of the College whose names have been submitted by appropriate officials 
orty-eight hours in advance of the hour when the absences are to begin. Such 
,bsences are considered excused and a record of them is available to the student's 
nstructor upon request. The instructor determines whether work missed can be 
nade up. 

Auditing 

Full-time students in the College may audit classes without charge. For others 
he fee is $60 per course. The permission of the instructor is necessary for all 
audits, as well as that of the Dean of the College for those other than full-time 
students. Auditors are listed with regularly registered students on class rolls and 
pre subject to attendance regulations and to other conditions imposed by the 
instructor. A notation of audit may be made on the final grade report and entered 
pn the record of a regularly enrolled student. An auditor receives no grade in or 
tredit for the course. 

Dropping 

A student who wishes to drop a course before the last date approved must 
Consult with the academic adviser and the Registrar. After the approved date the 
Student must consult with the academic adviser, the instructor for the course, and 



34 

the Dean of the College. With the approval of the Dean of the College, a failir 
grade is usually assigned for a course dropped after the approved date. For 
course dropped without prior written approval of the Dean of the College, tr 
student is subject to academic probation for the following semester or oth< 
penalties imposed by the Committee on Academic Affairs. 

Withdrawal 

A student who finds it necessary to withdraw from the College must do j 
through the Office of the Dean of the College. With the approval of the Dean 
the College, no grades are recorded for the student for that semester, but tr 
student's standing in courses at the time of withdrawal is taken into consider; 
tion when readmission is sought. If withdrawal is for academic reasons, failir 
grades may be assigned in all courses in which the student is doing unsatisfai 
tory work. A student who leaves the College without officially withdrawing 
assigned failing grades in all current courses, and the unofficial withdrawal 
recorded. 

Examinations 

Final examinations are given at regularly scheduled times. All examinations a: 
conducted in accordance with the honor system adopted by the student body an 
approved by the faculty. Under it the student is expected to refrain from unfai 
ness in any form and to report to the Honor Council any student he or she knov 
to be cheating. Examinations are turned in with a signed statement that no ai 
has been given or received. 

Grading 

For most courses carrying undergraduate credit there are five final and tw 
conditional grades: A (exceptionally high achievement), B (superior), C (satisfa 
tory), D (passing but unsatisfactory), E (conditional failure), F (failure), and 
(incomplete). 

Grade of E. The grade of E entitles the student to reexamination at any regul 
examination period within a year, or during the first week of the fall semester, 
permit for reexamination must be obtained in advance from the Registrar, and r 
grade higher than D may be assigned as a result of reexamination. A student wr 
does not remove a conditional failure by reexamination must repeat the course 
obtain credit for it. 

Grade of I. The grade of I may be assigned only when because of illness 
some other emergency a student does not complete the work of the course, 
student who does not remove an incomplete within thirtv days after the begini 
ing of the following semester of study receives a grade of F for the course. 

Grade Points. Grades are assigned grade points for the computation of ac 
demic averages, class standing, and eligibility for continuation, as follows: f 
each credit of A, four points; for each credit of B, three points; for each credit 
C, two points; for each credit of D, one point; for each credit of E or F, no point 



35 

'he grade point average is calculated by dividing the number of grade points 
irned by the total number of credits attempted, whether passed or failed.) 
i Pass/Fail. Courses taken for Pass/Fail earn full credit if passed but are not com- 
iated in the grade point average. A student may count toward the degree no 
lore than twenty-four credits taken Pass/Fail and must indicate at the time of 
'gistration if a course is being taken Pass/Fail. Except for certain January courses 
ught only Pass/Fail, a student may take no more than sixteen credits Pass/Fail, 
id no more than five in any given semester, during the junior and senior years 
nly. A student may take Pass/Fail no course used to fulfill basic, divisional, or 
lajor requirements. Courses in the major not used for satisfying major require- 
lents may be taken Pass/Fail only if the department does not specify otherwise. 

Grade Reports and Transcripts 

A mid-term report and a final report of grades are issued to students by the 
egistrar in the fall and spring semesters. A final report of grades is issued at the 
id of the January term and each summer term. 

Copies of a student's cumulative record are issued by the Registrar, but only on 
le written authorization of the student and payment of $1 per transcript. 

Dean's List and Graduation Distinctions 

The Dean's List is issued by the Dean of the College at the end of the fall and 
:>ring semesters. It includes all full-time students in the College who have a 
rade point average of 3.0 or better for the semester and who have earned no 
rade below C during the semester. 

Graduation distinctions are determined by the grade point system. A candidate 
>r a degree from the College with a total average of not less than 3.80 for all 
curses attempted is graduated with the distinction summa cum laude. A candi- 
ate for a degree from the College with a total average of npt less than 3.50 for all 
Durses attempted is graduated with the distinction magna cum laude. A candidate 
)r a degree from the College with a total average of not less than 3.00 for all 
curses attempted is graduated with the distinction cum laude. 

Repetition of Courses 

A student may not repeat for credit a course for which a grade of C or higher 
as already been received. When a student repeats a course previously passed, 
redit earned for the first attempt is deducted from the total credits earned but 
oth grades are computed in the grade point average. 

Requirements for Continuation 

Students are responsible for knowing their academic status and whether they 
re meeting the minimum academic requirements for continuation in the Col- 
?ge. Requirements for continuation are determined by the bulletin under which 
he student expects to graduate. 

On the basis of their cumulative records at the end of the spring semester, 



37 



tudents are academically ineligible to enroll for the following fall (1) who have 
ttempted fewer than fifty-four credits in all colleges and universities attended 
nd have a total grade point average of less than 1.35 on work attempted for a 
rade in the College; (2) who have attempted as many as fifty-four but fewer than 
unety-eight credits and have a total grade point average of less than 1.65 on 
vork attempted for a grade in the College; (3) who have attempted as many as 
unety-eight but fewer than 135 credits and have a total grade point average of 
ess than 1.85 on work attempted for a grade in the College; (4) who have 
.ttempted L35 credits or more and have a total grade point average of less than 
L 90 on work attempted for a grade in the College. Non-credit courses, courses 
aken Pass/Fail, and CLEP and Advanced Placement credit are not computed in 
he total grade point average. 

Ordinarily a student who is ineligible to continue in the College may attend 
-he first summer term and if successful in raising the total grade point average to 
the required minimum may enroll for the following fall semester. The student 
may attend the second summer term if unsuccessful in the first, and if successful 
then may enroll for the following spring semester. If unsuccessful in meeting the 
minimum requirements by the end of the second summer term, the student may 
apply for readmission no earlier than the following summer session. 

Under exceptionally extenuating circumstances beyond the control of the stu- 
dent, and after consultation with the Dean of the College, an appeal from the 
foregoing eligibility requirements may be considered by the Committee on Aca- 
demic Affairs. The Committee on Academic Affairs may also suspend at the end of 
any semester or term any student whose record for that term has been unsatisfac- 
tory, particularly with regard to the number of courses passed and failed, or any 
student who has not attended class regularly or has otherwise ignored the rules and 
regulations of the College. 

Requirements for Readmission 

A student seeking readmission to the College must meet the minimum aca- 
demic requirements for continuation. However a student who has not met the 
requirements (1) may apply for admission to the summer session only, (2) may 
apply for readmission after an absence from the College of at least a year and a 
half, (3) may apply for readmission after less than a year and a half if enrolled in 
another college or university, or (4) may apply for readmission if the failure to 
meet minimum requirements was due to exceptionally extenuating circumstances 
beyond the control of the student. 

Probation 

Any student who at the end of the fall semester does not have the required 
grade average by the end of the spring semester will be automatically on aca- 
demic probation. 

Any student who is placed on probation because of honor code or conduct code 
violations is placed on such special academic probation as the Committee on 
Academic Affairs imposes. The Committee on Academic Affairs may at any time 



38 

place on probation a student whose academic performance or social behavior is 
inconsistent with what the Committee deems to be in the best interest of the 
student or the College. 

Any student convicted of violating the Honor Code is ineligible to represent 
the College in any way until the period of suspension or probation is completed 
and the student is returned to good standing. Students who are on probation foi 
any reason may not be initiated into any fraternity until the end of their pro- 
bationary period. 

Senior Conditions 

A candidate for graduation in the final semester who receives a grade of E ir 
the previous semester may apply to the Registrar for reexamination thirty days 
after the opening of the final semester but not less than thirty days before its 
close. All conditions must be removed not less than thirty days before the end of 
the last semester or term of the student's graduation year. The name of a candi- 
date who has a condition after that date is dropped from the list of candidates. A 
candidate who receives a grade of E in the final semester or term of the gradua- 
tion year is not allowed reexamination before the next examination period. 




39 



Scholarships and Loans 



The University is committed to the principle that any student admitted to the 
College who demonstrates financial need will receive assistance commensurate 
with that need. 

By regulation of the Board of Trustees, all financial aid must be approved by 
the Committee on Scholarships and Student Aid. Applications should be re- 
quested from the Committee at 7305 Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem, North 
Carolina 27109. Scholarships supported by funds of the College are not granted to 
students enrolled in other schools of the University. To receive consideration for 
financial aid, the applicant must either be enrolled in the College or have been 
accepted for admission. The financial aid program comprises institutional, state, 
and federal scholarship, loan, and work funds. Full-time students are eligible to 
apply for any of these funds. Half-time students are eligible to apply for federal 
funds. Half- and part-time students are eligible to apply for limited institutional 
funds. 

Need is a factor in the awarding of most financial aid, and each applicant must 
file a financial statement with the application for financial aid. 

The Committee on Scholarships and Student Aid reserves the right to revoke 
financial aid for unsatisfactory academic achievement or for violation of Univer- 
sity regulations or federal, state, or local laws. Since no financial aid is automati- 
cally renewable, application must be made each year well in advance of the 
beginning of the fall semester. 

Scholarships 

The following is a partial list of available scholarships: 

The Alcoa Foundation Scholarship, donated by the Alcoa Foundation, is avail- 
able to a freshman from the Piedmont area who is majoring in chemistry and is 
awarded on the basis of need for $2,000. 

The Alpha Phi Omega Scholarship, established by the Kappa Theta Chapter of 
Alpha Phi Omega, is made available in alternate years to a freshman who 
presents evidence of need and an excellent high school record for a minimum oi 
$200. 

The Eliza Pratt Brown Scholarship, donated by the late Junius Calvin Brown of 
Madison, North Carolina in honor of his wife Eliza Pratt Brown, is used to assist 
needy, worthy, and deserving students from North Carolina, with preference 
given to students from the town of Madison and Rockingham County, for a 
maximum of $2,000. 

The /. G. Carroll Memorial Athletic Scholarship, donated in memory of J. G. 
Carroll, former associate professor of mathematics, is made to a deserving athlete 
who is not on a regular athletic scholarship, for a value of approximately $100. 

The Guy T Carswell Scholarships, made possible by and established in honor of 
the late Guy T. Carswell and his wife Mrs. Clara Carswell of Charlotte, North 
Carolina, carry an annual value ranging from a minimum stipend of $1,000 to a 
maximum stipend of $4,000, with awards for more than $1,000 determined on the 



40 



- 



basis of need. A Carswell Scholar must be a student applying to the College whc 
possesses outstanding qualities of intellect and leadership. Up to forty scholars, 
are selected annually. 

The James Lee Carver Scholarship, donated by Mrs. Jean Freeman Carver with 
her children James Lee Carver II and Elizabeth Jeanine Carver in memory of heij 
husband James Lee Carver, is for deserving and promising students who demon- 
strate a need for financial assistance, with preference given to students from the 
Oxford Orphanage, for a value of approximately $300. 

The College Scholarships, in the amount of $100 to $2,750 each, are available tc ( 
freshmen and upperclassmen presenting satisfactory academic records and evi-j 
dence of need. 

The O. B. Crowell Memorial Scholarship Fund, donated by Mrs. Louise T. 
Crowell of Hendersonville, North Carolina in memory of her husband O. B 
Crowell, is awarded on the basis of character, need, and promise for a value of; 
approximately $600. 

The Ernst & Ernst Scholarship, presented by Ernst & Ernst Certified Public Ac 
countants to an outstanding accounting major designated by the accounting fac- 
ulty, has a value of $500. 

The Lecausey P. and Lula H. Freeman Scholarship, donated by Mr. and Mrs. G. H. 
Singleton of Raleigh, North Carolina in memory of the parents of Mrs. Singleton, 
is available to a freshman, sophomore, or junior whose home is within the West 
Chowan Baptist Association of North Carolina, with preference given to Bertie 
County students, on the basis of need and ability. Residents of the Roanoke As-j 
sociation may be considered for the scholarship, which is renewable on the basis 
of need and ability except for the senior year, for a value of approximately $200. 

The James W. Gill Scholarship, donated by Mrs. Ruth R. Gill in memory of hei 
husband James W. Gill, provides a scholarship for a deserving student, with pre- 
ference given to students from Montgomery and Prince George Counties, Mary- 
land, for a value of approximately $600. 

The Eugene Basil Glover Memorial Scholarship is awarded to an incoming or ernj 
rolled student based on ability and need, with a slight preference given to stu- 
dents from Halifax County, North Carolina. 

The Wallace Barger Goebel Scholarship, made possible through a donation from 
Mrs. Miriam M. Goebel, is based upon ability and financial need, with first pre- 
ference given to a student with an interest in literature, second preference to e 
student with an interest in history, and third preference to a student enrolled ir 
the pre-medical program, for a value of approximately $400. 

The Fuller Hamrick Scholarship, created under the will of the late Everett C 
Snyder of Wake Forest, North Carolina in memory of Fuller Hamrick, is used tc 
educate students from the Mills Home in Thomasville, North Carolina, for a value 
of approximately $550. 

The George Foster Hankins Scholarships for Freshmen, made possible by the late 
Colonel George Foster Hankins of Lexington, North Carolina for residents oi 
North Carolina or children of alumni residing in other states, with preference 
given to residents of Davidson County, North Carolina, have a value up tc 
$4,000. 



41 

The George Foster Hankins Scholarships for Upperclassmen for students who have 
een enrolled for at least one semester, with preference given to applicants from 
Davidson County, North Carolina, vary in value according to need. 
I The Frank P. Hobgood Scholarship, donated by Mrs. Kate H. Hobgood of 
Reidsville, North Carolina in memory of her husband, is available to those who 
fualify on the basis of character, purpose, intelligence, and need, with preference 
[iven to those who plan to enter the ministry, do religious work, become 
eachers, or become lawyers, the preference being in the order named, for resi- 
lents of the Reidsville, North Carolina area recommended by the deacons of the 
rirst Baptist Church of Reidsville, and for a value of $500. 

The Forrest H. Hollifield Scholarship, donated by Mr. and Mrs. H. H. Hollifield 
n memory of their son Forrest H. Hollifield, is awarded to upperclassmen with 
evidence of character and need, with preference given to natives of Rowan and 
Rutherford Counties, North Carolina and to members of the Delta Nu Chapter of 
jigma Chi Fraternity. 

The Senah C. and C. A. Kent Scholarships, are awarded to freshmen and up- 
perclassmen on the basis of leadership, academic merit, and financial need, 
/vithout regard to race, religion, sex, or geographical origin. 

The Kirkpatrick-Howell Memorial Scholarship Fund, donated by the Delta Nu 
Chapter of Sigma Chi Fraternity, makes available one or two scholarships, with 
preference given to members of the Sigma Chi Fraternity, upon recommendation 
of the Kirkpatrick-Howell Memorial Scholarship Board, for a value of approxi- 
mately $800. 

The Marie Dayton McDonald Scholarship, donated by Professor Emeritus of 
Music Thane McDonald and friends in memory of his wife, is available to a de- 
serving and qualified music student for a value of approximately $125. 

The Norfleet Scholarships, donated by Mr. and Mrs. Eustace Norfleet of Wil- 
mington, North Carolina in memory of his parents John A. and Mary Pope 
Norfleet, are available to deserving and promising students needing financial as- 
sistance for a value of $200. 

The North Carolina Scholarships are made available by the North Carolina Gen- 
eral Assembly and are awarded on the basis of financial need to full-time stu- 
dents who are bona fide residents of North Carolina. 

The Benjamin Wingate Parham Scholarship, donated by Mrs. Kate J. Parham of 
Oxford, North Carolina in memory of her husband, is awarded on the basis of 
ability and need and may be renewed for succeeding years. 

The Thomas F. Pettus Scholarships, administered by the North Carolina Baptist 
Foundation under the terms of the will of the late Thomas F. Pettus of Wilson 
County, North Carolina, make two or more scholarships available each year in 
memory of Mr. Pettus, to be awarded on the basis of merit and need, with prefer- 
ence given to North Carolina Baptist students. 

The William Louis Poteat Scholarship, awarded annually to the graduates of the 
Baptist junior colleges in North Carolina on the basis of need, is renewable for 
the senior year for a value up to $500. 

The A. M. Pullen and Company Scholarship, granted by the A. M. Pullen and 
I Company Certified Public Accountants to an outstanding upper division account- 



42 

ing major designated by the accounting faculty on the basis of merit, financie 
need, and interest in public accounting, has a value of $600. 

The Oliver D. and Caroline E. Revell Memorial Scholarship Fund, created unde 
the will of the late Oliver D. Revell of Buncombe County, North Carolina, is for 
person preparing for the ministry or full-time religious work, for a value of $100. 

The Kate B. Reynolds Memorial Scholarships, donated in memory of the late Mrs 
Kate B. Reynolds, is for residents of Forsyth County, North Carolina who withou 
financial aid would be unable to obtain education beyond high school. At lea; 
four scholarships are awarded, with a value up to $2,400. 

The ROTC Scholarships require applications for four-year scholarships fror 
students in their junior and senior year of high school to the nearest ROTC Re 
gion Headquarters and from freshmen, sophomores, and juniors enrolled in th 
ROTC program to the professor of military science. Each scholarship covers tu 
ition, fees, books, and classroom materials for the regular school year, and a sub 
sistence allowance of $100 per month for the period that the scholarship is ii 
effect, remaining in effect throughout the contract period subject to satisfactor 
academic and ROTC performance. 

The Sigmund Sternberger Scholarships, donated by the Sigmund Sternberge 
Foundation, are for needy North Carolinians, with preference given to under 
graduate students from Greensboro and Guilford County, for a value of $1,600. 

The ]. W. Straughan Scholarship, donated by Misses Mattie, Mable, and Alic 
Straughan in memory of their brother Dr. J. W. Straughan of Warsaw, Nortl 
Carolina, with preference given to students from Duplin County, North Carolin 
who are interested in pursuing a medical career, especially in the field of famil 
practice, are for those who need financial assistance to continue their education 

The Saddye Stephenson and Benjamin Louis Sykes Scholarship, donated by D: 
Charles L. Sykes and Dr. Ralph J. Sykes in memory of their father and mother, i 
awarded on the basis of Christian character, academic proficiency, and financic 
need, with preference given to freshmen from North Carolina, renewable for 
value of approximately $400. 

The Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants are available to a limite 
number of undergraduate students with exceptional financial need who requir 
these grants to attend college and who show academic or creative promise, for 
value from $200 to $1,500 a year but no more than one-half of the total assistanc 
given the student. (The amount of financial assistance a student may receive de 
pends upon need, taking into account financial resources and the cost of attend 
ing the college chosen.) 

The Tyner-Pitman Scholarship Fund, donated by Mrs. Cora Tyner Pitman, make 
available at least one scholarship for needy North Carolina students. 

The ]esse A. Williams Scholarships, created under the will of the late Jesse A 
Williams of Union County, North Carolina, with preference given to deservin 
students of Union County, have a value up to $1,200. 

The Charles Littcll Wilson Scholarship, created under the will of Mrs. Jenni 
Mayes Wilson in memory of her husband Charles Littell Wilson, is for 
freshman, with a value from $200 to $600. 

The William Luther Wyatt III Scholarship Trust, donated by Mr. and Mrs. Williar 



43 

l. Wyatt Jr. of Raleigh, North Carolina in memory of their son William Luther 
'/Vyatt III, with preference given to a male student entering the junior year who 
las shown an interest and an ability in the field of biology, is based on need and 
ibility, for a value of approximately $500. 

Loans 

The following is a partial list of available loan funds: 

The James F. and Mary Z. Bryan Foundation Student Loan Plan is for residents of 
North Carolina enrolled full-time for up to $7,500 for undergraduate study The 
amount of each loan is determined by the College Foundation, with an interest 
rate of one percent during the in-school and grace periods and seven percent 
during the repayment period. 

The Bushnell Bapitist Church Loan Fund, established in 1945 with funds supplied 
'by the Bushnell Baptist Church of Fontana Dam, North Carolina, is for needy 
students. 

The Council Fund, established in 1935 by Mr. C. T Council of Durham, North 
Carolina, is for the aid of senior students. 

The James W. Denmark Loan Fund, originated in 1875 by James William Denmark 
;of Dudley, North Carolina, is available to qualified students, with preference 
given to students from North Carolina, for an amount not exceeding $1,500 each 
year and $6,000 during the entire period of enrollment. 

The Olivia Dunn Student Loan Fund, established under the will of Miss Birdie 
Dunn of Wake County, North Carolina in memory of her mother, is for worthy 
students. 

The Duplin County Loan Fund, donated in 1942 by anonymous friends of the 
College, is limited to students from Duplin County, North Carolina. 

The Elliott B. Earnshaw Loan Fund, established by the Board of Trustees, is a 
memorial to former Bursar E. B. Earnshaw. 

The Friendly Student Loan Fund, established in 1948 by Miss Nell E. Stinson of 
Raleigh, North Carolina in memory of her sister Mary Belle Stinson Michael, is 
for the benefit of worthy students who need financial aid. 

The George Foster Hankins Loan Fund, established under the will of the late Col- 
onel George Foster Hankins of Lexington, North Carolina, gives preference to 
applicants from Davidson County, North Carolina. 

The Harris Memorial Loan Fund, established by the late J. P. Harris of Bethel, 
North Carolina in memory of his first wife Lucy Shearon Harris and his second 
wife Lucy Jones Harris, is for students who have demonstrated ability to applv 
educational advantages to the rendition of enriched and greater Christian service 
in life and who require financial assistance in order to prevent disruption in their 
education. 

The Edna Tyner Langston Fund, established in 1942 by Dr. Henry J. Langston of 
Danville, Virginia in memory of his wife, is available to a student agreed upon 
by the donor and the College. 

The National Direct Student Loan Program makes available loans up to 52,500 per 
year for students in need of financial assistance. Aggregate undergraduate sums 



44 

may not exceed $2,500 for the first two years or $5,000 for four years but may be 
extended to $10,000 for those who also borrow for graduate or professional study 
with an interest rate of three percent. 

The North Carolina Insured Student Loan Program makes available loans up t( 
$2,500 per year for legal residents enrolled full-time. Aggregate undergraduate 
sums may not exceed $7,500 but may be extended to $15,000 for those who alsc 
borrow for graduate or professional study. The maximum loan each year may no 
exceed one-half the total cost for undergraduates or $5,000 for graduate or profes 
sional students. Loans are insured by the North Carolina State Education Assis 
tance Authority and are processed by the College Foundation; under certain con- 
ditions the United States Office of Education pays the seven percent interest dur- 
ing the in-school and grace periods. 

The Watts Norton Loan Fund, established in 1949 by Mr. L. Watts Norton o 
Durham, North Carolina, is for worthy students enrolled in the Department o: 
Religion who need financial assistance. 

The Powers Fund, established in 1944 by Dr. Frank P. Powers of Raleigh, North 
Carolina in memory of his parents Frank P. and Effie Reade Powers, is for thel 
benefit of needy students, with preference given to orphans. 

The Grover and Addy Rain/ Loan Fund, established in 1945 by Dr. J. G. Raby o 
Tarboro, North Carolina in memory of his parents, gives preference to applicant: 
from the First Baptist Church of Tarboro. 

The James F. Slate Loan Fund, established in 1908 by J. F. Slate of Stokes County! 
North Carolina, is available for ministerial students who have been licensed tc 
preach. 

Concessions 

The following concessions are granted for qualified undergraduate students: 

Ministerial students receive a $600 concession per year if they (1) have a writtei, 
recommendation or license to preach from their own church body and (2) agree U 
repay the total amount, plus four percent interest, in the event that they do no 
serve five years in the pastoral ministry within twelve years of attendance in thi 
College. 

Children and spouses of pastors of North Carolina Baptist churches receive a $60' 
concession per year if they are the children or spouses of (1) ministers, (2) mis 
sionaries of the Southern Baptist Foreign Mission Board, (3) officials of the Nortl 
Carolina Baptist State Convention, or (4) professors in North Carolina Baptis 
colleges or universities. Pastors themselves are also eligible. 

Children of other ministers who are not eligible for the above concession receiv 
a $150 concession per year if their parent makes a living chiefly by the ministry. 

Rehabilitation students receive a concession up to $300 per year if they (1) hav 
the letter of approval from the North Carolina Division of Vocational Rehabilita 
tion and (2) file for the concession. 

Other Financial Aid 

The following is a partial list of other sources of financial aid: 



45 

The Ministerial Aid Fund, established in 1897 by the estate of J. A. Melke, is 
mailable to pre-ministerial students on a loan or grant program on the basis of 
lerit and need, and particularly in the case of grants, academic achievement. 

The College WorklStudy Program On CampuslOff Campus (PACE) is for students 
ho show evidence of financial need for work in any non-profit public or private 
tstitution for periods up to twelve weeks, and forty hours per week, at an hourly 
'age. About eighty percent of earnings should be retained for college expenses, 
ummer employment is also available for students who show evidence of need 
nd who are unable to secure adequate employment on their own. (Interested 
tudents should apply before March 15.) 

The German Exchange Scholarship, established in 1959 with the Free University 
f Berlin, is available to a student with at least two years of college German or the 
quivalent who has junior standing by the end of the semester in which applica- 
ion is made and who, with the permission of the chairman of the department 
oncerned, need not be a German major. It provides 500 German marks per 
nonth for ten months, remission of fees, 200 marks per semester for books, and 
ree accommodations or a living allowance of up to 150 marks per month. (Inter- 
sted students should communicate with the chairman of the Department of 
jerman.) 

The Spanish Exchange Scholarship, established in 1964 with the University of the 
Vndes in Bogota, Columbia, is available to two students for one semester's study 
ach or one student for two semesters with at least two years of college Spanish 
>r the equivalent. It provides remission of fees, the costs of books, and the cost of 
>oard and accomodations. (Interested students should communicate with the 
hairman of the Department of Romance Languages.) 

The French Exchange Scholarship, established in 1971 with the University of Or- 
eans, France, is available to a graduating senior, who receives a graduate teachi- 
ng assistantship at the University of Orleans for two semesters. (Interested stu- 
lents should communicate with the chairman of the Department of Romance 
.anguages.) 

Church Choir Work Grants, given by the College and Wake Forest Baptist Church 
o encourage outstanding music students, are awarded on the basis of talent, 
eliability, and interest in the Church on the recommendation of the music com- 
nittee of the Church and the Department of Music, for a value of $300. (Inter- 
ested students should communicate with the chairman of the Department of 
»/Iusic.) 

Student/Student Spouse Employment is possible for part-time on-campus and 
)ff-campus work, for a recommended maximum of twenty hours per week for 
ull-time students. Summer employment may also be available. (Interested stu- 
lents should communicate with the Office of Placement and Career Develop- 
ment.) 

Veteran Benefits are administered by the Office of the Veterans Administration 
n the Wachovia Building at 251 North Main Street in Winston-Salem. 



46 



Special Programs 



For students of special ability or interests and for students who can take advai 
tage of off-campus study opportunities, the College offers a variety of prograrr 
ranging from four- week courses to four-year curricula. These are in addition t 
combined courses of study in departments in the College and the pre 1 
professional curricula described in this bulletin. 

Honors Study 

For highly qualified students, a series of interdisciplinary honors courses ai 
offered as described under Courses of Instruction. Under the Coordinator of th 
Honors Program, students participate in three or more honors seminars durin 
the freshman, sophomore, and junior years. Those who complete four seminal 
with a superior record and who are not candidates for departmental honors ma 
complete a final directed study course. With a superior record in that course an 
a grade point average of 3.0 in all work, they may be graduated with "Honors i 
the Arts and Sciences." 

For students especially talented in individual areas of study, most department 
in the College offer special studies leading to graduation with honors in a partici 
lar department. The minimum requirement is a grade point average of 3.0 in a 
work and 3.3 (or higher in some areas) in the major. Other course, seminar, an 
research requirements vary according to the department concerned. (Studenl 
who are candidates for graduation with honors in a particular department are nc 
eligible for graduation with "Honors in the Arts and Sciences.") 

Open Curriculum 

For students of high motivation and strong academic preparation, the Ope 
Curriculum provides the opportunity to follow a course of study without neces 
sarily fulfilling all basic and divisional requirements for the degree but planne 
within the framework of a liberal arts education. Under the Committee on Ope 
Curriculum a limited number of students are selected by previous record c 
achievement, high aspirations, ability in one or more areas of study, strength c 
self-expression, and other special talents. The course of study for the degree i 
designed by the student with one or more members of the faculty. 

Residential Language Centers 

For students prepared to speak French or Spanish on a regular basis with otht 
students studying the same language, the Graylyn Estate near campus is the sit 
of two residential centers. Under a faculty coordinator from the Department c 
Romance Languages, students live for one or more semesters at Bernard Cottag 
(for French) or. Amos Cottage (for Spanish), attending regular classes on campu 
but speaking only French or Spanish with approximately twenty other student 
in the program. 



47 

Study in London and Venice 

For students who can spend one semester at a University residential center 
:>road, regular instruction is offered in London and in Venice. Under various 
lembers of the faculty, courses of study designed for the culture of the city and 
mntry are offered each semester for a full academic load. (Written approval is 
ecessary for fulfilling basic, divisional, or major course requirements, and lan- 
uage preparation in Italian is desirable for Venice.) In Venice, approximately 
venty students live and study each semester at Casa Artom, the University 
ouse on the Grand Canal. In London, a slightly smaller group resides at the 
ewly acquired Worrell House. 

Study in France 

For students who can spend one semester in France, arrangements are made for 
istruction at the University of Dijon. Students are placed in courses according to 
,ie level of their ability in French as ascertained by examination in Dijon. Under 
j faculty residential adviser from the Department of Romance Languages, courses 
re taken at the University of Dijon by student groups of varying size and levels 
f preparation. (A major in French is not required, but French 221 or its equiva- 
?nt is recommended.) 

Study in Spain 

For students who can spend a semester in Spain, arrangements are made for 
nstruction at the University of Madrid. Under a faculty residential adviser from 
he Department of Romance Languages or the program's resident director in 
Madrid, courses are taken at the University of Madrid by student groups of vary- 
ng size and levels of preparation. (A major in Spanish is not required, but Span- 
sh 221 or its equivalent is recommended.) 

Study in India 

For students who can spend a semester in India, arrangements are made for 
istruction in an Indian college or university and travel in the country for a 
eriod of about three months. (Written approval is necessary for fulfilling basic, 
ivisional, or major requirements.) 

Independent Study Abroad 

For students who wish to spend one or more semesters in an approved college 
r university abroad, arrangements must be made with the chairman of the de- 
>artment of the major and the Dean of the College. An approved application for 
tudy abroad must also be filed with the Registrar. Up to thirty-six credits for a 
ull-year program may be granted upon satisfactory evaluation by the College of 
he work taken, but is not guaranteed. Students not on a College program must 
pply for readmission to the University. Credit is computed as transfer credit at 
.75 credits for three approved semester hours taken abroad. 



48 



In addition, the Independent Study Program of the Experiment in Internationa 
Living is recognized by the College. To participate in this program a studen 
must be regularly enrolled and plan to return to the College after study abroad 
and arrangements must be made with the chairman of the department of th< 
major and the Dean of the College. Up to fourteen credits for a one-semeste 
program may be granted upon evidence of satisfactory completion of work taken 
but is subject to evaluation by the College. 

Study at Salem College 

For full-time students, Wake Forest and Salem College share a program of ex. 
change credits for courses taken at one institution because not offered at thd 
other. An application must be approved by the academic adviser and the Dean 01 
the College. Except in courses of private instruction, there is no additional cost t<" 
the student. Grades and grade points earned at Salem College are evaluated as II 
they were earned at Wake Forest. 

I 
Summer Study 

For full-time students, courses taken in the summer at another college or uni 
versify require the advance approval of the chairman of the department com 
cerned and the Registrar. Grades earned elsewhere are not used in computing th 
grade average; those earned elsewhere on the semester-hour plan are computecj 
as transfer credit at 3.37 credits for three approved semester hours takei 
elsewhere. 

In addition to regular courses, a number of special programs for credit ar 
available at Wake Forest in the summer. (See the bulletin of the summer session.) 

January Study 

For students who wish to follow individual or non-traditional courses of stud 
on campus or field study in places like Honduras, Russia, and Paris, the Januar 
term offers a number of four-credit courses, many on a Pass/Fail basis. Somj 
January term courses are offered regularly and are described under Courses ci 
Instruction. Others are offered only once or intermittently and are not shown i: 
this bulletin. (Freshmen and sophomores may be graded Pass/Fail only if the Jan 
uary term course is not used to fulfill basic, divisional, or major requirements.) 




49 



Requirement s for Degrees 



Degrees Offered 

The College offers undergraduate programs leading to the Bachelor of Arts and 
achelor of Science degrees. The Bachelor of Arts degree is conferred with a major 
i anthropology, art, biology, chemistry, classical studies, economics, English, 
rench, German, Greek, history, Latin, music, philosophy, physics, politics, psy- 
hology, religion, Romance languages, sociology, Spanish, and speech communi- 
ation and theatre arts. The Bachelor of Science degree is conferred with a major 
n accountancy, business, chemistry, mathematical economics, mathematics, 
nathematics-biology, mathematics-business, physical education, and physics, 
"he Bachelor of Arts degree is available with a major in intermediate education or 
ducation with a state teacher's certificate in social studies. The Bachelor of Sci- 
nce degree is available with a major in education with a state teacher's certificate 
n science, and in combined curricula in dentistry, engineering, forestry, medical 
ciences, medical technology, and the physician assistant program. (For a descrip- 
ion of the programs of the various departments see Courses of Instruction.) 

A student who receives the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree from 
he College may not thereafter receive the other of the two degrees. 

General Requirements 

Students in the College have considerable flexibility in planning their course of 
,tudy. Except for two semesters of required physical education, only three spe- 
cie courses are required, one in English composition and two in a foreign lan- 
guage. To complete preparation for more specialized work in a major field or 
ields, students select three courses in each of four divisions of the undergraduate 
:urriculum: (1) literature and the arts; (2) the natural sciences and mathematics; 
3) history, religion, and philosophy; and (4) the social and behavioral sciences. 
Mormally the basic and divisional requirements are completed in the freshman 
md sophomore years and requirements in the field or fields of the major are 
:ompleted in the junior and senior years. 

All students must complete (1) the basic and divisional requirements (unless 
accepted for the Open Curriculum); (2) a course of study approved by the de- 
partment or departments of the major; and (3) elective courses for a total of 144 
credits. No more than sixteen credits toward graduation may be earned in Mili- 
tary Science 111, 112, 151, 152, 211, 212, 251, 252; Music 107-120 (ensemble 
courses); and Physical Education 100-level courses other than Physical Education 
111 and 112. 

All students must earn a C average on all courses attempted. A student who 
transfers from another college or university must earn a C average on all courses 
attempted in the College and a C average on all work attempted at all colleges and 
universities. Of the 144 credits required for graduation, at least seventy-two must 
be completed in the College, including the work of the senior year (except for 
combined degree curricula). 



50 

A student has the privilege of graduating under the requirements of the bulle- 
tin in which he or she enters, provided that course work is completed within six 
years of entrance. After six years, the student must fulfill the requirements for the 
class in which he or she graduates. 

Basic Requirements 

All students must complete three required basic courses (unless waived 
through procedures established by the departments concerned): 
English 110 (composition) or 112 (composition and literature) 
Foreign language 153 (intermediate level) 
Foreign language (literature) 

French 215, 216, 217, or the equivalent 

Spanish 215, 216, or the equivalent 

Italian 215, 216, or the equivalent 

German 211 or 212 

Russian (any literature course) 

Greek 211 or 212 

Latin 211, 212, or 216 

Hebrew 211 

Hindi 211 

Divisional Requirements 

All students must complete three courses in each of the four divisions of the 
undergraduate curriculum (unless exempted by completion of Advanced Place- 
ment requirements): 

J, Literature and the Arts (three courses; no more than one course from each 
group) 

1. English literature (English 160 or 165) 

2. American literature (English 170 or 175) 

3. Foreign literature (other than the one used for the basic requirement) 

a. Classical languages (Greek 211, 212, 231, 241, or 242; Latin 212, 216, 
221, 225, or 226; Classics 253, 254, 263, 264, 265, or 272) 

b. German 211 or 212 

c. Romance languages (French, Spanish, or Russian literature) 

d. Humanities 213, 214, 215, 216, or 217 
4. Fine Arts 

a. Art 103 

b. Music 101 

c. Theatre Arts 121 

//. The Natural Sciences and Mathematics (three courses, selected from only two 
groups) 

1. Biology 111, 150 or 151 

2. Chemistry 111 or 112 (unless advanced preparation indicates a higher 
course) 



51 



3. Physics 111 and 112 (one or both courses); 121 and 122 (one or both 

courses) 

4. Mathematics 111, 112, 115, 116, 157 (any one; if two, any pair other than 

111-116 and 115-157) 
///. History, Religion, and Philosophy (three courses; no more than one course 

om each group) 

1 History 111, 112, 113, 215, 216, 315, 341, 342, 345, 346, 349, or 350 

2. Religion (any course other than 218, 225, 237, 239, 240, 265, 266, 270, 273, 
282, 286, 287, 292, 346, and 362) 

3. Philosophy 151, 171, or 172 

IV. The Social and Behavioral Sciences (three courses; no more than two selected 

rom one group) 

1. Economics 111, 151, 152 (if one, 111 or 151; if two, 151-152 or 111 and any 
other with the permission of the Department of Economics) 

2. Politics 113, 114, 115 (if one, any of the three; if two, any two or any one 
and any other in the Department of Politics) 

3. Psychology 151 (required first course) and any 200-level course (other than 
280 and 281) or 335, 358, or 367 (or any other 300-level course with the 
permission of the Department of Psychology) 

4. Sociology and Anthropology (Sociology 151 and any other course other 
than 301-310 or 370-371; Anthropology 162 and 252, 342-351, or 352-366; 
Anthropology 381-386 or any other course with the permission of the De- 
partment of Sociology and Anthropology; or Sociology 151 and An- 
thropology 162). 

Physical Education Requirement 

All students must complete Physical Education 111-112. 

Completion of Lower Division Requirements 

Basic divisional, and physical education requirements should be completed 
where possible by the end of the sophomore year. For students who postpone 
required courses until the junior year to complete early major courses, a 
minimum of three required courses must be taken each semester until the re- 
quirements have been completed. Except for students accepted tor the Open Cur- 
riculum no course requirements mav be waived or replaced by substitutes except 
through regular procedures established by the faculty or through a specific vote 
of the faculty in regular session. 

Admission to the Upper Division 

Before applying for admission to the upper division and beginning work on 
the major subject, a student should have seventv-two credits and 144 grade 
points in the lower division. In no case is a student admitted to the upper divi- 
sion with fewer than sixtv credits and 120 grade points. 

All students at the end of the sophomore year or at the beginning ot the junior 



52 

year are required to pass a proficiency test in the use of the English language. 

Courses of Study in the Upper Division 

Thirty days before the end of the sophomore year each student is required t 
indicate to the Registrar and to the department or departments concerned th 
selection of a major subject for concentration during the junior and senior yean 
Before this selection is formally approved by the Registrar the student muj 
present a written statement from the authorized representative of the departmer 
or departments indicating departmental permission to be assigned a specific ad 
viser from the department to assist in planning the work of the junior and senio 
years. A department which rejects a student as a major must file with the Dean o 
the College a written statement including the reason(s) for the rejection. 

After the beginning of the junior year a student may not change from on 
major to another without the approval of the departments concerned. The stu 
dent's course of study for the junior and senior years includes the minimun 
requirements for the departmental major, with other courses selected by the stu 
dent and approved by the adviser. (For specific course requirements in the vari 
ous fields of study, see Courses of Instruction.) 

At least half of the major must be completed in the College. Students preparinj 
for the ministry are advised to elect three courses in religion beyond the cours< 
included in the divisional requirements. 

Fields of Study 

The following fields of study are recognized for a major: accounting, an 
thropology, art, biology, business, chemistry, classical studies, economics, educa- 
tion, English, French, German, Greek, history, Latin, mathematical economies' 
mathematics, mathematics-biology, mathematics-business, music, philosophy ! 
physical education, physics, politics, psychology, religion, Romance languages 
sociology, Spanish, and speech communication and theatre arts. 

A maximum of forty-eight credits toward graduation are usually allowed in ll 
single field of study, excluding related courses in other departments and except 
for dual majors, which allow fifty-six credits toward graduation in the majoi'i 
fields. (Elementary foreign language in the major field of study and Accounting 
111-112 are excluded.) 

Double Majors and Dual Majors 

A student may major in two departments with the written permission of thei 
chairman of each of the departments and on condition that the student meets all 
requirements for the major in both departments. For administrative purposes,! 
the student must designate one of the two fields as the primary major, which wi\\\ 
appear first on the student's record. 

A joint major consisting of fifty-six credits in two departments is available ir 
classical studies, mathematics-biology, mathematics-business, mathematical eco-| 
nomics, and Romance languages. 



53 



Senior Testing 

Ml seniors are required to participate in a testing program designed to provide 
jective evidence of educational development and employing measures of aca- 
mic achievement such as selected portions of the Graduate Record Examination 
d/or other tests deemed appropriate by the Executive Committee. The tests are 
/en in late spring, and relevant results are made available to the student for his 
her information. The primary purpose of the program is to provide the College 
th information for assessing the total educational process. The program does 
it supplant the regular administration of the Graduate Record Examination for 
ose students applying for admission to graduate school. 

Combined Degrees in the School of Law 

A combined course makes it possible for a student to receive the two degrees of 
^chelors of Arts and Juris Doctor in six academic years or their equivalent in- 
ead of the usual seven years. The first three years of the combined course are in 
le College and the last three are in the School of Law. 

A student pursuing this plan must (1) complete the basic and divisional course 
[quirements and become qualified for admission to the upper division; (2) initi- 
:e an application for admission to the School of Law and secure through the law 
;hool adviser, who is a member of the law faculty, permission to pursue the 
)mbined course plan (admission to the School of Law is based on the applicant's 
ntire undergraduate record, Law School Admission Test scores, and other 
riteria, and permission to pursue the combined degree program does not consti- 
ite admission to the School of Law); (3) perform the junior year of study in the 
Allege under the supervision of the law school adviser; and (4) complete at least 
10 credits in the College with a minimum average of C and the first full year of 
iw in the School of Law with an average sufficient to remain in the School of 

aw. 

The last year of required college academic work must be taken in the College. A 
tudent who transfers from another college or university at the end of the first or 
econd year must maintain a minimum average grade of C on all academic work 
indertaken in the College. 

A student who completes the program successfully will be eligible to receive 
he Bachelor of Arts degree at the end of the first full year in the School of Law; 
he Juris Doctor degree will be awarded the student who, having received the 
5.A. degree, also fulfills requirements for the J.D. degree. The quantitative and 
malitative academic requirements set forth herein are minimum requirements 
or the successful completion of the combined degree program; satisfying the 
•equipments of the three-year program in the College does not necessarily entitle 
ffl applicant to admission to the School of Law. 

Combined Degrees in Medical Sciences 

A limited number of students may receive the Bachelor of Science degree with 
i major in medical sciences. 



54 



Under this plan the student fulfills the requirements for the degree by compl 
ing three years of work in the College with a minimum average grade of C and 
satisfactorily completing the first full year of medicine (at least thirty semes 
hours) as outlined by the faculty of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, witl 
record entitling promotion to the second year class. At least one year (thirty-: 
credits) of the required academic work must be completed in the College. 

Candidates for the B.S. degree with a major in medical sciences must compl. 
before entering the School of Medicine for the fourth year of work the bd 
course requirements; the divisional course requirements in Divisions I, III, ai 
IV; the physical education requirement; Biology 150, 151, 152 (two courses); Bit 
ogy 312, 320, 321, 326, 351, 360, 370 (two courses); Chemistry 111 and 112; Chei 
istry 221 and 222; Physics 111 and 112; Mathematics (one course); and electiv 
for a total of 118 credits. 

The completion of the prescribed academic subjects does not necessarily adn 
any student to the School of Medicine. (All other factors being equal, applican 
who have done all their work in the College are given preference.) 

l 

Combined Degrees in Medical Technology 

Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree in medical technoloj 
by completion of the academic requirements outlined below and by satisfactoi 
completion of the full program in medical technology offered by the Division | 
Allied Health Programs of Bowman Gray School of Medicine with at least a grac' 
of C in all courses taken in the program in medical technology. At least one ye; 
(thirty-six credits) of the required academic work must be completed in the Co 
lege. Students seeking admission to the program must file application in the fa' 
of their junior year with the Division of Allied Health Programs of the School 
Medicine. A B average is usually required in biology and chemistry for admis 
sion to the program. Students must complete the basic course requirements; th 
divisional course requirements in Divisions I, III, and IV; the physical educatio 
requirement; Biology 150, 151, 152 (three courses); Biology 326; Chemistry 11, 
and 112; Chemistry 221 and 222; Mathematics (one course); and electives for 
total of 108 credits. 

Degrees in the Physician Assistant Program 

Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree in the physician assis 
tant program by completion of three years (108 credits) in the College with 
minimum average grade of C, and by satisfactory completion of the full twenty 
four month course in the physician assistant program offered by the Division o 
Allied Health Programs of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine. At least on 
year (thirty-six credits) of the required academic work must be completed in th 
College. Candidates for the degree must complete the basic course requirements 
the divisional course requirements, and the physical education requirement; a 
least four courses in biology (including one course in microbiology); and at leas' 
four courses in the social sciences (sociology, psychology, and economics are reo! 



55 

unended). A course in statistics and three or four courses in chemistry are also 
:ommended. 

Degrees in Microbiology 

Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree in microbiology by 
mipletion of three years (112 credits) in the College with a minimum average 
fade of C and by satisfactory completion of a thirty-two hour major in mi- 
Ebiology in the Bowman Gray School of Medicine. At least one year (thirty-six 
•edits) of the required academic work must be completed in the College. Candi- 
ates for the degree must complete the basic course requirements, the divisional 
jurse requirements, and the physical education requirement; Microbiology 301, 
£ 308, 311, and 312 and Biology 370 (in some cases Biology 326 may be substi- 
ited for Microbiology 301); two additional courses from Microbiology 309, 310, 
13, and 314; and Biology 321. Required related courses are two courses in phys- 
;s and at least two courses in organic chemistry. Additional chemistry and math- 
matics courses may be suggested by the major adviser for students progressing 
Dward advanced work in microbiology. 

Degrees in Dentistry 

A student may fulfill the requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree with a 
[lajor in dentistry by completing three years of work in the College with a 
llinimum average grade of C, and by satisfactorily completing the first two years 
ff work in one of certain approved dental schools designated by the University, 
vith a record entitling advancement to the third year class. 

For this degree the requirements in the College are the same as those for the 
5.S. degree with a major in medical sciences. 

Degrees in Engineering 

The College cooperates with North Carolina State University in offering a 
jroad course of study in the arts and sciences combined with specialized training 
n engineering. A program for outstanding students covers five years of study, 
ncluding three initial years in the College and two full years of technical training 
n one of the fields of engineering. (Depending upon the field chosen, it may be 
idvisable for a student to attend the summer session in the engineering school 
after transfer.) Upon successful completion of the five years of study the student 
will receive the degree of Bachelor of Science from the University and the degree 
Df Bachelor of Science in one of the specialized engineering fields from North 
Carolina State University. 

The curriculum for the first three years must include the basic requirements tor 
the Bachelor of Science degree. Suggested courses for the freshman year are Eng- 
lish 110 and 160 (or a foreign literature); foreign language courses 211, 21?. or 216; 
Mathematics 111-112; Physics 111-112 or 121-122; and Physical Education 1 1 1-1 12. 
Suggested courses for the sophomore year are English 170 (or a foreign literature); 
Philosophy 151; Mathematics 251; Physics 141. 161, and 162; and Chemistry 111 



56 

(or 118) and 112. Suggested courses for the junior year are a history course, 
religion course, Mathematics 311, and Economics 151-152. 

This rigorous curriculum demands special aptitude in science and mathema 
ics. Electives are chosen in consultation with the engineering adviser in the D< 
partment of Physics. 



Degrees in Forestry 



The College cooperates with Duke University in offering an academic forest* 
training program. A student in this program devotes three years to study in tr 
College, where at least two years (seventy-two credits) must be completed. Tr 
summer between the junior and senior years and the two following years ar 
spent in the Duke University School of Forestry. Upon the successful completio 
of the five years of study the student will receive the degree of Bachelor of si 
ence from the University and the degree of Master of Forestry from Duke Univei 
sity. 

A student who wishes to qualify for the program must make formal applicatio 
for admission to the Duke University School of Forestry no later than the end c 
the first semester of the third year. To qualify for admission the student mus 
have followed the planned course of study outlined below, must have the officJ 
recommendation of the University, and must have an over-all grade point averae 
of at least 2.5. or 

Candidates for the degree must complete the basic course requirements; th 
divisional requirements in Divisions I, II, and IV; the physical education re 
quirement; Biology 150, 151, and 152; Economics 151 and 152; Chemistry 111 an< 
112; Mathematics 111 and 112; Physics 111 and 112; two courses beyond the in 
troductory courses in any one natural or social science; and electives (especially 
in biology, chemistry, mathematics, philosophy, and speech communication) for 
total of 116 credits. Students in the program are advised in the Department o 
Biology. 




57 

Courses of Instruction 



Ddd-numbered courses are normally taught in the fall, even-numbered in the 
ing. Exceptions are noted after course descriptions. Number of credits is 
>wn by numerals immediately after the course title — for example, (3) or (3,3). 
e symbols P — and C — followed by course numbers or titles are used to show 
'requisites and corequisites in the department. 

lourses 101-199 are primarily for freshmen and sophomores; courses 200-299 
primarily for juniors and seniors; courses 301-399 are for advanced under- 
duates and graduate students. (For other graduate courses see the bulletin of 
| Graduate School.) The prefix S shows that a course is offered only in the 
Timer. Only some courses offered in January are described. 

Art 

Sterling M. Boyd, Chairman 

Associate Professor Sterling M. Boyd 

Assistant Professor Robert Knott 

Lecturer Marvin S. Coats 

Instructors Gary A. Cook, Brian Legakis 

the major in Art requires forty credits in Art History and in Studio Art 

arses. A student normally concentrates in either Art History or in Studio Art, 

it takes courses in both areas. 

One foreign language is required of all majors. Students who plan to pursue 

,tduate work in Art History should have a reading knowledge of two languages 

jerman and either French or Italian). 

Kny student interested in majoring in Art should contact the chairman of the 

•partment as soon as possible after entering the Univeristy. 

Art History* 

. Introduction to the Visual Arts. (4) An introduction to the arts of various cultures and 
tes, with discussions of technique, style, methodology, and terms. May be used to satisfy 
equirement in Division I. 

. Indian Art. (4) A survey of architecture, painting, and sculpture from earliest times to 

10A.D. 

k Oriental Art. (4) A survey of the architecture, painting, and sculpture of China and 
>an from the prehistoric period to 1900. 

>. Primitive Art. (4) A survey of the traditional arts of Africa (South of the Sahara), 
ynesia, New Guinea, Australia, Pre-Columbian Central and South America, and North 
lerica. 

* Art of the Ancient Near East. (4) A survey of architecture, painting, and sculpture of 
ypt, Mesopotamia, and Anatolia, with an introduction to prehistoric European art. 

i. Egyptian Art. (4) The art and architecture of ancient Egypt from the predvnastic period 
'ough Roman Egypt. Usually offered in January. 



>pen to qualified freshmen and sophomores. 



58 

231. American Art. (4) A survey of American painting from 1600 to 1900. 

233. American Architecture. (4) A survey of American architecture from 1600 to 1900, w 
emphasis on the eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. 

241. Ancient Art. (4) A survey of architecture, painting, and sculpture from the prehistc 
through the late Roman period. 

242. Minoan and Mycenaean Art. (4) A survey of the architecture, painting, and sculpture!, 
the Minoan and Mycenaean civilizations. 

244. Greek Art. (3) A survey of architecture, painting, and sculpture from the prehistt> 
through the Hellenistic periods. 

245. Roman Art (3) A survey of Etruscan and Roman architecture, painting, and sculptur 

246. Greek and Roman Architecture. (4) A survey of Classical architecture, from the Arch 
Greek through the late Roman periods. 

247. Myth and Legend in Classical Art. (4) A study of the major myths and legends in Gre 
and Roman painting and sculpture. 

248. The Ancient City. (4) An architectural approach to the emergence of civilization a. 
urbanism in the ancient world. 

250. Twentieth Century American Art and Literature. (4) An exploration of the ideas, valu 
and feelings found in the art and literature of twentieth century figures such as Kandins M 
Sevens, Picasso, and Kafka. 

252. Medieval Art. (4) A survey of painting and sculpture in Europe from 400 to 1400. 

256. History of Books and Printing. (2) An examination of the development of the book fr< ( 
the invention of printing to the present. 

267. European Art of the Early Renaissance. (4) A survey of painting and sculpture in It. 
and Northern Europe from 1300 to 1500, including artists such as Giotto, Jan van Ey. 
Roger van der Weyden, Botticelli, and Leonardo da Vinci. 

268. European Renaissance Art of the Sixteenth Century. (4) A survey of painting and sculph 
in Italy and Northern Europe from 1500 to 1600. P-Art 267 is recommended. 

272. Baroque Art. (4) A survey of European painting and sculpture from 1600 to 1700. 

281. Modern Art to 1900. (4) A survey of European painting and sculpture from 1700 to 19 
emphasizing the nineteenth century. 

282. Modern Art after 1900. (4) A survey of European and American painting and sculpti 
from 1900 to the present. P-Art 281 is recommended. 

283. Impressionism. (4) A detailed study of the French Impressionist painters, with so: 
consideration of Impressionism in other art forms. 

284. Contemporary American Art. (4) An intensive study of American painting and sculpt! 
from 1950 to the present. 

286. Studies in Twentieth Century Art: Myth in Modern Art. (3) An analysis of traditio 
Western and non-Western myths as expressed and interpreted by twentieth century artist: 

*291. Individual Study. (4) A course of independent study with faculty guidance. 
*292. Individual Study. (4) A course of independent study with faculty guidance. 
294. Architecture Survey after 1700. (4) A survey of European and American architect 
from 1700 to the present, emphasizing the twentieth century. 



"Offered on a four-, eleven-, or fifteen-week basis. 



59 



Studio Art* 

Visual Concepts. (3) Introduction to the basic elements of two-dimensional and three- 
ensional design, to include drawing, painting, and sculpture. Three class hours per week. 

Introduction to Drawing. (4) An introduction to drawing fundamentals in realistic and 
tract styles, emphasizing composition, value, line, and form. Six laboratory hours per 
>k. P-Art 101. 

Introduction to Painting. (4) An introduction to painting fundamentals in a variety of 
temporary styles in the oil or acrylic media. P-Art 101 or 111. 

Introduction to Sculpture. (4) An introduction to basic sculptural styles and media with 
bhasis on contemporary concepts. P-Art 101. 

Introduction to Printmaking. (4) Concentrated introduction into one or more of the follow- 
areas of printmaking: lithography intaglio, and silkscreen. P-Art 101 or 111. 

Intermediate Drawing. (4) Continuation of Art 111 with concentrated emphasis on idea 
elopment. P-lll. 

Intermediate Painting. (4) Continuation of Art 112 with concentrated emphasis on idea 
elopment. P-112. 

Intermediate Sculpture. (4) Continuation of Art 115 with emphasis on idea development. 

15. 

Intermediate Printmaking. (4) Continuation of Art 117 with emphasis on idea development. 
17. 

Figure Drawing. (4) Introduction to figure drawing. P-Art 111. 

Advanced Drawing. (4) A course of individual study with faculty guidance. May be 

bated. P-Art 211. 

i 

i. Advanced Painting. (4) A course of individual study with faculty guidance. May be 

eated. P-Art 212. 

. Advanced Sculpture. (4) A course of individual study with faculty guidance. May be 
eated. P-Art 215. 

. Advanced Pri)itmaking. (4) A course of individual study with faculty guidance. P-Art 217. 

Asian Studies 

B.G. Gokhale, Director 

he Asian Studies program, established in I960 with financial assistance from 
Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation, is interdisciplinary in its nature and 
olves the cooperation and resources of several departments in the humanities 
i social sciences. Its objectives are to broaden the University's traditional cur- 
alum with the infusion of a systematic knowledge and understanding of the 
ture of Asia. 

, 112. Elementary Chinese. (4,4) Emphasis on the development of listening and speaking 
Us in Mandarin. Brief introduction to the writing system. Basic sentence patterns are 
ered. Lab — one hour. 

, 112. Elementary Hindi. (4,4) Attention given mainly to basic Hindi grammar, 
:abulary-building, simple composition, and conversation. Lab — one hour. 



^requisites may be waived -with permission of the instructor. 



60 

153. Intermediate Hindi. (4) Advanced practice in Hindi composition and conversation 
introduction to literary Hindi. Lab — one hour. P-Hindi 111, 112 or equivalent. 
222. Hindi Literature. (4) Reading and translation of selected texts in prose and poetry ; 
journalistic Hindi. Lab — one hour. P-Hindi 153. 

222, 212. Asian Studies. (4,4) Asian thought and civilization. Some dominant themes 
Asian thought and their influence on Asian civilizations. 

221. Indian Art. (4) A survey of architecture, painting, and sculpture from earliest time; 
1200 A.D. 

234. Government and Politics of East Asia. (4) An analysis of the political institutions 
processes in China and Japan with emphasis on the problems of modernization. 

245. Government and Politics of South Asia. (4) A study of the governments of India, Pakist 
Nepal, and Ceylon; emphasis on political organizations, party structures, and subnatic 
governmental systems. 

341. Southeast Asia from 1511 to Present. (4) A survey of the history and culture of South^ 
Asia under Western colonial systems, with special reference to economic, social, and 
tural developments, the rise of nationalism, and the emergence of new nation-states. 

342. The Middle East from Suleiman the Magnificent to the Present. (4) Major subjects cove, 
are the rise and fall of the Ottoman Empire, the Arabs and Persians under Otton 
hegemony, the rise of Arab nationalism, and the emergence of the modern Arab states i 
their roles in the post- World War II era. 

343. Imperial China. (4) Development of traditional institutions in Chinese society to 16 
attention to social, cultural, and political factors, emphasizing continuity and resistance 
change. 

344. Modern China. (4) Manchu Dynasty and its response to the Western challenge; 1 
Revolution; warlord era and rise of the Communists; Chinese Communist society; Culti 
Revolution. 

345. 346. History and Civilization of South Asia. (4,4) An introduction to the history a 
civilization of South Asia. Emphasis on historical developments in the social, econon, 
and cultural life. 

347. India in Western Literatures. (4) A one-semester historical survey of images of India 
Western literatures, with special reference to religious and philosophical ideas, art, pol: 
society, and culture. 

349, 350. East Asia. (4,4) An introduction to the social, cultural, and political developmen 
China, Japan, and Korea. Fall, to 1600; spring, since 1600. 

360. Hinduism. (4) A study of the fundamental features of the Hindu tradition. 

361. Buddhism. (4) A study of the Buddhist tradition, its fundamental features, and its 
pact on the cultures of Asia. 



Biology 

Gerald W. Esch, Chairman 

Professors Charles M. Allen, Gerald W. Esch, 

Walter S. Flory, Stephen H. Richardson, Raymond L. Wyatt 

Associate Professors Ralph D. Amen, Veryl E. Becker, 

John F. Dimmick, Ronald V. Dimock, Nazareth Gengozian, 

J. Whitfield Gibbons, Raymond E. Kuhn, James C. McDonald, 

A. Thomas Olive, Robert L. Sullivan, Mary Beth Thomas, Peter D. Weigl 

Assistant Professors Herman E. Eure, Hugo C. Lane 

Research Assistant Professor Rebecca C. Jann 

At the end of the sophomore year a student electing to major in Biology meets 
th a major adviser and the course of study for the junior and senior years is 
anned. The requirements for completion of the major are those in effect at the 
he of the conference, since the curriculum and departmental requirements may 
ange slightly during the student's period of residence. All majors are required 
take Biology 111, 150, 151, and 152. Co-major requirements are four full 
urses in the physical sciences. 

For students declaring majors in the spring of 1978, the requirement for a major 
a minimum of forty credits in Biology, which must include one course from 
ology 318, 325, 327, 328, 338, and 355, and one from Biology 320, 321, 331, 333, 
4, 351, and 376. The forty credits must include at least six Biology courses carry- 
g five credits. A minimum grade average of C on all courses attempted in Biol- 
;y is required for graduation with a major in Biology. (Students declaring a 
ajor later than the spring of 1978 should consult with a Biology major adviser 
r the specific major requirements at that time.) 

Prospective majors are strongly urged to take Chemistry 111-112 and Biology 
1-150 in the freshman year. They are advised to take Biology 151 and Biology 
2 in the sophomore year, as well as organic chemistry. Deviations from this 
ittern may necessitate summer work to fit the basic courses into an orderly 
quence. 

Advanced work in many areas of Biology may require additional courses in 
athematics, the physical sciences, and other areas of Biology. The adviser will 
11 these to the attention of the student, depending on individual needs. All 
]0-level Biology courses presume a background equivalent to introductory and 
termediate Biology (that is, through course 152.) 

(Highly qualified majors are invited by the Department to apply for admission 
the honors program in Biology. To be graduated with the distinction "Honors 
Biology" they must complete a research project under the direction of a staff 
ember and pass a comprehensive oral examination. 

The Departments of Mathematics and Biology offer a joint major leading to a 
ichelor of Science degree in Mathematics-Biologv. This interdisciplinary pro- 
'am, which can include no more than fifty-six credits in Mathematics and Biol- 
;y, affords the student an opportunity to apply mathematical methods to the 
rvelopment and analysis of biological svstems. The major consists of the follow- 
g course requirements: Mathematics 112, 155, 157, or 357; Biology 150, 151, 152; 
id seven additional courses (at least three in each department) chosen with the 



62 

approval of the program advisers. 

Highly qualified majors may be invited to apply for admission to the hono, 
program in the joint major. To be graduated with the designation "Honors 
Mathematics-Biology," they must complete a senior research paper and pass 
comprehensive oral examination on the project. For additional information mer 
bers of the staff should be consulted. 

111. Biological Principles. (5) Fundamental principles and concepts in biology. Lab-thr 
hours. 

150.Organismic Biology. (5) Morphology and phylogeny of plants and animals. Lab-thr 
hours. 

151. Cell Biology. (5) Molecular and cellular aspects of biology. Lab-three hours. P-Biolo; 
150 and Chemistry 111-112 or permission of the instructor. 

252. Population Biology. (4) Population and evolutionary aspects of biology. P-Biology 150 

301, 302. Internship. (4,4) Off-campus work study in the public or private sector. A writbi 
research paper or report based on the experiences is required. The student must have; 
supervisor on the job and a Biology faculty member to sponsor the project. Only four cix 
dits per term permitted. Pass/Fail. Not to be counted toward the major. Offered in januanj 

312. Genetics. (5) A study of principles of inheritance and their application to plants ai 
animals, including man. Laboratory work in the methods of breeding some genetically ii 
portant organisms and of compiling and presenting data. Lab-three hours. 

314. Evolution. (4) Analysis of the theories, evidences, and mechanisms of evolution. 

318. Economic Botany. (4) A survey of the plant kingdom giving consideration to both II 
positive and negative importance of plants of all groups to man. 

320. Chordates. (5) A study of chordate animals with emphasis on comparative anatomy ai' 
phylogeny. Dissection of representative forms in the laboratory. Lab-three hours. 

32L Parasitology. (5) A survey of protozoan, helminth, and arthropod parasites from t' 
standpoint of morphology, taxonomy, life-histories, and host-parasite relationships. La 
three hours. 

323. Animal Behavior. (4) A survey of laboratory and field research on animal behavior. TF 
course may count as Biology or Psychology, but not both; choice to be determined at reg: 
tration. 

324. Botany for Everyday Use. (4) A course to develop a knowledge and appreciation 
common plants and plant products and plant handling. May not be taken for credit towa 
major in Biology. Offered in January. 

325. Plant Anatomy. (5) A study of comparative anatomy of the vascular plants, with empF 
sis on phylogeny. Lab-four hours. 

326. Microbiology. (5) A study of the more important groups of microorganisms, with ei 
phasis on bacteria and their activities. Lab-four hours. 

327. Non-vascular Plants. (5) An examination of representative non-vascular plants, wi 
emphasis on morphology and phylogeny. Lab-four hours. 

328. Vascular Plants. (5) A comparative survey of the vascular plants, with emphasis 
structure, reproduction, classification, and phylogeny. Lab-three hours. 

331. Invertebrates. (5) Systematic study of invertebrates, with emphasis on functional m> 
phology, behavior, ecology, and phylogeny. Lab-three hours. 

333. Vertebrates. (5) Systematic study of vertebrates, with emphasis on evolution, physiolo;. 



63 

lavior, and ecology. Laboratory devoted to systematic, field, and experimental studies, 
b-four hours. 

I Entomology. (5) A study of insects, with emphasis on structure, development, taxonomy, 
i phylogeny. Lab-four hours. 

1. Plant Taxonomy. (5) A study of the classification of seed plants, with emphasis on a 
nparative study of orders and families. Lab-four hours. 

/. Ecology. (5) Interrelationships among living systems and their environments; structure 
i dynamics of major ecosystem types; contemporary problems in ecology. Lab-four hours. 

. Marine Biology. (5) An introduction to the physical, chemical, and biological parameters 
jcting the distribution of marine organisms. Lab-three hours. 

!. Aquatic Ecology. (5) A course designed to cover the general principles and concepts of 
mology and aquatic biology as they apply to lentic and lotic habitats. A major portion of the 
d studies centered at the Belews Creek Biological Station. Lab-three hours. 

I Natural History of Baja, California and the Sea of Cortez. (5) The Sea of Cortez and Baja 
>vide an unusual opportunity to investigate the unique marine and terrestrial flora and 
na of desert, mountain, and coastal regions at the confluence of tropical and desert areas. 
e course involves a seminar program during the fall, followed by a trip to the region during 
uary. P-Permission of the instructor. 

. Animal Physiology. (5) Nerve, muscle, and regulation physiology offered in odd-numbered 
irs; digestion, absorption, and transport in even-numbered years. Lab-three hours. 

I Nutritional Physiology. (4) Deals with nutritional needs of college-age students and the 
as where diets are usually deficient. May not be taken for credit toward major in Biology. 
: ered in January. 

'■. Endocrinology. (4) A course in vertebrate physiological endocrinology, with particular 
erence to phylogenesis and embryology. A section on invertebrate endocrinology is in- 
led. 

I Developmental Physiology. (5) A functional study of the growth, development, and repro- 
ction of selected organisms, with emphasis on the regulatory mechanisms of mor- 
Dgenesis. Lab-three hours. 

'. Cryptobiology. (5) An examination of common hypobiotic rest exhibited by living systems, 
luding a consideration of quiescence, dormancy, diapause, hibernation, estivation, sleep, 
na, and death. This course is designed to focus attention on those hypobiotic states which 
rder on senescence and death in an attempt to more clearly distinguish living from dead 
editions. Various biologic materials in a state of rest examined. Lab-three hours. 

. Development. (5) A study of development, including aspects of vertebrate, invertebrate, 
i other developmental systems, emphasizing the regulation of differentiation. Lab-four 

ars. 

. Immunology. (4) A study of the components and protective mechanisms of the immune 
tern. 

. Biochemistry. (5) A lecture and laboratory course in biochemistry, including principles of 
chemistry, chemical composition of living systems, intermediary metabolism, enzyme 
etics, biochemical techniques, and biochemical energetics. Lab-three hours. 

. Cytology, Histology, and Microtechnique. (5) A study of the structure and function of cells 
1 tissues, with laboratory emphasis on methods of preparation of cells and tissues for 
mination. Lab-four hours. 

. Methods in Electron Microscopy. (5) Techniques in preparation of materials for examination 



64 

with the electron microscopy. Offered in January. P-Permission of the instructor. 

376. Icthyology. (5) A comparative study of structure-function, classification, and phylogeny 
fish. Lab-three hours. 

382. Human Heredity. (4) A study of the principles of heredity as applied to man. Empha: 
upon inheritance of both usual and aberrant human phenotypes. Either Biology 312 or Biolo 
382 may be taken for credit toward major in Biology, but not both. Offered in January. 

391, 392. Special Problems in Biology. (2,2) Independent library and laboratory investigati' 
carried out under the supervision of a member of the staff. Pass/Fail or for grade at * 
discretion of the instructor. P-Permission of the instructor. 

393, 394. Special Problems in Biology. (2,2) Courses designed for students who wish to contin 
special problems beyond Biology 391 and 392. Pass/Fail optional. Not to be counted toward t 
major. P-Permission of the instructor. 

395. Philosophy of Biology. (4) A seminar course dealing with the philosophical structure oft 
biological sciences, including an examination of major conceptual schemes and theoretic ide 
unique to biology. 

397. Seminar in Biology. (2-4) Consideration of major biological topics through intensi 
reading and discussions. 

398. Scientific Communications. (3) An introduction to bibliographic and graphic methoc 
including microscopy, photography, scientific illustration and writing, and preparation 
manuscripts. Open to juniors or by permission of the instructor. 

Business and Accountancy 

Delmer P. Hylton, Chairman 

Professors Delmer P. Hylton, Jeanne Owen 

Associate Professors Leon P. Cook Jr., Thomas C. Taylor 

Assistant Professor Stephen Ewing 

Lecturers Glenn L. Clark Jr., Arun P. Dewasthali 

Instructors Douglas J. Lincoln, James L. Mader 



To major in Business or in Accountancy the student must take one or preferat 
two courses in Mathematics and at least one course in Economics. 

Business 

The Bachelor of Science degree in Business is offered for the student who a 
ticipates a career in the business world. The curriculum is designed to equip tl 
student with basic tools and knowledge which should enable him or her to pe 
form adequately in his or her first position and to advance to more responsit 
positions in management. 

For the major in Business, a minimum of thirty-six credits earned in the 9 
partment is required. Included in the major must be Accountancy 111 and 1 
and Business 211, 221, 231, 261, 268, and 271. A minimum of twenty-eight cred 
in the major must be earned in the College. 

Students with a grade point average of at least 3.0 on all college work and j 
on all work in Business are invited to apply for admission to the honors progre' 
in Business. A project, paper, or readings and/or an oral exam are required. The 1 



65 

3 successfully complete the requirements specified by the Department are 
iuated with with the designation "Honors in Business." For additional infor- 

ion, interested students should consult with a member of the departmental 
ilty. 

'he Departments of Mathematics and Business and Accountancy offer a joint 
jor leading to a Bachelor of Science degree in Business-Mathematics. This in- 
lisciplinary program prepares students for careers in business with a strong 
kground in mathematics. The major consists of the following course require- 
nts: Mathematics 111, 112, 155, 157, and 256 or 355; Accounting 111, 112; 
iiness 211, 221, 231; either Business 268 or Mathematics 357; either Business 

or Mathematics 253; and two additional courses chosen from Accounting 252, 
I Business 281, Mathematics 121, 348, 353, 381, or specially designed January 
rses. 

lighly qualified majors may be invited to apply for admission to the honors 
■gram in the joint major. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in 
|thematics-Business," they must complete a senior research paper and pass a 
nprehensive oral examination on the project. For additional information, 
mbers of the staff should be consulted. 

, Organization and Management. (4) The study of the basic management functions, prin- 
es, concepts, and practices in the operation of a modern business organization. 

. Advanced Management. (4) A study of the techniques of decision-making using case 
lyses, problem-solving, and report-writing procedures based on extensive readings, 
usiness 211. 

, Principles of Marketing. (4) Survey of marketing structures, concepts, and motivation of 
rent marketing environment. Study of managerial decisions necessary in the distribu- 
i of industrial and consumer goods. 

, Advanced Marketing. (4) A study of the management of marketing activities, the interre- 
Dnship of the activities and their relationship to the other functions of the firm. 

usiness 221. 

. International Marketing. (4) An analysis of the nature, organization, and methods of 
rketing at the international level. The course includes an in-depth study of the functions 
1 problems of international trade centers and involves visit to a trade center. Usually 
red in January. P-Business 211 and permission of the instructor. 

. Financial Management. (4) Analysis of financial decision-making at the level of the indi- 
ual business enterprise. P- Accountancy 112. 

. Advanced Financial Management. (4) Management decision-making applied to the finan- 
function, including credit, investment, and related problems. P-Business 231. 

. Personal Finance. (4) A study of methods for achieving goals related to individual finan- 
problems. This course does not count toward the major in Business or Accountancy, 
ermission of the instructor. 

. Labor Policy (4) A studv of selected topics in labor management relations from the view 
abor, management, and the public. 

. Legal Environment of Business (4) Study of the legal environment within which business 
isions must be made. 

. Business Statistics (4) Techniques of analysis of numerical data, including averages, dis- 
sion, index numbers, time series, linear correlation and regression, statistical estima- 



66 

tion, and hypotheses-testing. P-Mathematics 157. 

271. Seminar in Quantitative Techniques in Business. (4) Development and understanding 
decision tools and models to be applied to business decision-making. P-Mathematics IS 

281. Reading and Research. (2,3 or 4) An advanced course devoted to individual reading ; 
research in Business. P-Permission of the instructor. 



Accountancy 






The Bachelor of Science degree in Accountancy is offered to those students v; 
expect to pursue a career in the accounting profession. The curriculum is i 
signed to equip the student for staff and managerial positions in public accou 
ing, industrial accounting, and similar positions in non-profit institutions. C 
who completes the degree in Accountancy is eligible to sit for the CPA examii 
tion in North Carolina. 

The major in Accountancy requires a minimum of fifty-two credits earned 
the Department. Required courses are Accountancy 111, 112, 151, 152, 252, 2. 
271, and 273, and Business 231, 261, and 268. A minimum of forty-one credits 
the major must be earned in courses in the College. 

Students with a grade point average of at least 3.0 on all college work and 
on all work in Accountancy are invited to apply for admission to the hon 
program in Accountancy A project, paper, or readings and/or an oral exam 
required. Those who successfully complete the requirements specified by 1 
Department are graduated with the designation "Honors in Accountancy." ] 
additional information, interested students should consult with a member of 
departmental faculty. 

111. Accounting Principles I. (5) The basic accounting process and underlying principles p 
taining to the preparation and interpretation of published financial statements. 

122. Accounting Principles II. (4) A continuation of Accountancy 111 and an emphasis 
managerial accounting. P-Accountancy 111. 

151. Intermediate Accounting. (4) A detailed analysis of theory and related problems for ty 
cal accounts on published financial statements. P-Accountancy 112. 

152. Intermediate Accounting. (4) Continuation of Accountancy 151. P-Accountancy 151. 

201. Business Law. (4) A study of the Uniform Commercial Code. Open only to senior 
countancy majors. P-Business 261. 

252. Cost Accounting. (4) An in-depth study of management accounting. Topics cove 
include budgeting, product costing, cost allocation, standard costs, transfer pricing, dif 
ential analysis, and cost behavior analysis. P-Accountancy 112. 

253. Accounting Information Systems. (4) A study of functions performed by an adeqv 
information system, and methods and procedures necessary to supply useful d 
P-Accountancy 252. 

254. Accounting in the Not-for-Profit Sector. (3 or 4) An examination of accounting theory ; 
practice in governmental and eleemosynary organizations, including an examination of 
tional income accounting. P-Accountancy 151. 

261. Advanced Accounting Problems. (4) A study of the more complex problems found 
business operations, business combinations, reorganizations, and dissoluti 
P-Accountancy 152. 



67 

. Income Tax Accounting. (5) Accounting for purposes of complying with the Internal 
r enue Code. Preparation of personal and business tax returns. P-Accountancy 152. 

. Auditing. (4) Designed to familiarize the student with the CPA profession, with particu- 
emphasis on the attest-function. P-Accountancy 152 and 252. 

. CPA Review. (4) An intensive study of CPA-type problems found on the accounting 
ctice and accounting theory sections of the CPA exam. P-Accountancy 252 and 261. 

. Reading and Research. (2,3 or 4) Directed study in specialized areas of accountancy, 
ermission of the instructor. 

Chemistry 

H. Wallace Baird, Chairman 
Professors H. Wallace Baird, Phillip J. Hamrick Jr., Harry B. 

Miller, John W. Nowell 
Associate Professors Paul M. Gross Jr., Roger A. Hegstrom, 

Ronald E. Noftle 
Assistant Professors Ronald L. Blankespoor, Willie L. Hinze 



rhe Bachelor of Arts degree in Chemistry must include Chemistry 111-112 or 
I, 221-222, 341, 342, 361; Mathematics through 111; and Physics 111-112 or its 
iivalent. 

Hie Bachelor of Science degree in Chemistry must include Chemistry 111-112 
118, 221-222, 334, 341-342, 361, 371, 391 or 392; Mathematics through 112; and 
vsics 111-112 or its equivalent. Other courses which are strongly recommended 
the B.S. degree candidate are Mathematics 121 and 251 and Physics 161-162. 
vlajors are required to complete on a letter-grade basis the related Physics and 
thematics courses, both those which are required and those which are 
3ngly recommended. Unless otherwise stated, all Chemistry courses are open 
Chemistry majors only on a letter-grade basis. 

\n average of C in the first two years of Chemistry is required of students who 
ct to major in the Department. Admission to any class is contingent upon 
isfactory grades in prerequisite courses, and registration for advanced courses 
ist be approved by the Department. 

rhe Department is on the list of departments certified bv the American Chemi- 
Society. 

Qualified majors are considered for honors in Chemistry. To be graduated with 
\ designation "Honors in Chemistry," a student must complete satisfactorily 
emistry 391-392 or an independent study project approved by the Department, 
i an examination covering primarily the independent study project. For addi- 
nal information, members of the departmental facultv should be consulted, 
rrospective majors are urged to take Chemistry 111-112 in the freshman year. 

B.S. majors the following schedule of chemistry and closely related courses is 

ngly recommended: 

Freshman Sophomore 

emistry 111-112 Chemistry 221-222 

.thematics 111-112 Mathematics 121-231 

Physics 121-122 



68 

Junior Senior 

Chemistry 341-342 Chemistry 361 

Chemistry 334 Chemistry 371 

Physics 161-162 Chemistry 391 or 392 

Chemistry, Mathematics, or Physics 
electives 

111,112. College Chemistry. (5,5) Fundamental chemical principles. Laboratory covers ba 
quantitative analysis. Lab-three hours. 

118. Principles of Chemistry. (5) Fundamental chemical principles, with emphasis on strucru 
concepts. Laboratory work in basic quantitative analysis. Lab-four hours. P-Chemistry 111 
permission of the instructor. 

221, 222. Organic Chemistry. (5,5) Principles and reactions of organic chemistry. Lab-fc 
hours. P-Chemistry 112 or 118. 

323. Organic Analysis. (4 or 5) The systematic identification of organic compounds. Lab-fc 
hours. P-Chemistry 222. 

324. Chemical Synthesis. (2 or 4) A library, conference, and laboratory course. Lab-four or ei^ 
hours. P-Chemistry 222. 

334. Chemical Analysis. (4 or 5) Theoretical and practical applications of modern methods' 
chemical analysis. Lab-four hours. C-Chemistry 341. 

341, 342. Physical Chemistry. (5,5) Fundamentals of physical chemistry. Lab-four hou 
P-Chemistry 112 or 118; Mathematics 111; Physics 111-112 or 121-122. 

361. Inorganic Chemistry. (5) Principles and reactions of inorganic chemistry. Lab-four hou. 
C-Chemistry 341. 

362. Inorganic Chemistry. (4) Applications of spectroscopy to inorganic systems. Solid st, 
chemistry. P-Chemistry 361. 

371. Introductory Quantum Chemistry. (4) Introduction to the quantum theory and its apph, 
tion to chemical systems. P-Chemistry 342 or permission of the instructor. 

381 , 382. Chemistry Seminar. (0,0) Discussions of contemporary research. Attendance requii; 
of B.S. Chemistry majors in the junior and senior years. 

391, 392. Independent Study. (2,2) Library, conference, and independent study. Lab-six hour 

Classical Languages 

John L. Andronica, Chairman 

Professor Carl V. Harris 

Associate Professor John L. Andronica 

Assistant Professors N. Rick Heatley, Robert W. Ulery Jr. 

Instructor Franklyn F. Sanders 



The Department of Classical Languages offers three majors: Greek, Latin, a 
Classical Studies. 

A major in Greek requires forty credits in the Department. Thirty-two of the 
credits must be in the Greek language. Classics 270 is also a requirement. 

For those who begin Latin with Latin 111 or 113, a major requires thirty- 
credits in the Department beyond the elementary level (111-112 or 113). Tweni 
eight of these credits must be in the Latin language. For those who begin in t 



69 

College with Latin 153, a major requires thirty-six credits in the Department, 
vventy-eight of these credits must be in the Latin language. For those who begin 
v'ith a 200-level course in the College, a major requires thirty-two credits in the 
)epartment. Twenty-four of these credits must be in the Latin language. 

A major in Classical Studies requires fifty-six credits. A minimum of thirty-six 
redits of course work must be taken in the Department. A maximum of forty- 
ight credits in the Department may be exceeded only if a student undertakes 
ourse work in both Latin and Greek. The student must take a minimum of two 
ourses at the 200-level in either Greek or Latin and the following: Art 241 (An- 
ient Art), Classics 265 (Greek Literature in Translation), Classics 272 (Latin Liter- 
ture in Translation), Classics 270 (Greek Civilization), and Classics 271 (Roman 
Tvilization). 

A maximum of sixteen credits may be taken in the following: Art 227 (Art of 
he Ancient Near East), 252 (Medieval Art), 242 (Minoan and Mycanean Art), 244 
Greek Art), 245 (Roman Art), 246 (Greek and Roman Architecture); History 215, 
16 (The Ancient World); Philosophy 201 (Ancient and Medieval Philosophy), 230 
Plato), 231 (Aristotle); Religion 317 (The Ancient Near East), 363 (Hellenistic Re- 
gions); Hebrew 111-112, 153, 211.* 

The requirements for certification to teach Latin in high school are the same as 
he requirements for a major in Latin. A major in Classical Studies serves as an 
ppropriate part of the program of studies required for certification to teach Latin 
n high school. A student wishing to secure this certification should confer with 
he chairman of the Department. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the Department to apply for admission 
3 the honors program in Latin or Greek. To be graduated with the designation 
Honors in Latin" or "Honors in Greek," they must complete an honors research 
'roject and pass a comprehensive oral examination. At least two of the courses 
ounted toward the major must be seminar courses. For additional information 
lembers of the departmental faculty should be consulted. 

Greek 

01. Intensive Introduction to Classical Greek. (4) Greek grammar; an introduction to the reading 
>f Greek, designed especially for those who have no knowledge of Greek and who are not 
ontemplating further formal study of the Greek language. 

VI, 111. Elementary Greek. (5,5) Greek grammar; selections from Greek prose writers and 
>oets. 

53. Intermediate Greek. (4) Grammar and Xenophon's Anabasis. Thorough drill in syntax. 

'II. Plato. (4) Selections from the dialogues of Plato. 

12. Homer. (4) Selections from the Iliad and the Odyssey. 

22, 222. Selected Readings. (3,3) Intensive reading courses designed to meet individual needs 
ind interests. 

.31. The Greek New Testament. (4) Selections from the Greek New Testament. 

41. Greek Tragedy. (3) Euripides' Medea. This course includes a study of the origin and history 
)f Greek tragedy, with collateral reading of selected tragedies in translation. Seminar. 

Other courses may be allowed with the permission of the Department. 



70 

242. Greek Comedy. (3) Aristophanes' Clouds. This course includes a study of the origin an* 
history of Greek comedy with collateral reading of selected comedies in translation. Seminar i 

291, 292. Honors in Greek. (2,2) Directed research for honors paper. 

Latin 

111, 112. Elementary Latin. (4,4) Introduction to Latin grammar. 

113. Elementary Latin. (5) Introduction to Latin grammar. Covers material of Latin 111 and 11 ' 
in one semester. Not open to students who have had Latin 111 or 112. 

125. Medieval Latin. (4) An introduction to the literary language of Western Europe, 300-130 
A.D.; reading and discussion of the literature in the original and in English. 

153. Intermediate Latin. (5) Grammar review and selected readings. 

211. Vergil. (4) Intensive readings from the Aeneid, with emphasis on literary values. 

222. Roman Historians. (4) A reading of the works of Sallust and Livy, with attention to historice 
milieu and the norms of ancient historiography. 

216. Roman Lyric Poetry. (4) An interpretation and evaluation of lyric poetry through reading, 
from a wide variety of the poems of Catullus and Horace. 

221. Tacitus. (4) A reading and critical analysis of the works of Tacitus. 

225. Roman Epistolography. (4) Selected readings from the correspondence of Cicero and Plin 
the Younger and the literary epistles of Horace and Ovid. 

226. Roman Comedy. (4) Reading of selected comedies of Plautus and Terence, with a study o 
literary values and dramatic techniques. 

241. Satire. (3) Selected readings from Lucilius, Horace, and Juvenal. Attention given to th 
origin and development of the genre. Seminar. 

242. Satire. (3) Readings from Petronius and the Ludus de Morte Claudii. Seminar. 

243. Latin Readings. (3) A course designed to meet individual needs and interests. 

250. Prose Composition. (2) 

262. Lucretius. (3) Readings from the De Rerum Natura, with attention to literary values am 
philosophical import. Seminar. 

262. Cicero. (3) Readings from Cicero's philosophical essays, with a survey of Gree 
philosophical antecedents. 

265. The Elegiac Poets. (3) Readings of Tibullus, Propertius, and Ovid, with the study of th 
elegiac tradition. Seminar. 

292, 292. Honors in Latin. (2,2) Directed research for honors paper. 

Classics 

252. Classical Mythology. (4) A study of the most important myths of the Greeks and Romans 
Many of the myths are studied in their literary context. 

253. Greek Epic Poetry in Translation. (4) Oral epic poetry, with primary emphasis on the Ilia 
and the Odyssey of Homer and the later development of the genre. 

254. Roman Epic Poetry in Translation. (4) A study of the Latin treatment and development of th 
literary form, with emphasis on Lucretius, Vergil, Ovid, and Lucan. 

263. Tragic Drama in Translation. (4) A study of the origins and development of Greek traged 
and its influence on Roman writers, with readings from Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides. 



71 

64. Creek and Raman Comedy in Translation. (4) Representative works of Aristophanes, Mc- 
iander, Plautus, and Terence, with attention to the origins and development of comedy. 

\65. A Survey of Greek Literature in Translation. (4) A study of selections from Greek literature in 
inglish translation. A knowledge of the Greek language is not required. 

70. Creek Civilization. (3) Lectures and collateral reading upon those phases of Greek civiliza- 
ion which have particular significance for the modern world. A knowledge of the Greek 
anguage is not required. 

72. Roman Civilization. (3) Lectures and collateral reading upon the general subject of Rome's 
;ontributions to the modern world. A knowledge of the Latin language is not required. 

72. A Survey of Latin Literature in Translation. (4) A study of selections from Latin literature in 
■nglish translation. A knowledge of the Latin language is not required. 

75. Ancient and Modern Rome. (4) Students trace the growth of Rome and Roman civilization, 
irimarily through excursions to important archaeological sites, visits to museums, lectures, 
ind parallel readings. Usually offered in January. 

76. Ancient and Modern Greece. (4) A guided tour of the museums and archaeological sites of 
indent Greece in their Byzantine and modern context, supplemented by lectures on Greek and 
rretan-Minoan civilization. Usually offered in January. 

Economics 

J. Van Wagstaff, Chairman 

Professor J. Van Wagstaff 

Associate Professors William E. Cage, John C. Moorhouse 

Assistant Professors Miles O. Bidwell, Donald E. Frey 

Instructor Stuart Douglas Allen 



The objectives of the Economics program are to help prepare students for effec- 
tive participation in the decision-making processes of society, to develop analyti- 
cal skills in solving economic problems, to promote a better understanding of 
alternative economic systems, and to provide a balanced curriculum that will 
prepare students for graduate study or positions in industry and government. 

The major in Economics requires a minimum of thirty-six credits in Economics, 
including Economics 151, 152, 201, and 202.* The Department recommends that 
majors take Mathematics 111, either to fulfill the Division II requirement or as an 
elective. 

The remaining courses for a major in Economics and courses in related fields 
are selected by the student and the adviser. A minimum grade average of C on all 
courses attempted in Economics is required for graduation. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the Department to apply for admission 
to the honors program in Economics. To be graduated with the designation 
"Honors in Economics," they must complete a satisfactory economics research 
project, pass a comprehensive oral examination on the project, and complete 
Economics 281 or 287 and Economics 288. For additional information members of 
the departmental faculty should be consulted. 

The Departments of Mathematics and Economics offer a joint major leading to a 

*Economics 111 satisfies the requirement for Economics 151 and 152 by permission of the Depart- 
ment. 



72 

Bachelor of Science degree in Mathematical Economics. This interdisciplinai 
program, consisting of no more than fifty-six credits, affords the student an or, 
portunity to apply mathematical methods to the development of economic theor 
models, and quantitative analysis. The major consists of the following cours" 
requirements: Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 121, 251; Economics 151, 152, 201, 20. 
203; a joint seminar in Mathematical Economics; and three additional course ■ 
chosen with the approval of the program advisers. Students electing the joii 
major must receive permission from both the Department of Economics and th 
Department of Mathematics. 

Highly qualified majors may be invited to apply for admission to the hono, 
program in the joint major. To be graduated with the designation "Honors is 
Mathematics-Economics," they must complete a senior research paper and pass 
comprehensive oral examination on the subject. For additional information, meni 
bers of the departmental faculty should be consulted. 

111. Introduction to Economic Analysis. (5) A one-semester survey of the discipline. Elemei 
tary supply and demand-analysis are considered, in addition to more general topics invol 
ing the formation of national economic policy. Credit is not granted for this course ar ; 
Economics 151 or 152. 

151. Principles of Economics. (4) A study of individual economic units in a market econorri 
with some attention given to monopoly, labor unions, and poverty. 

252. Principles of Economics. (4) Attention is focused on the functioning of the economy as 
whole, with particular reference to unemployment, inflation, economic growth, and polic: 
P-Economics 151. 

170. Public Choice. (4) Traditional tools of economic analysis are employed to explore sue 
topics in political science as political organization, elections, coalition formation, the opt : 
mal provision of public goods, and the scope of government. Usually offered in Januar. 
P-Economics 151-152. 

171. Environmental Economics. (4) The quality of life examined from an economic perspe 
tive. Pollution, population, resource depletion, and the energy crisis are some of the topi 
studied. Usually offered in January. P-Economics 111 or 151-152. 

2 72. International Finance. (4) A study of financial market behavior and exchange rate fluch.. 

ations in the financial capitals of Europe. Uusally offered in January. P-Economics 111 

151-152. 

188. Independent Study. (4) A student-initiated project involving reading and research. Usual " 

offered in January. P-Economics 111 or 151-152 and permission of the Department. 

202 . Microeconomic Theory. (4) Develops the theory of consumer behavior and the theory of tl 
firm, with emphasis on price and output determination under various market condition 
P-Economics 151, 152. 

202. Macroeconomic Theory. (4) A study of Keynesian and post-Keynesian theories about tl 
determination of the level of national income, employment, and economic growt 
P-Economics 151, 152. 

203. Introduction to Econometrics. (5) Economic analysis through quantitative methods, wi 
emphasis on model construction and empirical research. 

205. Seminar in Mathematical Economics. (3) Calculus and matrix methods are used to develc 
basic tools of economic analysis . P-Mathematics 111-112 and Economics 151-152. 

222. Public Finance. (4) An examination of the economic behavior of government. Include 



73 

rinciples of taxation, spending, borrowing, and debt-management. P-Economics 151, 152. 

22. Monetary Theory and Policy. (3) A rigorous development of the theory of supply and 
emand for money, plus the interrelationship among prices, interest rates, and aggregate 
utput. P-Economics 151, 152. 

H. Labor Economics. (4) Economic analysis of wages and hours, employment, wage and job 
iscrimination, investment in education, and unions. P-Economics 151, 152. 

i3. Economic Demography. (3,4) Various aspects of population growth and fertility decisions 
re studied from the point of view of the new economics of time allocation. P-Economics 151, 
52. 

U. Industrial Organization. (3,4) An analysis of market structure, with particular reference to 
rganization practices, price formation, efficiency, and public regulation. P-Economics 151, 
52. 

53. International Economics. (4) A study of international trade theory, balance of payments, 
)reign exchange, trade restrictions, and commercial policies. P-Economics 151, 152. 

52. Economic Growth and Development. (3,4) A study of the problems of economic growth, with 
articular attention to the less developed countries of the world. P-Economics 151, 152. 

55. Comparative Economic Systems. (3,4) An objective examination of the theory and practices 
f various economic systems, including capitalism, socialism, and communism. P-Economics 

51, 152. 

56. Urban Economics. (4) Application of economic theory to suburbanization, land values, 
rban decay, zoning, location decisions of firms and households, and metropolitan fiscal 
roblems. P-Economics 151, 152. 

52. American Economic Development. (4) The application of economic theory to historical 
roblems and issues in the American economy. P-Economics 151, 152. 

i2. History of Economic Thought. (4) An historical survey of the main developments in 
ronomic thought from the Biblical period to the twentieth century. P-Economics 151, 152. 

U, 282. Contemporary Economic Problems. (2,2) An economic analysis of current issues, with 
"nphasis on contributions of economic theory to policy formation. Courses are taught sequen- 
ally during one semester. The student may take either one or both courses. P-Permission of 
le instructor. 

V. Senior Readings. (3,4) A student/faculty seminar in which selected publications are 
nalyzed and discussed. Pass/Fail. P-Permission of the instructor. 

18. Economic Research. (4) Independent study and research supervised by a member of the 
epartmental faculty. P-Economics 201, 202. 

Education 

Herman J. Preseren, Chairman 

Professors Thomas M. Elmore, John E. Parker Jr., Herman J. Preseren 

Associate Professors John H. Litcher, J. Don Reeves 

Assistant Professors Linda N. Clark, Joseph O. Milner, Leonard P. Roberge 

Lecturers Joseph Dodson, Richard I. Tirrell 

Instructors Linda G. Cappel, Martha Davis 



1 Ordinarily teacher education students major in the academic areas in which 
|tey plan to teach. Only students planning to be certified in the broad areas of 
ktermediate education, science, or social studies are permitted to major in Edu- 



74 

cation. A major in Education requires completion of the approved program I 
Education and the courses listed as academic requirements for the intermedial 
science, or social studies certificate. 

University Policy. The University recognizes that the educational profession 
important to society and that the welfare of mankind is largely determined by tl 
quality of its educational leadership. One of the major objectives of the Unive 
sity has been and continues to be the preparation of teachers and other profe 
sional school personnel, as endorsed by vote of the faculty on November 18, 196 

The University is committed to quality in teacher education, as evinced I 
selective admission to the program, a wide range of approved courses of profe 
sional instruction, and a closely supervised practicum suitable to the profession' 
needs of the students. 

In addition to the professional program, the Department provides electh 
courses open to all students, including those not in teacher education program 
Such courses supplement the work of other departments and provide general 
for the liberal education of students. 

Teacher Certification. The North Carolina State Department of Public Instructic 
issues the Professional Class A teacher's certificate to graduates of the Universi 
who have completed an approved program, including the specified courses i 
their teaching field(s), the prescribed courses in Education, demonstrate 
specified competencies, and who receive recommendations from the designate, 
official(s) of their teaching area(s) and from the chairman of the Department i 
his or her deputy. 

Special students not completing an approved program are required to secure £ 
analysis of their deficiencies for the Class A certificate from the Departmen 
which will help plan a program to remove these deficiencies. 

Certification requirements for other states should be secured from the Depai 
ment for assistance in planning a program to meet the certification requiremen 
of those states. 

Admission Requirements. Admission to the teacher education program normal 
occurs during the sophomore year. Admission involves filing an official applic 
tion with the Department, being screened by faculty committees, and being ofi 
cially approved by the Department. 

Course Requirements. The approved program of teacher education requires ca: 
didates to complete successfully a series of professional education courses. Ps; ( 
chology 151 and Speech 151 are recommended electives. The exact sequence ■ 
professional and academic courses varies with a student's particular program ar, 
is determined in conference with the candidate, his or her adviser, and/or ; 
member of the Education faculty. In most cases, the majority of the profession 
work in the teacher education program is taken simultaneously during one s 
mester of the senior year, according to the availability of programs. Candidat 
for the intermediate certificate may begin course work required for certificatic 
as early as the sophomore year. 

While enrolled in the block semester the student will not be allowed to ta 
courses concurrently that would interfere with assigned student teaching durm 
the regular public school day (generally 8:00 a.m. to 3:45 p.m.), or to take mo 



* 75 

ian one course occurring outside the regular school day. 

Student Teaching. Prerequisites for registering for student teaching include (1) 
mior or graduate standing or classification as a graduate-level special student; 
) completion of course(s) in the Foundations of Education and either Education 
)2 or 203; (3) an average of at least C on all courses taken in the College; (4) a 
■ade average of at least C on all courses taken in the area of certification or, in 
ise of two or more fields of certification, in each of the areas; (5) approval for 
imission to the teacher education program; (6) submission of a recent tubercu- 
i test or X-ray report showing "no significant abnormalities"; and (7) approval 
a the director of undergraduate teacher education or the director of intermediate 
iucation. 

Students are assigned to student teaching opportunities by public school offi- 
als on the basis of available positions and the professional needs of the student 
id the public school system. (The University does not assume the responsibility 
>r transportation to schools during student teaching.) 

Teaching Area Requirements 

nglish - thirty-six credits, including four credits from courses numbered 160-175; 
I least sixteen credits from courses numbered 300-399; 323; 390. 
wnch — thirty-six credits, including French 153, 216 or 217, 221, 222, 224, or 
leir equivalents; at least eight credits in French literature beyond 217. 
vanish — thirty-six credits, including Spanish 153, 215 or 216, 221, 222, 223, 224, 
r their equivalents; eight credits from 225, 226, 227; at least four additional cre- 
its in literature. 

"ench and Spanish — fifty-six credits, including French 153x, 216, 217, 221, 222, 
ad 224, plus Spanish 153x; either 215 or 216; 221; 222; either 223 or 224; and 
ight credits from 225, 226, 227, or their equivalents. 

\erman — thirty-two credits, including German 153, 211, 212; eight credits from 
erman 217, 218, 219, 220; at least twelve credits in German literature beyond 
12. 

ntin — based on two high school units, thirty-six credits in the Department of 
ilassical Languages, of which twenty-one must be in the Latin language. 
termediate Education — forty-two credits, including appropriate basic and divi- 
onal course requirements; eight credits in language arts; eight credits in social 
udies; eight credits in science; eight credits in mathematics; four credits in 
iusic; four credits in humanities; two credits in physical education. Remaining 
;rtification requirements are obtained through intermediate education courses 
id an academic concentration in one of the teaching areas of the intermediate 
•ades. 

athematics — forty credits, including Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 121, 221, 231, 
\2; at least eight credits from other 300-level courses. 

usic — forty-eight credits, including Music 171-174, 182, 184, 186, 187, 213, 214; 
iucation 280, 282, 284, 291. 

xysical Education and Health — forty-four credits, including Physical Education 
!0, 221, 222, 224, 230, 241, 242, 251, 258, 310, 353, 357, 360, 363; Biology 111 and 

;o. 



76 

Science — ten credits each in biology, chemistry, and physics; eight credits i 

mathematics; additional work in the area of concentration — Biology (twenn 

credits), Chemistry (twenty credits), or Physics (seventeen credits). For certifier 

tion in the individual fields of science, the following are required: Biology (thirt 

credits), Chemistry (thirty credits), or Physics (twenty-seven credits). 

Social Studies — forty-eight credits, including twenty-four credits in History wit 

at least six to eight credits in United States history and six to eight credits i 

world (European) history; twenty credits from Politics, Sociology, Anthropolog' ' 

or Economics, with no more than eight credits in any one area; and four credit 

in geography. For certification in the individual fields of the social studies, thl 

following are required: Economics (twenty-four credits), Politics (twenty-tot^ 

credits), History (twenty-four credits, with at least six to eight credits in Unite 

States history and six to eight credits in world [European] history), and Sociolog 

(twenty-four credits). 

Speech Communication — forty-four credits, including Speech Communicatio 

121, 151, or 152, 153, 155 or 376, 161, 231, 252 or S355, 261, and 241 or 245 c 

283-284, and two 300-level Speech Communication electives. 

Theatre Arts — forty to forty-two credits, including Speech Communication 121 

151, 223, 231, 226, 227, 283-284, 322 or S324, and 327 or 328; English 329 or 323 c 

369; Physical Education 162. 

Speech and Theatre — fifty credits, including Speech Communication 121 or 241 o 

245, 151 or 152, 153, 155 or 376, 161 or 227, 231, 223, 226, 252 or S355, 261, 283-284 

321-322. 

Education courses required for a secondary or special subject certificate at 
Education 201 or both 303 and 304; 202 or 203; 211; 251; 291; and 331. Educatio 
courses required for an intermediate certificate are Education 201, 303, 304 (tw 
courses); 222 or 203; 211; 221; 222; 223; 251; 271 or 272; 293; 295; 296; and 313. 

202. Foundations of Education. (4) Philosophical, historical, and sociological foundations c 
education, including analysis of contemporary issues and problems. 

202 or 203. School Practician. (2) Assigned experiences in elementary and secondary school: 
Weekly seminar. 

211. Educational Psychology. (4) General principles of human development. The natun 
theories, processes, and conditions of effective teaching-learning. Appraising and directin 
learning. P-Education 201 or permission of the instructor. 

221. Children's Literature and Reading. (5) A survey of the types of literature appropriate fc 
the intermediate grades and an investigation of the basic problems in reading. 

222. The Arts in the Intermediate Grades. (4) The development of skills in music, fine arts, an, 
basic physical activities appropriate to the intermediate grades. 

223. Health and Physical Education for the Intermediate Grades. (4) The development of physi 
cal education skills appropriate for the intermediate grade teacher and an understanding c 
the personal and community health needs appropriate for the grade level. 

251. Student Teaching. (6) Observation and experience in school-related activities. Supei 
vised student teaching. Graded Pass/Fail. P-Education 201 and permission of the instructor 

272. Introduction to Geography. (4) A study of the physical environment and its relationship 
to man, including an examination of climate, vegetation, soils, water resources, and Ian 
forms found in various regions throughout the world. 



77 

'. Geography Study Tour. (4) A guided tour of selected areas to study physical, economic, 
i cultural environments and their influence on man. Background references for reading 
suggested prior to the tour. 

. Methods and Materials. (4) Methods, materials, and techniques used in teaching the 

ious subjects. P-Education 201 and permission of instructor. 

teaching of English. Fall and spring. 

teaching of Foreign Language. Fall. 

teaching of Mathematics. Spring. 

teaching of Music. Fall. 

maching of Physical Education and Health. Spring. 

teaching of Science. Fall. 

teaching of Social Studies. Fall and spring. 

teaching of Speech. Spring. 

I Intermediate School Curriculum: Theory and Practice. (3) General principles of curriculum 
istruction and teaching methods. Introduction to the use of audio-visual materials and 
aipment. 

9 Methods and Materials for Teaching Language Arts and Social Studies. (3) A survey of the 
sic materials, methods, and techniques of teaching the language arts and social studies in 
• intermediate grades. P-Permission of the instructor. 

i. Methods and Materials for Teaching Science and Mathematics. (3) A survey of the basic 
terials, methods, and techniques of teaching science and mathematics in the inter- 
diate grades. P-Permission of the instructor. 

. Audiovisual Education. (4) Introduction to the field of audiovisual education, develop- 
nt, and application of skills in the use of instructional materials, equipment, and pro- 
ims. 

'. Production of Instructional Materials. (4) Methods of producing instructional materials 
J other technological techniques. P-Education 301. 

i. History of Western Education. (4) Educational theory and practice from ancient times 
ough the modern period, including American education. 

I Theories of Education. (4) Contemporary proposals for educational theory and practice 
died in the context of social issues. 

i. Studies in the History and Philosophy of Education. (4) A study of selected historical eras, 
luential thinkers, or crucial problems in education. Topics announced annually. 

I. Human Growth and Development. (4) Theories of childhood and adolescent development 
d their educational implications physically, intellectually, emotionally, socially, and 
irally 

i. Educational Statistics. (4) Descriptive, inferential, and nonparametnc statistical proce- 
res involved in educational research. Not open to students who have taken Psychology 
1 and 212. P-Permission of the instructor. 

!. The School and Teaching. (4) Organization of the school system; bases of education; the 
rriculum; major problems of education and teaching; the role of the teacher; psychologi- 
aspects of teaching. P-Education 201 and permission of the instructor. 

!. Principles of Counseling and Guidance. (4) Counseling history, philosophy, theory, proce- 
re, and process. Therapeutic and developmental counseling approaches in guidance and 
rsonnel work in educational, social, business, and community service agencies. 

3. Reading in the Content Areas. (1) The course provides an introduction to teaching the 
sic reading skills at the intermediate and secondary level; vocabulary, comprehension. 



78 



reading rate, selection of texts, and critical and interpretive reading. Particularly stres; 
are diagnoses of reading problems and techniques for correcting these problems in spec • 
subject content areas. 

English 

Robert N. Shorter, Chairman 

Professors John A. Carter Jr., Thomas F. Gossett, 

Alonzo W. Kenion, Elizabeth Phillips, Lee H. Potter, 

Edwin Graves Wilson 

Associate Professors Doyle R. Fosso, W. Dillon Johnston, 

Robert W. Lovett, Robert N. Shorter 

Assistant Professors R. Edward Lobb, J. Rodney Meyer, 

William M. Moss, Carolyn M. Pyrek, Steven J. Pyrek, 

Beulah L. Raynor, Michael Roman, Laura P. Rice-Sayre, 

Henry M. Say re, Blanche C. Speer 

Lecturers Dolly A. McPherson, Bynum G. Shaw 

Instructors Patricia A. Johnson, R. Lance Snyder 



The prerequisite for all advanced courses in English is any one of the courses 
English and American literature numbered 160, 165, 170 or 175, all of which i\ 
offered each semester. Courses in journalism and writing, beyond the basic i 
quirement of freshman composition, are offered as related subjects in the E' 
partment. They may be taken as electives regardless of the field of study in whi ; 
a student majors. 

The major in English requires a minimum of thirty-six credits, at least twen 
eight of which must be earned in courses in literature numbered 300 and aboy 




79 

ijors must take a course in Shakespeare, one 300-level course in American liter- 
ire, and four additional 300-level courses in English literature before 1900, at 
st two of which must be in literature before 1800. They must take one of the 
3-level courses designated by the Department as a seminar. Majors and their 
visers will plan programs to meet these requirements and to insure that the 
ident does some work in the major literary types. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the Department to apply for admission 
the honors program in English. To be graduated with the designation "Honors 
English," they must meet the minimum requirement of 3.5 in the major and 
inplete the requirements for English 388. For additional information members 
the departmental faculty should be consulted. 

Unless otherwise indicated, any course in English may carry either three or 
[ir credits according to the number of class meetings. The amount of reading 
d writing is adjusted to the assigned credit for the course. 

Lower Division Courses 

!. Composition Review. (0) Essentials of standard usage and the basic principles of compo- 
ion; frequent exercises. 

10. English Composition. (3 or 4) Training in expository writing; frequent essays based 
ion readings. 

12. English Composition and Literature. (3 or 4) Training in expository writing based on the 
iding of literature. P-Permission of the Department. 

3. Survey of Major British Writers. (3 or 4) Eight to ten writers representing different 
riods and genres; primarily lecture. 

5. Studies in Major British Writers. (3 or 4) Three to five writers representing different 
riods; primarily discussion with frequent short papers. Limited enrollment. 

0. Survey of Major American Writers. (3 or 4) Nine to eleven writers representing different 
riods; primarily discussion with frequent short papers. Limited enrollment. 

5. Studies in Major American Writers. (3 or 4) Three to five writers representing different 
riods; primarily discussion with frequent short papers. Limited enrollment. 

0. Traditions of Humanity: The Liberal Arts. (2) A study of major concepts of liberal educa- 
>n in the Western world. 

5. Recent American Poetry. (3) Selections from the poetry of Robert Penn Warren, Randall 
rrell, A. R. Ammons, James Dickey, Adrienne Rich, and Denise Levertov. 

9. Individual Study. (3 or 4) A course of independent study with faculty guidance. By 
e-arrangement. 



'roficiency in the use of the English language is recognized by the faculty as a requirement in all 
partments. A composition condition, indicated by cc under the grade for any course, may be 
signed in any department to a student whose writing is unsatisfactory, regardless of previous 
?aits in composition. The writing of transfer students is checked during the orientation period 
ch term, and students whose writing is deficient are given a composition condition. For removal 
a composition condition the student is required to take English 11 during the first semester for 
licit he or she registers following the assignment of the cc. Removal of the deficiency is pre- 
plisite to graduation. 

Either 110 or 112 is a prerequisite for all other courses in English unless the basic requirement is 
lived. Either course fulfills the basic course requirement. 



80 

January Courses* 

115. Arthurian Romance: The Study of a Legend. (4) Study of the Arthurian legend with emph 
on Malory's account of the rise and fall of the Fellowship of the Round Table and the tracin 
the legend through subsequent literature. 

184. Film Art: Reviews and Criticism. (4) A critical examination of the difference betw 
criticism and reviews: practical experience in screening, reviewing, and criticizing fea 
films. 

280. London, Dublin, and the West of Ireland. (4) In London and Ireland the course stu< 
modern Irish writers, both the generation before the Rising of Easter 1916 and contempo: 
writers. 

283. Poetry Workshop. (4) The practice and study of the writing of poetry. The class m 
regularly to read and discuss student work. 

351 . Hardy the Novelist. (4) A study of Thomas Hardy's six major novels, with emphasis on 
theme of the intrusion of modern attitudes upon traditional communal life. 

366. The Art of T S. Eliot. (4) A study of T S. Eliot focusing upon his achievements in poe. 
with some attention to his dramatic works. 

Journalism and Writing Courses 

270. Introduction to Journalism. (3 or 4) Survey of the fundamental principles of news-gathei. 
and news-writing; study of news and news values, with some attention to representa 
newspapers. 

272. Editing. (3 or 4) A laboratory course in copy-editing, headline-writing, typography, , 
make-up; includes both newspaper and magazine editing. P-English 270. 

276. Advanced Journalism. (3 or 4) Intensive practice in writing various types of newspa 
stories, including the feature article. Limited to students planning careers in journali 
P-English 270. 

278. History of Journalism. (3 or 4) A study of the development of American journalism anc 
English origin; detailed investigations of representative world papers. 

284. The Essay. (2) Primarily for those interested in writing for publication, with concentrat 
on writing various types of essays. P-Permission of the instructor. 

285. Poetry Workshop. (2) A laboratory course in the writing of verse. Study of poetic techniq. 
and forms as well as works of contemporary poets. Frequent individual conferences. 

286. Short Story Workshop. (2) A study of the fundamental principles of short fiction writi, 
practice in writing, extensive study of short story form. P-Permission of the instructor. 

383, 384. Theory and Practice of Verse Writing. (4,4) Emphasis is placed on reading and disc, 
sing student poems in terms of craftsmanship and general principles. 

Advanced Language and Literature Courses 

304. History of the English Language. (3 or 4) A survey of the development of English synl 
morphology, and phonology from Old English to the present, with attention to vocabul* 
growth. 

320. Studies in Medieval Literature. (3 or 4) Selected readings from areas such as religious drar 
non-dramatic religious literature, romance literature, literary theory, and philosophy. 



* These courses, representative of the January curriculum, are not necessarily repeated every il 
but were offered in 1977. 



8J_ 

5. Chaucer. (3 or 4) Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales and Criseyde, with some attention to 
ng minor poems. Consideration of literary, social, religious, and philosophical background. 

0. English Drama to 1642. (3 or 4) English drama from its beginning to 1642, exclusive of 
lakespeare. Representative Cycle plays, Moralities, Elizabethan and Jacobean tragedies, 
)medies, and tragi-comedies. 

13. Shakespeare. (3 or 4) Twelve representative plays illustrating Shakespeare's development 
> a poet and dramatist. 

15. Studies in English Literature, 1500-1660. (3 or 4) Selected topics, prose, and poetry from the 
xteenth or seventeenth centuries, exclusive of drama and Milton. Emphasis on Elizabethan 
I'rics and Spenser or on Donne and the Metaphysical poets. 

17. Milton. (3 or 4) The poetry and selected prose of John Milton, with emphasis on Paradise 
bst. 

30. English Literature of the Eighteenth Century. (3 or 4) Representative poetry and prose, 
<clusive of the novel, 1700-1800, drawn from Addison, Steele, Defoe, Swift, Pope, Johnson, 
oswell, Goldsmith, and Burns. Consideration of cultural backgrounds and significant literary 
ends. 

32. Satire. (3 or 4) The nature of the satiric form and the satiric spirit as revealed through 
jading and critical analysis of significant examples, mostly English and American. 

35. Eighteenth Century Fiction. (3 or 4) Primarily the fiction of Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, 
mollett, Sterne, and Austen. 

50. Romantic Poets. (3 or 4) A review of the beginnings of Romanticism in English literature, 
lllowed by study of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Keats, and Shelley; collateral reading in 
\e prose of the period. 

53. The Nineteenth Century English Novel. (3 or 4) Representative major works by Dickens, 
Hot, Thackeray, Hardy, the Brontes, and others. Lectures and discussion. 

54. Victorian Poetry. (3 or 4) A study of Tennyson, Browning, Hopkins, and Arnold or another 
ictorian poet. 

SO. Studies in Victorian Literature. (3 or 4) Selected topics, such as development of genres, major 
?xts, and cultural influences. Readings in poetry, fiction, autobiography, and other prose. 

52. Blake, Yeats, and Thomas. (3 or 4) Reading and critical analysis of the poetry of Blake, Yeats, 
nd Dylan Thomas; study of the plays of Yeats and his contemporaries in the Irish Renaissance, 
specially Synge and Lady Gregory. 

64. Studiesin Literary Criticism. (3 or 4) Consideration of certain figures and schools of thought 
ignificant in the history of literary criticism. 

65. Twentieth Century British Fiction. (3 or 4) A studv of Conrad, Lawrence, Joyce, Forster, 
vtoolf, and later English writers, with attention to the social and intellectual backgrounds. 

67. Twentieth Century Poetry. (3 or 4) Selected American and British poets from 1900 to 1965. 

68. Studiesin Irish Literature. (3 or 4) Critical readings of the works of major Irish writers within 
"le context of the political, social, and literary history of Ireland. 

69. Modern Drama. (3 or 4) Modern drama from its late nineteenth century naturalist 
eginnings to the contemporary existentialist-absurdist theater. 

72. American Romanticism. (3 or 4) Writers of the mid-nineteenth century, including Emerson, 
horeau, Hawthorne, and Melville. 

74. Intellectual and Social Movements in American Literature to 1965. (3 to 4) Selected topics such 
s Puritanism, the Enlightenment, Transcendentalism, and Romanticism. 



82 

376. American Poetry from 1855 to 1900. (3 or 4) Readings from at least two of the following poe 
Whitman, Dickinson, Melville. 

378. Literature of the South. (3 or 4) The aesthetic, philosophical, and sociological dimensions 
the best literature of the South, from the colonial to the contemporary period. Writers 
include the regional humorists, Faulkner, Ransom, and Tennessee Williams. 

380. American Fiction from 1865 to 1915. (3 or 4) Such writers as Twain, James, Howells, Crai; 
Dreiser, Wharton, and Cather. 

381 . Studies in Black Literature. (3 or 4) Reading and critical analysis of selected fiction, poet ' 
drama, and other writing by representative black Americans. 

382. Modem American Fiction, 1915 to the Present. (3 or 4) To include such writers as Lew 
Hemingway, Fitzgerald, Faulkner, Steinbeck, Wolfe, Wright, Katherine Anne Porter, Mail 
Bellow,Malamud, Flannery O'Connor, Baldwin, and Styron. 

386. Directed Reading. (3 or 4) A tutorial in an area of study not otherwise provided by t 
Department; granted upon departmental approval of petition presented by a qualified st 
dent. 

388. Honors in English. (3 or 4) A conference course centering upon a special reading requii 
ment and a thesis requirement. For senior students wishing to graduate with "Honors 
English." 

389. The Use of the Library in Literary Research. (2) Attention to materials, methods, ai ( 
bibliography for study in literature. 

390. The Structure of English. (3 or 4) An introduction to the principles and techniques 
modern linguistics applied to contemporary American English. 

German 

Ralph S. Fraser, Chairman 
Professors Ralph S. Fraser, James C. O'Flaherty 
Associate Professors Wilmer D. Sanders, Larry E. West 
Assistant Professor Timothy F. Sellner 

A major in German requires thirty-seven credits beyond German 111-112 ai 
should include 281 and 285. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the Department to apply for admissic 
to the honors program in German. To be graduated with the designation "Hono, 
in German," they must complete a senior research project and pass a comprehe:i 
sive examination. For additional information members of the departmental fa 
ulty should be consulted. 

Attention is called to the exchange program with the Free University of Berlin, 
111,112. Elementary German . (4,4) This course covers the principles of grammar and pronunci 
tion and includes the reading of simple texts. Lab-one hour. 

150. Man spricht Deutsch auch in Oesterreich. (4) Three weeks of intensive language and cultui 
study in Vienna, Austria. Travel to Salzburg and Munich. Offered in January. P-One semester 
German. 

152. Intermediate German. (4) The principles of grammar are reviewed; reading of selected pro 
and poetry. Lab-one hour. P-Three years of high school German. 

153. Intermediate German . (5) The principles of grammar are reviewed; reading of selected pro 
and poetry. Lab-one hour. P-German 111, 112. 



83 

I, 212. Introduction to German Literature. (4,4) The object of this course is to acquaint the 
udent with masterpieces of German literature. Parallel reading and reports. P-German 152 or 
S3. 

6. Basic Conversation: Level One. (4) Intensive practice of speech patterns; daily sessions, 
nguage laboratory practice. Offered in January. P-German 111 or 112 with grade of C or better. 

7. Conversation and Phonetics. (4) A course in spoken German emphasizing facility of 
cpression. Considerable attention is devoted to phonetics. P-German. 152, 133, or equiva- 
nt. 

8. Composition and Grammar Review. (4) A review of the fundamentals of German grammar 
ith intensive practice in translation and composition. P-German 152 or 153 or equivalent. 

9. Advanced Composition. (4) A study of advanced grammar and composition. English texts 
anslated into German in addition to free composition in German. P-German 218 or equiva- 
r\t. 

W. German Civilization (4) A survey of contemporary German culture, including a study of its 
storical development in broad outline. The course is conducted in German. P-German 217 or 
permission of the instructor. 

!2. Nietzsche in Translation. (4) Intensive study of selections from Nietzsche's works, with 
nphasis on his development as a writer and thinker. Offered in January. P-Sophomore, junior, 
" senior standing. 

12. Weimar Germany. (3) Historical and literary examination of Weimar Germany, 1919-1933. 
uthors include Thomas and Heinrich Mann, Grimm, Juenger, Johst, Hesse, Doeblin, Brecht, 
afka, Tucholsky, Fallada, and Stefan Zweig. German or History credit determined at registra- 
on. 

\9. Old High German and Middle High German Literature. (4) The study of major writers and 
orks from these two areas emphasizes major writings of the chivalric period. P-German 211, 
12, or equivalent. 

>0. Renaissance, Reformation, and Baroque German Literature. (4) A study of major writers and 
orks from the post-chivalric period to approximately 1700. P-German 211, 212, or equivalent. 

>3. Eighteenth Century German Literature. (4) A study of major writers and works of the 
nlightenment and Sturm und Drang. P-German 211, 212, or equivalent. 

53. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century I. (4) Poetry, prose, dramas, and critical works 
om approximately 1795 to 1848. P-German 211, 212, or equivalent. 

)4. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century II. (4) Readings from the beginnings of poetic 
■alism to the advent of naturalism. P-German 211, 212, or equivalent. 

'0. Individual Study. (3) Studies in literature not ordinarily read in other courses. P-German 
11, 212, and permission of the instructor. 

tt. Seminar: Twentieth Century Prose. (4) Intensive study of certain works by Thomas Mann, 
esse, and Kafka, plus considerable outside reading. P-German 211, 212, or equivalent. 

!5. Seminar in Goethe. (4) Faust Part I studied in class. Parallel readings in other works by 
oethe will be assigned. P-German 211, 212, or equivalent. 

17-288. Honors in German. (3,3) A conference course in German literature. A major research 
aper is required. Designed for candidates for departmental honors. 



84 



History 

Richard L. Zuber, Chairman 

Professors Richard C. Barnett, Cyclone Covey, 

Balkrishna Govind Gokhale, J. Edwin Hendricks, Percival Perry, 

David L. Smiley, Henry S. Stroupe, Lowell R. Tillett, 

W. Buck Yearns, Richard L. Zuber 

Associate Professors James P. Barefield, Merrill G. Berthrong, 

James G. McDowell, Thomas E. Mullen, J. Howell Smith 

Assistant Professors David W. Hadley, Louise Hoffman, 

Michael L. Sinclair, Alan J. Williams 



The major in History consists of a minimum of thirty-six credits. It must i 
elude History 310, from six to eight credits in United States history, from six 
eight credits in European history, and three or four credits in non-Western hi 
tory. No more than two courses from History 111, 112, 113 may be counted t 
ward the major. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the Department to apply for admissii 
to the honors program in History. To be graduated with the designation "Hono 
in History," they must complete satisfactorily History 287 and 288 and pass 
comprehensive written examination. For additional information members of tl 
departmental faculty should be consulted. 

Students contemplating graduate study should plan to take required and ge 
eral survey courses early in their college careers, should take Historiography, ar 
should acquire a reading knowledge of one modern foreign language (preferab 
French, German, or Russian) for the M.A. degree and two for the Ph.D. degre 
(For information regarding the Master of Arts degree in History at the Universit 
see the bulletin of the Graduate School.) 

111. Europe from the Renaissance to 1789. (4) A survey. 

112. Europe from 1789 to 1914. (4) A survey. 

113. Europe and the Twentieth Century World. (4) A survey from 1914 to the present. 

131. European Historical Biography. (2) Study of biographies of several men and women wl 
have influenced the history and civilization of Europe. 

151, 152. The United States. (4,4) Political, social, economic, and intellectual aspects. 1 
before 1865; 152, after 1865. 

160. Freud. (4) An investigation of Freud's basic ideas in the context of his time. Books to 
read include The Interpretation of Dreams, Civilization and Its Discontents, and Jones' bio 
raphy in the Trilling abridgment. 

162. From the Forest of Wake to the Red Hills of Forsyth: The History of Wake Forest Universit 
(4) A survey of the history of Wake Forest from its beginning. To include reading assiga 
ments, lectures, and talks from those who remember life on the old campus, a look at tl 
oral and written history project now in progress, and a brief visit to the town of Wa 
Forest. Offered in January. 

163. Russian History and Culture from the Source. (4) A study tour of historic sites and ci 
tural centers of the Soviet Union. Offered in January. 



85 

The American People and China. (4) A topical study of the images and attitudes of Amer- 
s toward China. All students read John K. Fairbank's The United States and China and A. 
teele's The American People and China, after which they select individual topics on which 
resent oral reports. Additional readings stress conflicting interpretations of major issues 
lino-American relations. 

Contemporary Conflict. (4) A study of the background of four conflicts to be studied as 
cted by the class members. 

I Era of Individualism, 1954-1966. (4) An intensive study of the period 1954-1966, during 
ch privileged, prosperous Americans shared in seeking civil and personal rights for the 
hly rediscovered deprived minorities. A nostalgic examination of the time of optimism 
Neen McCarthyism and the rise of the Nixonian "Silent Majority," when there was hope 
a society could provide both equal opportunity to all its citizens and special rewards 
the citizens who excelled individually. Much responsible student participation is ex- 
ted, with the possibility of an exam. No limit, but size of class influences type of in- 
iction. Pass/Fail. Usually offered in January. 

. The American Revolution in the South. (4) Readings, lectures, discussions, and field trips 
ting to military, governmental, economic, social, and cultural aspects of the South, 
1-1783. North Carolina emphasized. Groups and/or private field excursions to Revolu- 
lary sites conducted under the supervision of the instructor. A research project and re- 
t required. Pass/Fail. Usually offered in January. P-Permission of the instructor. 

216. The Ancient World. (4, 3 or 4) Critical focus on the Greeks in the fall and Romans in 
spring, but in global context of palelolithic to medieval; psychological-philosophical 
?hasis. 

The Middle Ages. (4) A survey of European history, 400-1300, stressing social and cul- 
il developments. 

The Renaissance and Reformation. (4) Europe from 1300 to 1600. Social, cultural, and 
■Uectual developments stressed. Students may take either segment of the course sepa- 
ly. 

The Renaissance. (2) (See 222 for description.) 

The Reformation. (2) (See 222 for description.) 

. Weimar Germany . (3) Historical and literary examination of Weimar Germany, 1919-1933. 
hors include Thomas and Heinrich Mann, Hans Grimm, Juenger, Johst, Hesse, Doeblin, 
;ht, Kafka, Tucholsky, Fallada, and Stefan Zweig. German or History credit determined 
egistration. 

European Historical Novels. (2) Study of the accuracy and value, from the standpoint of 
historian, of a selection of historical novels. 

Afro-American History. (4) The role of Afro-Americans in the development of the United 
es, with particular attention to African heritage, forced migration, Americanization, and 
uence. 

. Economic History of the United States. (3) The economic development of the United 
:es from colonial beginnings to the present. 

. American Diplomatic History. (4) An introduction to the history of American diplomacy 
:e 1776, emphasizing the effects of public opinion on fundamental policies. 

. Colonial Latin America, 1492-1825. (4) Cultural configurational approach. 

, 288. Honors in History. (4,4) A two-semester sequence of seminars on problems of his- 



86 

torical synthesis and interpretation. Designed for seniors who are candidates for honon ■ 
history. 

310. Seminar. (4) Offered by members of the faculty on topics of their choice. A pape 
required. 

311, 312. Social and Intellectual History of Modern Europe. (4,4) Intellectual trends in West 
European civilization. Fall, seventeenth and eighteenth centuries; spring, nineteenth ; 
twentieth centuries. 

316. France and England in the Twelfth and Thirteenth Centuries. (4) The structure of socv 
the nature of law, church-state relations, intellectual developments. P-History 315 or t 
mission of the instructor. 

319, 320. Germany. (4,4) Fall, origins of the German nation and the rise of Prussia i 
context of particularism; spring, from World War I to divided Germany. 

321. France: Old Regime and Revolution. (4) The reconstruction of political and social or 
following the Wars of Religion; the Enlightenment; the collapse of the monarchy. 

322. France Since the Revolution. (4) The quest for a new internal order and the reaction of Fra 
to an era of rapid change; from the fall of Robespierre to the departure of Charles de Gau 

323. 324. England. (4,4) A political and social survey, with some attention to continei 
movements. Fall, to 1603; spring, 1603 to present. 

325. Tudor and Early Stuart England. (4) A constitutional and social study of England from 1 
to 1641. 

329,330. Modern England. (4,4) Political, social, economic, and cultural history of England si: 
1714. Fall, to 1815; spring, since 1815. 

331, 332. Russia. (4,4) Primarily political, with some attention to cultural and social 
velopments. Fall, the Russian Empire; spring, the Soviet Union. 

333. European Diplomatic History, 1848-1914. (4) Research-discussion seminar, with empru 
on topics from the Bismarck era. 

339. Women in European History. (3 or 4) The evolution of women's social roles, attitudes tow 
woman, and feminist activities in the context of the social, economic, political, and intellect 
history of modern Europe. 

341. Southeast Asia from 1511 to Present. (4) A survey of the history and culture of Southeast A 
under Western colonial systems, with special reference to economic, social, and culn. 
developments, the rise of nationalism, and emergence of new nation-states. 

342. The Middle East from Suleiman the Magnificent to the Present. (4) Major subjects covered 
the rise and fall of the Ottoman Empire, the Arabs and Persians under Ottoman hegemony, 
rise of Arab nationalisrn, and the emergence of the modern Arab states and their roles in 
post-World War II era. 

343. Imperial China. (4) Development of traditional institutions in Chinese society to 16 
attention to social, cultural, and political factors, emphasizing continuity and resistance 
change. 

344. Modern China. (4) Manchu Dynasty and its response to the Western challenge; 1' 
Revolution; warlord era and rise of the Communists; Chinese Communist society; Culh. 
Revolution. 

345. 346. History and Civilization of South Asia. (4,4) An introduction to the history z 
civilization of South Asia. Emphasis on historical developments in the social, economic, z 
cultural life. 



87 

India in Western Literatures. (4) A one-semester historical survey of images of India in 
item literatures, with special reference to religious and philosophical ideas, art, polity, 
ety, and culture. 

350. East Asia. (4,4) An introduction to the social, cultural, and political development of 
na, Japan, and Korea. Fall, to 1600; spring, since 1600. 

352. Social and Intellectual History of the United States. (4,4) The relationship between ideas 

society. Religion, science, education, architecture, and immigration are among the topics 
:ussed. 

Colonial English America, 1582-1774. (4) Determinative episodes, figures, allegiances, 
erceptions, and results of the period, organically considered. 

Revolutionary and Early National America, 1763-1820. (4) The American Revolution, its 
ses and effects, the Confederation, the Constitution, and the new nation. 

. The Westward Movement. (4) The role of the frontier in United States history, 1763-1890. 

. Jacksonian America, 1820-1850. (4) The United States in the age of Jackson, Clay, Calhoun, 

1 Webster. A biographical approach. 

[ The Civil War and Reconstruction. (4) The political and military events of the war, and the 

momic, social, and political readjustments which followed. 

. The United States from Reconstruction to World War 1. (4) National progress and problems 

,'ing an era of rapid industrialization. 

|. Twentieth Century America 1. (4) The transition of America from World War I to the eve of 

irld War II, with special emphasis on the Roaring Twenties and the New Deal. 

. Twentieth Century America 11. (4) Recent United States development from Pearl Harbor to 

eve of the present. 

. American Constitutional History. (4) Origins of the Constitution, the controversies involv- 
the nature of the union, and constitutional readjustments to meet the new American 
ustrialism. 

, 364. The South. (4,4) Geography, population elements, basic institutions, and selected 
nts. 

. Women in American History. (4) A survey of the roles and activities of women in America, 
;h emphasis upon selected individuals. 

Studies in Historic Preservation. (4) An analysis of history museums and agencies and of the 
hniques of preserving and interpreting history through artifacts, restorations, and recon- 
actions. P-Permission of the instructor. 

', 368. North Carolina. (4,4) Selected phases of the development of North Carolina from 
onial beginnings to the present. Fall, to 1789; spring, since 1789. 
, 392. Historiography. (4,3) The principal historians and their writings from ancient times to 

present. Fall, European historiography; spring, American historiography. 

I. Individual Study. (4) A project in an area of study not otherwise available in the Depart- 
nt; permitted upon departmental approval of petition presented by a qualified student 

'. Directed Reading. (1-4). 

Humanities 

J. The Baroque World View. (4) This course examines man's self-view during the Baroque 
riod through a studv of a small number of the period's cultural manifestations, such as 
era, religious architecture, meditative poetry, table manners, and demonology. Works by 



Monteverdi, Rubens, Corneille, and Shakespeare, among others, are considered. All reac 
are in English, although students with a knowledge of a foreign language are encouraged ti 
that knowledge. Offered in January. 

165. Black African Literature. (4) A general introductory course. Study of the origins 
development of black African literature. Analysis of representative works of poetry, fie 
and essays. Readings and classes are in English. Originals in French also available for ma 
Discussions, occasional lectures, reports, and papers. Offered in January. 

213. Studies in European Literature. (4) A study of approximately twelve works in transk 
taken from European literature. Satisfies a Division I requirement. 

214. Contemporary Fiction. (4) A study of contemporary European and Latin American fictic 
translation. 

215. Germanic and Slavic Literature. (4) A study of approximately twelve works in transla 
taken from Germanic and Slavic literatures. Offered in alternate years. 

216. Romance Literature. (4) A study of approximately twelve works in translation taken i 
Romance literatures. Offered in alternate years. 

217. European Drama. (4) A study of selected works in translation, from the seventeenth tr 
twentieth century, by major continental dramatists. 

225. Nineteenth Century Romanticism: Philosophy and Art. (4) A study of the Romantic mot 
expressed in the philosophy and art of Europe and the United States in the nineteenth centi 

227. Issues in Nineteenth Century America. (4) An interdisciplinary study of nineteenth cen 
American culture, including art, literature, music, and philosophy, as it reflects and g 
insight into some issues crucial to the developing nation. 

241. Eighteenth Century France. (4) A survey of the chief literary, political, and philosopl 
aspects of eighteenth century France, with a survey of contemporary movements in paint 
sculpture, and architecture. 

250. Discovering the Visual and Verbal Modes of the Twentieth Century. (4) An exploration o: 
ideas, values, and feelings found in the art and literature of representative twentieth cen 
figures: Kandinsky, Stevens, Picasso, Kafka, Leger, Beckett, Klee, Ionesco, Pollock, Faulki 
Chagall, Barth, and others. 

350. What the Arts Have Been Saying Since 1800. (4) An experiment in developing interpre' 
judgment and insight, regarding music, painting, and literature as articulations of the fror ! 
consciousness of the period. 

358. An Editor Looks at the Rights of American Citizens, 1965-1976. (3) Current development 
the field of constitutional rights as seen by a newspaper editor. 

373. France in the Thirties: Literature and Social Consciousness. (4) A study in English of Malr, 
Artaud, Giraudoux, and Breton. 

374. French Literature in the Mid-Twentieth Century. (4) A study of the literature of the forties 
fifties and its evolution from "commitment" to "disengagement." Authors read will incl 
Sartre, Camus, Beckett, Robbe-Grillet, Ionesco, Duras, and Sarrante. 

375. The French Theatre Between 1930 and 1960: Theory and Practice. (4) Study of work; 
Giraudoux, Cocteau, Anouilh, Sartre, Camus, Beckett, Ionesco, and Genet. 

378. Autobiography as Genre. (4) A study of autobiography as a form of fiction. Readin 
Rousseau's Confessions, followed by certain autobiographies of twentieth century Fre 
authors. Taught in English. 

379. The Literary Works of Jean Paul Sartre. (4) A critical study of Sartre's evolution as reflecte 
his novels and plays from Nausea to The Prisoners of Altona. 



89 
Mbert Camus. (3) A critical study of Camus' evolution as a writer. 

Interdisciplinary Honors 

Paul M. Gross Jr., Coordinator 

ie College offers an interdisciplinary honors program for a limited number of 
ified students. Students interested in admission to the program, supervised 
ie Committee on Honors, should consult the Coordinator of the Honors Pro- 
i. 

.iring their first three years participants often schedule three interdisciplinary 
)rs seminars (normally including two courses in the lower division and one 
se in the upper division). Many students do not participate formally in the 
disciplinary program beyond the third year, but choose instead to concen- 
I on departmental honors work in their major fields. Students who are not 
idates for departmental honors and who have completed four interdiscipli- 
i seminars with a superior record may elect Honors 281 (directed study cul- 
lting in an honors paper and an oral examination). Those whose work in this 
&e is superior and who have achieved an over-all grade point average of at 
1 3.0 in all college work will be graduated with the distinction "Honors in the 
,and Sciences." (Students who choose to be candidates for departmental hon- 
pay not also be candidates for "Honors in the Arts and Sciences.") 
|ie courses described, except for Honors 281, are designed to supplement the 
|1 general education of the freshman and sophomore years and the more 
jialized work of the junior year. Honors 281 is normally scheduled in the first 
?ster of the senior year. Faculty participants represent diverse academic 
plines. 

132. Approaches to Human Experience I. (4,4) An inquiry into the nature and interrela- 
hips of several approaches to man's experience, represented by the work of three such 
s as Leonardo da Vinci, Dante, Newton, Gandhi, Confucius, Dostoyevsky, Descartes, 
., Mozart, Jefferson, and Bohr. Seminar discussion based on primary and secondary 
es, including musical works and paintings. Written reports and a term paper required. 
ed in alternate years. 

134. Approaches to Human Experience II. (4,4) A parallel course to Honors 131, 132, 
mtrating on the work of a different set of figures such as Buber, Galileo, Keynes, 
1, Camus, Picasso, Ibsen, Tagore, Sophocles, and Bach. Offered in alternate years. 

Darwinism and the Modern World. (4) A study of the Darwinian theory of evolution and 
npact of evolutionary thought on fields such as economics, politics, psychology, litera- 
and the other arts, and philosophy. 

The Ideal Society. (4) Man's effort to establish or imagine the ideal community, state, or 
ty; principles of political and social organization; changing goals and values. 

The Scientific Outlook. (4) An exploration of the origins and development of the scien- 
nethod and some of its contemporary applications in the natural and social sciences 
he humanities. 

Romanticism. (4) Romanticism as a recurrent characteristic of mind and art and as a 
fie historical movement in Europe and America in the late eighteenth and nineteenth 

? or more offered each year at the discretion of the Committee on Honors. 



90 

centuries. Emphasis on primary materials in philosophy, history, literature, music 
painting. 

*239. Man and the Irrational. (4) The phenomenon of the irrational, with emphasis 
twentieth century manifestations but with attention also to its presence in other cen 
and cultures. Philosophy, religion, literature, psychology, politics, and the arts are exp 

*241 . The Tragic View. (4) The theory of tragedy in ancient and modern times; the express: 
the tragic in literature, art, music, the theatre, and film. 

*242. The Comic View. (4) The theory of comedy in ancient and modern times; the expp 
of the comic spirit in literature, art, music, the theatre, and film. 

*244. Man and the Structure of the Universe. (4) An investigation of various conceptic 
the universe and their implications for man. Study not necessarily limited to th€ 
mologies of Ptolemy, Copernicus, and their modern successors, but may also in 
theories such as the Babylonian, Mayan, and Taoist. 

*246. Man and the Environment (4) An interdisciplinary examination of man and soci<» 
relation to the environment. 

*281. Directed Study. (4) Readings on an interdisciplinary topic approved by the Comr 
on Honors; preparation of a major research or interpretive paper based on these reac- 
under the direction of a member of the faculty; an oral examination on the topic, adni 
tered by the faculty supervisor and the Committee on Honors. Eligible students who 1 
to take this course must submit a written request to the Committee on Honors by the e 
the junior year. (Not open to candidates for departmental honors.) 

Mathematics 

Ivey C. Gentry, Chairman 

Professors Ivey C. Gentry, John W. Sawyer, Ben M. Seelbinder 

Associate Professors John V. Baxley, Richard D. Carmichael, Fredric T. Howard, James Kuzman 

J. Gaylord May, W. Graham May, Marcellus E. Waddill 

Assistant Professor Elmer K. Hayashi 

Instructors Ellen E. Kirkman, Joseph B. Mazzola 

A major in Mathematics requires forty credits. A student must include co 
111, 112, 113, 121, 221, one of the courses 311, 317, 352, 357, and at least 
additional 300-level courses. A prospective teacher in the education block 
take 231 in lieu of the course from 311, 317, 352, or 357. Lower division stuc, 
are urged to consult a member of the Department before enrolling in co 
other than those satisfying Division II requirements. 

A regularly scheduled activity in Mathematics is an informal seminar on 
dents and faculty on topics not discussed in regular courses (e.g. finite d 
ences, game theory, Monte Carlo method, divergent series). 

The Department, along with the Departments of Economics, Business anc 
countancy, and Biology, offers several joint majors. The Departments of M 
matics and Economics offer a joint major leading to a Bachelor of Science d(, 
in Mathematical Economics. This interdisciplinary program affords the stt 
an opportunity to apply mathematical methods to the development of econj 
theory, models, and quantitative analysis. The major consists of the folio, 
course requirements: Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 121, 251; Economics 151, 

i 



91 

202, 203; a joint seminar in mathematical economics; and three additional 
;es chosen with the approval of the program advisers. Recommended courses 
/lathematics 253, 348, 353, 357, 358; and Economics 251, 242, 287, 288. Stu- 
i electing the joint major must receive permission from both the Department 
onomics and the Department of Mathematics. 

e Department of Mathematics and Business and Accountancy offer a joint 
r leading to a Bachelor of Science degree in Business-Mathematics. This in- 
sciplinary program prepares students for careers in business with a strong 
ground in mathematics. The major consists of the following course require- 
\s: Mathematics 111, 112, 155, 157, 256 or 355; Accounting 111, 112; Business 
221, 231; either Business 268 or Mathematics 357; either Business 271 or 
lematics 253; and two additional courses chosen from Accounting 252, 278, 
less 281, Mathematics 121, 348, 353, 381, or specially designed January 
>es. Economics 151-152 is strongly recommended to meet Division IV basic 
>e requirements. Students electing the joint major must receive permission 
, both the Department of Mathematics and the Department of Business and 
luntancy. 

e Departments of Mathematics and Biology offer a joint major leading to a 
elor of Science degree in mathematical biology. This interdisciplinary pro- 
i affords the student an opportunity to apply mathematical methods to the 
lopment and analysis of biological systems. The major consists of the follow- 
ourse requirements: Mathematics 112, 155, 157 or 357; Biology 150, 151, 152; 
seven additional courses (at least three in each Department) chosen with the 
oval of the program advisers. Recommended courses in Mathematics are 121, 
256, 348, 353, 355, and 357. Students electing the joint major must re- 
t permission from both the Department of Mathematics and the Department 
ology. 

ghly qualified majors are invited by the Department to apply for admission 
le honors program in Mathematics or in the joint majors. To be graduated 
'the designation "Honors in Mathematics" or "Honors in (Joint Major)," they 
t complete satisfactorily a senior research paper and pass a comprehensive 
and written examination. For additional information members of the de- 
nental faculty should be consulted. 

'fre-Calculus Mathematics. (4) Selected topics deal with the structure of number sys- 
and the elementary functions. Not to be counted toward the major in Mathematics. 
ed in January. 

112, 113. Calculus with Analytic Geometry I, II, III. (5,5 or 4,4) Differential and integral 
lus and basic concepts of analytic geometry; multivariable calculus. No student al- 
ii credit for both 116 and 111. Lab— two hours for 111, 112. 

mite Mathematics. (5) Probability and statistics, matrices, linear programming, Markov- 
is, and theory of games. Lab — two hours. 

Zalculus. (5 or 4) A one-semester course in differential and integral calculus with appli- 
n to business and the social sciences. No student allowed credit for both 116 and 111. 
ident who might take additional calculus should not take Mathematics 116. Lab — two 
s. 

Linear Algebra. (4) Vectors and vector spaces, linear transformations and matrices, 



92 

linear groups, and determinants. 

154. Computer Programming. (4) Introduction to computer programming and oper 
No student allowed credit for both 154 and 155 without departmental approval. Offe 
January. 

155. Introduction to FORTRAN Programming. (4) Lecture and laboratory. A study of 
TRAN language. Students use computer terminals as well as card input. No student al! 
credit for both 154 and 155. 

156. Statistical Concepts. (4) An introductory course for the student of statistics who 
limited mathematical background. Includes descriptive techniques, frequency dis 
tions, statistical inference, regression, and correlation. Emphasis is placed on how sta 
can be used in society. No student allowed credit for both 156 and 157. Offered in Jan 

157. Elementary Probability and Statistics. (5 or 4) Probability and distribution func 
means and variances; sampling distributions. Lab — two hours. No student allowed - 
for both 156 and 157. 

221. Modern Algebra I. (4) An introduction to modern abstract algebra through the stu 
groups, rings, integral domain, and fields. P-Mathematics 121. 

231. Euclidean Geometry. (4) Postulates, definitions, theorems, and models of Eucl 
geometry. 

251. Ordinary Differential Equations. (4 or 3) Linear equations with constant coeffic 
linear equations with variable coefficients, existence and uniqueness theorems foi 
order equations. P-Mathematics 112. 

253. Operations Research. (4) Mathematical models and optimization techniques. Stud: 
allocation, simulation, queuing, scheduling, and network analysis. P-Mathematics 111 
or equivalent. 

256. COBOL Programming. (4) Lecture and laboratory. A study of the elements of CC 
language. P-Mathematics 154 or 155. 

305S, 306S. Elementary Analysis for Teachers I, 11. (4,4) Concepts from differential and 
gral calculus for Advanced Placement teachers. All topics in the Calculus AB and BC co 
are covered. 

311, 312. Advanced Calculus I, II. (4,4 or 3) Limits and continuity in metric spaces, d 
entiation and Riemann-Stieltjes integration, sequences and series, uniform converg 
power series and Fourier series, partial differentiation and functions of n real varic 
implicit and inverse function theorem. P-Mathematics 113. 

317. Complex Analysis I. (4) Analytic functions, Cauchy's theorem and its conseque 
power series, and residue calculus. P-Mathematics 113. 

322. Modern Algebra 11. (4 or 3) A continuation of modern abstract algebra through the s 
of additional properties of groups and fields and a thorough treatment of vector sp 
P-Mathematics 221. 

323, 324. Matrix Theory 1, 11. (4,4 or 3) Basic concepts and theorems concerning matrices 
real number functions defined on preferred sets of matrices. P-Mathematics 121. 

332. Non-Euclidean Geometry. (4 or 3) Postulates, definitions, theorems, and mode 
Lobachevskian and Riemannian geometry. 

345, 346. Elementary Theory of Numbers I, 11. (4,4 or 3) Properties of integers, congrueS 
arithmetic functions, primitive roots, sums of squares, magic squares, application 
elementary mathematics, quadratic residues, arithmetic theory of continued fractions. 

348. Combinatorial Analysis. (4 or 3) Enumeration techniques, including generating 



93 

s, recurrence formulas, the principle of inclusion and exclusion, and Polya's theorem. 

Applied Analysis. (4) Topics which have proven useful in the physical sciences, includ- 
vector analysis and complex analysis. 

Partial Differential Equations. (4) The separation of variables technique for the solution 
le wave, heat, Laplace, and other partial differential equations, with the related study of 
Fourier transform and the expansion of functions in Fourier, Legendre, and Bessel 
?s. 

Mathematical Models. (4 or 3) Development and application of probabilistic and deter- 
istic models. Emphasis given to constructing models which represent systems in the 
al, behavioral, and management sciences. P-Mathematics 253. 

Numerical Analysis. A computer-oriented study of analytical methods in mathematics. 
ure and laboratory. P-Mathematics 112 and 154 or 155. 

358. Mathematical Statistics I, II. (4,4 or 3) Probability distributions, mathematical ex- 
ation, sampling distributions, estimation and testing of hypotheses, regression, correla- 
, and analysis of variance. P-Mathematics 113. 

Selected Topics. (2,3 or 4) Topics in mathematics which are not considered in regular 
ses or which continue study begun in regular courses. Content varies. 

Individual Study. (2, 3, or 4) A choice of study in an area of individual interest to be 
cted by a faculty adviser. 

Military Science 

Lieutenant Colonel William A. Scott, Professor 

Captain Jesse C. Brackett, Major Stephen J. Gamble, 

Captain Edward L. Grant, Captain Floyd L. Griffin, 

Major Anderson H. Walters, Assistant Professors 

Master Sergeant Vance H. Patterson, Sergeant Major Donald K. Vick 

, 112. First Year Basic. (3,2) ROTC and national defense; basic military skills. Academic 
ect. Lab.** 

252. Second Year Basic. (2,2) Leadership; styles and theoretical orientation in a contempor- 
military environment; intermediate military skills. Lab.** 

, 222. First Year Advanced. (2,2) Small unit tactics; communications and military orienteer- 
military formations; advanced military skills. Academic subject. Lab.** P-Credit for Basic. 

, 252. Second Year Advanced. (2,2) Planning and supervision of leadership laboratory 
;ram; active duty orientation; military administration; law and logistics. Academic sub- 
Lab.** P-Military Science 211, 212. 



lis subject, either elective or reauired, furthers the professional qualifications of the student as a 
vspective officer in the United States Army. In cases where a student is pursuing a discipline 
hich is narrowly restricted with few electives, the PMS resolves any conflict in favor of the 
udent's degree requirements. 

udents elect to participate in various skill modules including but not limited to orienteering, 
ountaineering, marksmanship , and competitive drill. 



94 



Music 

Annette LeSiege, Acting Chairman 
Professor Paul S. Robinson 
Assistant Professors Christopher Giles, Annette LeSiege 
Instructors Marjorie J. Angell, Lucille S. Harris, Donald D. Hoirup, David B. Levy, Donna Mayer-M. 

Director of Choirs John Mochnick 
Director of Bands R. Davidson Burgess 

The major in Music consists of a basic curriculum of thirty-eight credits: M 
Theory 171-174 (twelve credits), Music History 181-184 (twelve credits), ten ci, 
its of Applied Music, and four semesters of ensemble.* 

The Music major supplements this basic curriculum with ten additional ere 
by electing one of the following areas of concentration or by devising an h 
grated course of study with another department: 

Music Theory. Electives: Music 271, 272, 273, 275, 276; Education 280, 282. 

Composition. Theory electives and/or supplementary enrollment in Music 273. 

Music History. Electives: Music 211, 212, 215, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 276; EducaJ 
280; selected courses in the Departments of Art and History. 

Church Music. Music 211, 212; Education 282. 

Performance. Education 284 (Music Literature Seminar); Senior Recital (additional App 
Music credits to be arranged); Music Theory/History electives. 

Music Education. Music 185, 186, 187, 188; Education 280, 282, 284, 291. 

Highly qualified majors may be invited to apply for admission to the hor 
program in Music. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Music 
candidate must complete one of the following requirements: (1) a senior resea 
paper; (2) an original composition; or (3) an analytical lecture related to mi 
performed by the candidate in a public recital. 

Any student interested in majoring in Music should ask for an appointrr 
with the chairman of the Department as soon as possible after entering the L J 
versify 




* The music program is in transition. Consequently, during the 1977-78 school year contin 
students will enroll in some courses which do not appear in this bulletin. 



95 

Music Theory 

Introduction to the Language of Music. (3,4) Basic theoretical concepts and musical terminol- 
Survey of musical styles, composers, and selected works from the Middle Ages through 
[twentieth century. For students not majoring in music. 

Language of Music. (3,4) Study of major works from the Middle Ages through the twentieth 
ury. For students not majoring in music. P-101 or permission of the instructor. 

. Music Theory I. (3) Fundamentals. Theoretical and compositional techniques of the 
die Ages and Renaissance. Sight-singing, analysis, compositional practice in music to 
). Introduction to sixteenth century counterpoint. 

Music Theory II. (3) Theoretical and compositional techniques of the music of the Baroque, 
tinuation of 171, with emphasis on common practice period harmony. Chorale style and 
le. P-Music 171/181. 

Music Theory III. (3) Theoretical and compositional techniques of the music of the late 
teenth and nineteenth centuries. Continuation of 172, with emphasis on the expanding 
nonic system and form. P-Music 172/182. 

Music Theory IV. (3) Theoretical and compositional techniques of music in the twentieth 
ury. Continuation of 173, with emphasis on twentieth century compositional practices and 
osophies. Beginning of development of personal compositional style. P-Music 173/183. 

Counterpoint. (2) A survey of contrapuntal compositional techniques of the sixteenth, 
iteenth, and twentieth centuries, including analysis of representative compositions and 
tical experience using contrapuntal techniques. Offered in alternate years. P-Music 174 184. 

Form and Analysis. (2) A study of analytical writings of theorists and composers, and the 
:lopment of practical skills as they can be used in research and performance preparation. 
red in alternate years. P-Music 174/184. 

Composition. (1 or 2) Individual instruction in the craft of musical composition. May be 
■ated for credit. P-Permission of the instructor. 

History of Theory. (2) A survey of theoretical writing on musical acoustics, instruments, 
notation from Classical Greece to the present. Offered in alternate years. P-Music 174 184. 

Current Practices. (2) A survey of twentieth century compositional techniques, notation, 
performance problems involving the study of music and theoretical writings associated 
i major trends from 1900 to the present. Offered in alternate years. P-Music 174,184. 

Music History 

Great Composers. (4) A study of composers considered outstanding either because of their 
-s or because of their influence on the history of music. A different composer is offered 
semester. P-Music 101 or permission of the instructor. 



a. 


Machaut 


b. 


Dufay 


c. 


Ockeghem 


d. 


Josquin 


e. 


Monteverdi 


/. 


Bach 


8- 


Haydn 


h. 


Mozart 



i. 


Beethoven 


/'■ 


Schubert 


fe. 


Wagner 


/. 


Stravinsky 


m. 


Berg 


n. 


Brahms 


P- 


Handel 


r. 


Bartok 



sic 171-174 must be taken simultaneously with Music 1S1-184. 



96 

*181. Music History I. (3) Survey of the history of music in the Middle Ages and Renaissanc 
1600). Included are readings in the cultural history and related arts of the eras. 

182. Music History 11. (3) Survey of the history of music in the Baroque (to 1750). Includec, 
readings in the cultural history and related arts of the era. P-Music 171/181. 

183. Music History 111. (3) Survey of the history of music in the Classical and Romantic era 
1900). Included are readings in the cultural history and related arts of the eras. P-Music 172/ 

184. Music History IV. (3) Survey of the history of music in the twentieth century. Includec 
readings in the cultural history and related arts of the era. P-Music 173/183. 

211. Seminar in Church Music. (4) A survey of the great oratorios, cantatas, anthems, hyr. I 
and organ compositions of the church, with emphasis on their liturgical setting. P-Mii 

174/184. 

212. Music in the Church. Function of the church musician and the relationship of his or: 
work to the church program. P-Music 174/184. 

215. Philosophy of Music. (2) A survey of philosophical writings about music. Musical aes 
tics; social, religious, and political concerns. P-Music 174/184. 

**219. Music in the Medieval World. (4) A study of Medieval music, its philosophy, trr ! 
(including notational practices), and performance practices. Areas receiving special empr : 
are Gregorian chant repertoire, the Notre Dame School, Ars Antiqua, and Ars Nova. P-Mj 
171/181 or permission of the instructor. 

**220. Music in the Renaissance. (4) A study of music from 1400 to 1600, its theory (inclui 
notational practices), and performance practices. The study begins with the Burgun 
School, with special areas of emphasis being the Netherlands composers and the late Rer' 
sance madrigal. P-Music 171/181 or permission of the instructor. 

**221. Music of the Baroque. (4) Musical activity from about 1600 to Bach and Handel. Sp 
emphasis on the development of national styles and their resolutions toward the end of the 
P-Music 172/182 or permission of the instructor. 

**222. Music of the Eighteenth Century. (4) Musical developments from the sons of Bach thrc 
the Viennese classicism of Haydn, Mozart, and Beethoven. P-Music 173/183 or permissic 
the instructor. 

**223. Music of the Nineteenth Century. (4) Music from the latter part of Beethoven's a 
through Wagner and Brahms. Special emphasis on the post-Beethoven schism and its rami 
tions. P-Music 173/183 or permission of the instructor. 

**224. Music of the Twentieth Century. (4) A study of the major musical styles, techniques,) 
media of contemporary music from Debussy to the present. P-Music 174/184 or permissic 
the instructor. 

Music Education 

185. Vocal Methods. (2) An examination of various vocal methods, techniques, and music 
in group singing. Offered in alternate years. 

186. String Instruments. (2) Fundamentals of playing and teaching all instruments of the 
family. Offered in alternate years. 

187. Woodwind Instruments. (2) Fundamentals of playing and teaching all principle instrur 
of the woodwind family. Offered in alternate years. 



*Music 181-184 must be taken simultaneously with Music 171-174. 
**Two to four courses from Music 219-224 are offered every year. 



97 



Brass and Percussion Instruments. (2) Fundamentals of playing and teaching brass and 
jssion instruments. Offered in alternate years. 

Orchestration. (Education, 2) A study of the orchestral and wind band instruments, survey 
;>w composers have used them throughout history, and development of practical scoring 
manuscript skills. Offered in alternate years. P-Music 174/184. 

Conducting. (Education, 2) A study of choral and instrumental conducting techniques, 
ding practical experience with ensembles. Offered in alternate years. P-Music 174/184. 

Music Literature Seminar. (Education, 3 or 4) A survey of repertoire, including an examina- 
of teaching materials in the student's special area of interest. P-Music 174/184 and 
lission of the instructor. 

Teaching of Music. (Education, 4) The teaching and supervision of choral and instrumental 
ic in the public schools, all grades. Offered through Salem College. P-Music 174/184. 

Honors and Individual Study 

Individual Study. (2 or 4) A project in an area of study not otherwise available in the 
artment. By prearrangement. 

I Honors in Music. (4) Individual study for honors candidates who have fulfilled the 
lified requirements. 

Ensemble 

epartmental ensembles are open to all students. Credit is earned on the basis of 
credit per semester of participation. 

Opera Workshop . Study, staging, and performance of standard and contemporary operatic 
<s. P-Permission of the instructor. 

Orchestra. Study and performance of orchestral works from the classical and contemporary 
rtoire. P-Audition. 

Choral Union. A large oratorio chorus which concentrates on the performance of major 
al works. P-Audition. 

; . Concert Choir. A select touring choir of forty-five voices which performs a variety of choral 
attire from all periods. P-Audition. 

Marching Deacons Band. Performs for most football games. Meets twice weeklv. Fall. No 
Hon required. 

Concert Band. Study and performance of music for wind band. Spring. P-Permission of the 
■uctor. 

Symphonic Wind Ensemble. Study and performance of music for wind ensemble. Regular 
romances on and off campus, including an annual tour. P-Audition. 

Jazz Ensemble. Study and performance of written and improvised jazz for a twenty- 
fiber ensemble, P-Audition. 

Piano Ensemble. Study of the elements of accompanying and ensemble playing through 
5 discussion and studio experience. P-Permission of the instructor. 

Applied Music 

ipplied music courses are open to all students with the permission of the in- 
ictor. Credit is earned on the basis of lesson duration and weeklv preparation. 



98 

One credit per semester implies a half-hour of instruction weekly an; 
minimum of one hour of daily practice. Two credits per semester implies an B| 
of instruction weekly and a minimum of two hours of daily practice. With 
permission of the music faculty and with a proportional increase in practic 
student may earn three or four credits per semester. Students in applied mi 
who do not have basic knowledge of notation and rhythm are advised to enrc 
Music 101 either prior to or in conjunction with applied study. An applied m 
fee and practice fee are charged for all individual instruction. 

161; 261. Individual Instruction. (1 or 2) May be repeated for credit. Technical studies : 
repertoire of progressive difficulty selected to meet the needs and abilities of the studc' 

a. violin f. oboe k. french horn p. piano 

b. viola g. clarinet I. trombone q. percussion 

c. cello h. bassoon m. baritone r. guitar 

d. string bass i. saxophone n. tuba v. voice 

e. flute j. trumpet o. organ 

165p. Class Piano. (1) Scales, chords, inversions, and appropriate repertoire, with empl 
on sight-reading, harmonization, and simple transposition. Designed for the begin 
piano student. 

165v. Class Voice 1. (1) Introduction to the fundamental principles of singing; concep 
breath control, tone, and resonance. 

166v. Class Voice 11. (1) Continuation of fundamental vocal techniques. P-Music 165; 
permission of the instructor. 

Philosophy 

Gregory D. Pritchard, Chairman 

Professors Robert M. Helm, Marcus B. Hester, Gregory D. Pritchard 

Associate Professor Charles M. Lewis 

Assistant Professor Ralph C. Kennedy 

A major in Philosophy requires thirty-six credits. The courses must includt 
and either 161 or 271, two courses from the history sequence (201, 211, 222), 
one course from each of the following: 230, 231, 241, or 242; 279, 285, or 287; 
294 or 295. 

The Spilman Philosophy Seminar, open to advanced students in philoso 
was established in 1934 through an endowment provided by Bernard W. Spilr 
The income from the endowment is used for the Seminar library, which 
contains about 4,000 volumes. Additional support for the library and othei^ 
partmental activities is provided by the A. C. Reid Philosophy Fund, which 
established in 1960 by friends of the Department. The furniture in the library 
seminar room was donated in honor of Mr. Claude V. Roebuck and Mr. and 
W. A. Hough by their families. 

Two distinguished alumni of the College have made possible the establish] 
of a lectureship and a seminar. The late Guy T Carswell has endowed the Gi 
and Clara Carswell Philosophy Lectureship, and a gift from James Montgoi 
Hester the Philosophy Seminar. In addition, a lectureship bearing his name 
been instituted in honor of Claude V. Roebuck. 



I 99 

Ijghly qualified majors are invited by the Department to apply for admission 
tie honors program in Philosophy. To be graduated with the designation 
nors in Philosophy/' a student must submit an acceptable prospectus for an 
:>rs thesis by November for graduation in the spring semester or by May for 
uation in the fall semester, present a satisfactory paper based on the pro- 
tus, and show an acceptable level of performance in a discussion of the thesis 
i the honors adviser and at least one other member of the Department. 

Space and Time in Fact and Fiction. (4) Are space and time fundamentally different? Are 
properties of the physical world or of minds only? Are they finite or infinite in exten- 
and duration? Other questions cover problems and paradoxes in the concept of space 
in the concept of time travel. 

Basic Problems of Philosophy. (4) An examination of the basic concepts of several repre- 
itive philosophers, including their accounts of the nature of knowledge, man, God, 
i, and matter. 

Logic. (4) An elementary study of the laws of valid inference, recognition of fallacies, 
logical analysis. 

172. Meaning and Value in Western Thought. (4,4) A critical survey of religious and 
bsophical ideas in the Western world from antiquity to modern times. Either Philoso- 

171 or 172 satisfies the Philosophy or Religion requirement; both 171 and 172 satisfy 
'. the Philosophy and Religion requirements. Choices determined at registration. 

\ Ancient and Medieval Philosophy. (4) A survey of major philosophers from the Presocra- 
Jto the late Medieval Scholastics. P-Philosophy 151 or 171 or 172. 

Modern Philosophy. (4) A survey of major philosophers from Descartes to Nietzsche, 
lilosophv 151 or 171 or 172. 

Contemporary Philosophy. (4) A survey of major philosophers from Russell to Sartre, 
"lilosophy 151 or 171 or 172. 

Plato. (4) A detailed analysis of selected dialogues covering Plato's most important 
ributions to ethics, political philosophy, theory of knowledge, metaphysics, and theo- 
'. P-Philosophy 151 or 171 or 172. 

Aristotle. (4) A study of the major texts, with emphasis on metaphysics, ethics, and 
iry of knowledge. P-Philosophy 151 or 171 or 172. 

Kant. (4) A Detailed study of selected works covering Kant's most important contribu- 
s to theory of knowledge, metaphysics, ethics, and religion. P-Philosophv 151 or 171 

72. 

Hegel. Kierkegaard, and Sartre. (4) An examination of selected sources embodving the 
c concepts of Hegel, Kierkegaard, and Sartre, especially as they relate to each other in 
is of influence, development, and opposition. P-Philosophv 151 or 171 or 172. 

Ethics. (4) A critical study of selected problems and representative works in ethical 
>ry. P-Philosophy 151 or 171 or 172. 

Symbolic Logic. (4) Basic concepts and techniques of modern deductive logic, beginning 
i the logic of truth functions and quantification theory. Attention given to advanced 
cs such as descriptions, classes, and number, and to issues in the philosophy of logic. 

Philosophy of Science. (4) A systematic exploration of the conceptual foundations of 
ntific thought and procedure. P-Philosophy 151 or 171 or 172. 

Philosophy of Art. (4) A critical examination of several philosophies of art, with empha- 



100 

sis upon the application of these theories to particular works of art. P-Philosophy 151 
or 172. 

287. Philosophy of Religion. (4) A systematic analysis of the logical structure of rel; 
language and belief, including an examination of religious experience, mysticism, j 
tion, and arguments for the nature and existence of God. P-Philosophy 151 or 171 oi 

290. Readings in Philosophy. (4) A discussion of several important works in philoso] 
closely related areas. P-Philosophy 151 or 171 or 172. 

294. Seminar in Epistemological Problems. (4) A senior course requiring a major re 
paper. P-Philosophy 151 or 171 or 172. 

295. Seminar in Metaphysical Problems. (4) A senior course requiring a major research 
P-Philosophy 151 or 171 or 172. 

297 , 298. Seminar: Advanced Problems in Philosophy. (4,4) Senior courses treating se 
topics in philosophy. P-Philosophy 151 or 171 or 172. 

Physical Education 

William L. Hottinger, Chairman 

Professor Harold M. Barrow 

Associate Professors Marjorie Crisp, William L. Hottinger, Paul M. Ribisl 

Assistant Professors Gary E. Adams, W. Thomas Boone, Dorothy Casey, Leo Ellison Jr. 

Lecturer J. William Dellastatious 
Instructors Deborah S. David, Philip John Forbes, Barbara Warren, Pamela A. Wiegardt 

The purpose of the Department of Physical Education is to organize, adn^ 
ter, and supervise (1) a required physical education program consisting of cond i 
ing activities, varied team and individual sports, special corrective and ren; 
instruction to all students with physical problems according to the indivkji 
need, with information on posture and body mechanics, physiological princ ] 
and practical health facts which must be observed to maintain a state of hi 
and physical fitness; (2) an intramural sports program which allows all studei; 
participate and specialize in sports which will be of lifelong benefit; (3) a si 
vised recreation program consisting of varied recreational and leisure tim 
tivities; and (4) a professional education program which offers the necessary p 
ration for those interested in the fields of health, physical education, recrea 
and athletic coaching. 

Courses in Required Physical Education 

Physical Education 111 and 112 are required of all freshmen and transfe: 
dents who have not complied with the requirement. For those students em 
in ROTC, Physical Education 111 and 112 may be postponed until the sopho* 
year, but must be completed by the end of the second year. 

I'll, 112. Physical Education. (1,1) A basic course consisting of body mechanics, basic I 
and physiological principles, dance, exercise, and sports designed to develop fundan 
skills. Students' needs and interests met through controlled election of activities 
upon standardized proficiency examination and/or previous experience. 

Ill, 112. Physical Education (Special). (1,1) A course consisting of remedial instructi 
limited activity for students with special problems, handicaps, or medical excuses. 



101 

Courses in Elective Physical Education 

: or those students who wish to specialize in sports activities beyond the re- 
irement, a varied sports program is offered. Any course listed below may be 
cted for one credit toward graduation. P-Physical Education 111-1 12. 

Beginning Figure Skating 167. Advanced Swimming; Beginning Scuba 

Beginning Dance Technique 168. Water Safety Instruction 

Advanced Life Saving 169. Weight Training and Conditioning 

Beginning Golf 170. Handball; Squash Racquets 

Intermediate Golf 171. Intermediate Racquetball 

Beginning Tennis 172. Water Ballet; Synchronized Swimming 

Intermediate Dance Technique 173. Conditioning 

(P-Physical Education 157 or 174. Intermediate Tennis 

permission of the instructor) 175. Intermediate Bowling 

Dance Composition 176. Officiating Women's Sports 

(P-Physical Education 162 or 177. Snow Skiing; Bowling 

permission of the instructor) 178. Recreational Games 

Gymnastics 180. Horseback Riding; Bowling 

Beginning Bowling 184. Advanced Tennis 
>. Beginning and Intermediate Swimming 

Courses for the Major 

Students desiring to elect a major in Physical Education and Health and to 
isfy the state requirements for a teaching certificate must be of junior stand- 
;. Biology 111 and 150 are required, along with the following courses in Physi- 
Education and Health: 220, 221, 222, 224, 230, 241, 242, 251, 252, 258, 310, 353, 
7 , 360, and 363. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the Department to apply for admission 
the honors program in Physical Education. To be graduated with the designa- 
n "Honors in Physical Education," they must participate satisfactorily in Phys- 
1 Education 382 and pass a comprehensive written examination. Upon satisfac- 
y completion of these requirements they are recommended for graduation with 
[onors in Physical Education." For additional information members of the de- 
rtmental faculty should be consulted. 

Any student interested in majoring in Physical Education should ask for an 
pointment with the chairman of the Department as soon as possible after enter- 
5 the University. 

). History and Sociology of Sports. (3) A study of the historical and sociological bases 
derlying sports, games, dance, and gymnastics and the impact these forces now have on 
:iety and culture. 

1 . Foundations of Health and Physical Fitness. (2) A presentation of the physiological, 
/chological, and sociological foundations of personal health and physical fitness. 

). Methods and Materials in Aquatics. (1) Presentation of knowledge, skill, and methods of 
iching aquatics. 

!. Methods and Materials in Gymnastics and Dance. (4) Presentation of knowledge, skill, 
d methods of teaching gymnastics and dance. 



102 

222. Methods and Materials in Teaching and Coaching Team Sports. (4) Presentation of kr 
ledge, skill, and methods of teaching, coaching, and officiating team sports. 

224. Methods and Materials in Team and Individual Sports. (4) Theory and practice in orgar 
tion and teaching selected team and individual sports included in a comprehensive phy 
education program. 

230. First Aid and Athletic Training. (2) A study of first aid techniques and the care 
treatment of athletic injuries. 

241. Early Childhood Motor Development. (2) This course deals with developmental stag: 
fundamental motor skills and with the perceptual process involved in motor learning. 

242. Physical Education for the Elementary School. (2) Presentation of knowledge 
methods of teaching physical education activities for the elementary school program. 

252. Principles of Physical Education. (3) A general introductory course and orientation 
physical education and its relation to general education and the present organizatio 
society. 

252. Anatomy and Physiology. (4) A course to provide students of physical education wi 
functional knowledge of the anatomic structure and physiologic function of the hui 
body. 

258. Organization and Administration of Health and Physical Education. (3) A course in p 
lems and procedures in health and physical education and the administration of an ir 
scholastic athletic program. 

310. Applied Field Study. (2) A course involving application of theory and methods of soh 
problems in a specialized area according to the student's immediate career goals. P-Phy; 
Education 251 or permission of the instructor. 

353. Physiology of Exercise. (3) The course presents the many effects of muscular activity 
the processes of the body which constitute the scientific basis of physical education. 

357. Kinesiology and Adapted Physical Education. (4) A study of the principles of hui 
motion based on anatomical, physiological, and mechanical principles and the applica 
of these principles along with other special considerations in developing a program for 
atypical student. 

360. Evaluation and Measurement in Health and Physical Education. (3) A course in measi 
ment techniques and beginning statistical procedures to determine pupil status in es 
lished standards of health and physical education which reflect the prevailing educatk 
philosophy. 

363. Personal and Community Health and Safety Education. (3) A course presenting perso 
family, and community health problems; a study of safety in the schools. 

382. Independent Study in Health and Physical Education. (1-4) Library conferences and lab' 
tory research performed on an individual basis. 







- 



103 



Physics 

George P. Williams Jr., Chairman 

Professors Robert W. Brehme, Ysbrand Haven, Howard W. Shields, 

Thomas J. Turner, George P. Williams Jr. 

Associate Professor William C. Kerr 

Assistant Professor William J. Huff 



tie program of courses for each student majoring in Physics is determined 
ugh consultation with the student's major adviser. The Bachelor of Arts de- 
■ in Physics requires thirty-seven credits in Physics and must include courses 

161, 162, 345, and two from 230, 352, and 351. The Bachelor of Science degree 
>hysics requires forty-five credits in Physics and must include courses 311, 

343, 344, 345, 346. For either degree, two courses in Chemistry or the equiva- 

and Mathematics 251 are required. 
. typical schedule for the first two years: 

Freshman Sophomore 

asic and divisional requirements Basic and divisional requirements 
hysics 111, 112 or 121, 122 requirements (five courses) 

lathematics 111, 112 Physics 141, 162 

oreign Language Mathematics 251 

: a student does not take Physics 111-112 or 121-122 in the freshman year, one 
he sequences may be taken in the sophomore year; the degree requirements 
'hysics may still be completed by the end of the senior year. 
Jo student may be a candidate for a degree with a major in Physics unless he 
ihe earns a grade of C or better in General Physics or is given special permis- 
rt by the Department. 

lighly qualified majors are invited by the Department to apply for admission 
he honors program in Physics. To be graduated with the designation "Honors 
Physics," they must complete satisfactorily Physics 381 and pass a comprehen- 
e written examination. For additional information members of the depart- 
ntal faculty should be consulted. Members of the faculty may also be consulted 
;arding the engineering program. 

, 102. Natural Philosophy. (4,4) A study of the history, philosophy, and social impact of 
physical sciences. 

. Descriptive Astronomy. (4) An introductory study of the universe, from the solar system 
the galaxies. 

:. Energy and the Environment. (2) A descriptive, nonmathematical introduction to the 
icept of energy and its role in the environment. 

122. Introductory Physics. (5,5) A course for freshmen and sophomores. Lab— two 
urs. 

{, 122. General Physics. (5,5) A course designed for those who expect to major in Thysics 
Chemistry. A student may not receive credit for both this course and Physics 111, 112. 
b — two hours. C-Mathematics 111. 



104 

141. Elementary Modern Physics. (4) The development of twentieth century physics a 
introduction to quantum ideas. P-Physics 112 or 121; C-Mathematics 112. 

161. Introductory Mechanics. (5) The fundamental principles of mechanics. Lab-^ 
hours. Offered in spring of even-numbered years. P-Physics 111 or 121 and Mathematics 
equivalent. 

162. Introductory Electricity. (5) The fundamental principles of electricity magnetisn! 
electromagnetic radiation. Lab— three hours. P-Physics 112; C-Mathematics 112. 

230. Electronics. (4) Introduction to the theory and application of transistors and ele- : 
circuits. Lab-three hours. P-Physics 162 or equivalent. 

301, 302. Advanced General Physics. (4,4) A course designed for science teachers. Lab 
hours. 

311. Mechanics. (4) A junior/senior level treatment of analytic classical mech, 
P-Mathematics 251. 

312. Electromagnetic Theory. A junior/senior level treatment of classical electromaj 3 
theory. P-Physics 162 and Mathematics 251. 

331, 332. Acoustics I, II. (4,4) A study of the fundamental principles and applications i 
generation, transmission, and reception of sound and its interaction with various me' 
343, 344. Modern Physics. (4,4) Application of the elementary principles of quanturr 
chanics to atomic and molecular physics. 

345, 346. Modern Physics Laboratory. (1,1) The laboratory associated with Physics 343! 
Lab — three hours. 

351. Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics. (4,4) Introduction to classical and statij 
thermodynamics and distribution functions. 

352. Physical Optics and Spectra. (5) A study of physical optics and the quantum treatm.j 
spectra. Lab — three hours. 

381. Research. (4) Library, conference, and laboratory work performed on an indiv 
basis. 



Politics 

Jack D. Fleer, Chairman 

Professors C. H. Richards Jr., James A. Steintrager 

Associate Professors David B. Broyles, Jack D. Fleer, Carl C. Moses, Jon M. Reinhardt, 

Donald O. Schoonmaker, Richard D. Sears 

In its broadest conception, the aim of the study of politics is to understan.il 
way in which policy for a society is formulated and executed and to undersil 
the moral standards by which policy is or ought to be set. This center of intii 
is often described alternatively as the study of power, of government, of the sk 
or of human relations in their political context. For teaching purposes, the si 
of politics has been divided by the Department into the following fields I 
American politics, (2) comparative politics, (3) political philosophy, and (4) i:« 
national politics. Introductory courses in the first three of these fields prci< 
broad and flexible approaches to studying political life. 

The major in Politics consists of thirty-six credits, of which no more than p 
credits may be earned in January courses. These courses must include the f ol evi 



I 105 

;(a) a first course selected from Politics 113, 114, or 115; (b) any one introduc- 
or advanced course in each of the four fields of the discipline, restricted to 
seminar courses; (c) one seminar in Politics (usually a student takes no more 
one seminar in each field and no more than three seminars overall), 
minimum grade average of C on all courses attempted in Politics is required 
raduation. 

ghly qualified majors are invited by the Department to apply for admission 
e honors program in Politics. To be graduated with the designation "Honors 
)litics/' they must successfully complete Politics 284 and two seminar courses 
pass an examination. For additional information members of the depart- 
tal faculty should be consulted. 

student who selects Politics to fulfill the Division IV requirement must take 
of the following for the first course: Politics 113, 114, or 115. The second 
se may be selected from any course in the Department. 

Introductory Courses 

student must take one of the following as the first course in the Department; 
» than one may be taken. Ordinarily a student is expected to take Politics 113 
ie first course in the Department. 

introduction to Politics: American Politics. (4) The nature of politics, political principles, 
political institutions with emphasis on their application to the United States. 

Introduction to Politics: Comparative Politics. (4) Political processes and principles as 
ed to traditional, developing, and mature states. 

introduction to Politics: Political Theory. (4) Major systematic statements of the rules and 
iples of political life. Representative writers are Tocqueville, Dahl, and Aristotle. 

American Politics 

American Public Policy Analysis. (4) Analysis of the substance of public problems and 
y alternatives. Examination of why government pursues certain policies and the con- 
ences of those policies. 

Political Parties and Voting Behavior. (4) An examination of party competition, party 
lizations, the electorate and electoral activities of parties, and the responsibilities of 
3S for governing. 

Public Administration. (4) Introduction to the study of public administration emphasiz- 
'olicy-making in government agencies. 

Congress and Policy-Making. (4) An examination of the composition, authority struc- 
, external influences, and procedures, with emphasis on their implications for 
y-making in the United States. 

American Presidency. (4) Emphasis on the office and the role. Contributions by contem- 
■y presidents considered in perspective. 

North Carolina Politics. (4) A study of three major components of the state's political 
m: electoral competition, legislative politics, and executive politics (particularly the 
! of governor). Offered in January. 

Urban Problems and Politics. (4) Political structures and processes in American cities and 
rbs as they relate to the social, economic, and political problems of the metropolis. 



106 

225. American Constitutional Law: (4) Separation of powers and the federal system 
analysis of Supreme Court decisions affecting the three branches of the national go 
ment and federal-state relations. 

226. American Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties. (4) Judicial interpretations of First Air 
ment freedoms, racial equality, and the rights of the criminally accused. 

227. Politics, Law, and the Legal Process. (4) Analysis of the nature and possible sourc 
law, the proper role of law in social change, structure and process in the legal system 
the impact of legally decided policies on society, including their propensity for justic 
fairness in American democratic society. 

228. Watergate. (4) An investigation of the Watergate crisis in the context of the pol 
scandals of American history. Offered in January. 

Comparative Politics 

231 . Western European Politics. (4) Analysis of the political systems of Great Britain, France 
Italy, focusing primarily on the problems of stable democracy. 

232. Government and Politics in the Soviet Union. (4) Analysis of the institutions and process 
politics in the USSR and examination of political developments in the other states of Ea 
Europe. 

233. Modern German Politics. (4) A study of the political systems of twentieth century Gerr 
with comparison and contrast of political behavior and governmental institutions of 
Germany and East Germany. 

234. Government and Politics in East Asia. (4) An analysis of the political institutions 
processes in China and Japan with emphasis on the problems of modernization. 

235. The Politics of Revolution. (4) The comparative study of revolution as a historical pheni 
non and as an alternative means of change in the contemporary world. Analysis of the na 
the background and causes, the processes, the varieties, and the consequences of revolu 
and an attempt to assess the capabilities or potential of some current movements purporti 
be revolutionary. Some revolutions receiving particular attention are those of England, Fn 
Russia, Mexico, Cuba, and China, and some broad movements included are the New Lef 
contemporary anarchism in the United States and Western Europe. 

236. Government and Politics in Latin America. (4) Comparative analysis of the institutions 
processes of politics in the Latin American region. 

238. History, Culture, and Political Change. (4) The study of how major cultures articula 
symbolize their existence either in history or moving through history. Special attention g 
to an evaluation of current concepts applied to political change. 

241. Cuban Revolution. (4) An analytical study of the Cuban Revolution which seeks todesi 
and explain what has happened during the course of the Revolution and to understand 
terms of how, why, and "so what." Offered in January. 

242. Problems in Comparative Politics. (4) An intensive study of one or more major problen 
contemporary comparative politics. 

243. The Politics of Heinrich Boell. (3) An analysis of the political vision of a contempc'1 
Western German writer, with a particular focus on the following novels: Billiards at Half- 
Nine, Group Portrait with Lady, The Clown, and End of a Mission. Offered in January. 

245. Government and Politics of South Asia. A study of the governments of India, Paki; 
Nepal, and Ceylon. Emphasis on political organizations, party structures, and subnati 
governmental systems. 



107 

International Politics 

Fundamentals of International Politics. (4) Fundamental theoretical questions of interna- 
al politics, with special emphasis on existing international patterns. 

Current Problems in International Politics. (4) An intensive study of one or more major 
;>lems of contemporary international politics. 

The Origins and Nature of the Cold War. (4) An examination of the historical circumstances 
ch led to the Cold War and of alternate explanations of its origins and the relationship of 
e explanations to various theories of foreign policy-making and international politics. 

The Cold War: Research in Washington, D. C. (4) The course focuses on Cold War research in 
hington, D. C, using the resources of the National Archives and the Library of Congress. 
red in January. 

Political Philosophy 

Plato, Aristotle, and Classical Political Philosophy. (4) An examination of the nature and goals 
\e classical position with attention both to its origins in ancient Athens and its diffusion 
ugh Rome and the Medieval world. Representative writers are Plato, Aristotle, and Cicero. 

Equality and Liberty. (4) The arguments for and against democracy and republicanism, 
ority rule, and the rights of man. Representative writers are Rousseau and Mill. 

Radical Critiques of Political Society. (4) Anarchist, socialist, and communist criticisms of 
alternatives to existing political societies, with special attention to such problems as 
)ianism and alienation. Representative writers are Marx and Nietzsche. 

Theory of the American Polity. (4) Critical examination of the intent of the Framers and the 
ire of the American polity. Representative writers are the Federalists, Jefferson, and 
:oln. 

foundations of Modern Political Philosophy. (4) An examination of the essential writings of 
ikers who broke with the past in an attempt to establish a more "realistic" approach to the 
iy of politics. Representative writers are Machiavelli, Hobbes, and Locke. 

Honors and Individual Study 

Honors Study. (4) A conference course with a faculty committee. Readings in several fields 
the basis for an extensive paper on a subject of special interest to the student. This course 
■n in the senior year by all candidates for departmental honors. 

Individual Study. (2, 3 or 4) Internships, work/study projects, and other individual study 
grams. 

Seminar in American Politics. (4) Readings, research, and independent study on selected 
cs. P-Permission of the Department. 

Seminar in Comparative Politics. (4) Readings, research, and independent study on selected 
cs. P-Permission of the Department. 

Seminar in International Politics. (4) Readings, research, and independent study on selected 
cs. P-Permission of the Department. 

Seminar in Political Philosophy. (4) Readings, research, and independent study on selected 
cs. P-Permission of the Department. 



108 

Psychology 

John E. Williams, Chairman 

Professors Robert C. Beck, Robert H. Dufort, John E. Williams 

Associate Professors David W. Catron, Philippe R. Falkenberg, 

David A. Hills, Charles L. Richman, John J. Woodmansee 

Assistant Professors Gretchen J. Belovitz, Frank B. Wood 

Lecturer Brian M. Austin 

Instructors Deborah L. Best, Jane P. Norwood 

Psychology 151 is prerequisite for all courses of a higher number. Cou: 
numbered below 151 do not count toward Division IV requirements or tow ( 
the major in Psychology. Psychology 211, or special permission of the instruc n 
is prerequisite for all 300-level courses except 335, 344, 358, and 367. 

It is recommended that students who are considering Psychology as a m ( 
take Psychology 151 in their freshman year and Psychology 211 in the fall of tl. 
sophomore year. An average of C in Psychology courses is required at the t: 
the major is elected. The major in Psychology requires the completion c 
minimum of forty credits in Psychology, including 151, 211, 212, and 313. In ac 
tion, the major student must complete one course from each of the follow 
groups: 320, 326, 329, and 333; 351, 355; and 362. No more than forty-eight T 
chology credits may be counted toward the graduation requirement. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the Department to participate in 
honors program in Psychology. To be graduated with the designation "Honor: 
Psychology," the student must complete satisfactorily a special sequence 
courses (381, 383) and pass an oral or written examination. In addition, the h 
ors student normally has a non-credit research apprenticeship with a faa 
member. For more detailed information, members of the staff should be c^ 
suited. 

100. Learning to Learn. (4) A workshop to help people improve their learning skills thro 
the application of basic principles of learning, remembering, and so forth. Students a' 
levels welcomed. No prerequisite. 

202. Exploration of Career Planning. (4) Examination of educational-vocational planning 
personal process, based on knowledge of self and the work world. No prerequisite. 

151. Introductory Psychology. (4) A systematic survey of psychology as the scientific stud; 
behavior. Prerequisite to all courses of a higher number. 

211, 212. Research Methods in Psychology. (5,5) Introduction to the design and statist 
analysis of psychological research. Lab — twice weekly. P-Psychology 151. 

239. Altered States of Consciousness. (4^> Examination of altered states of consciousness v ( 
special reference to sleep and dreams, meditation, hypnosis, and drugs. P-Psychology 

241. Developmental Psychology. (3 or 4) Survey of physical, emotional, cognitive, and so ; 
development in humans from conception to death. P-Psychology 151. 

245. Survey of Abnormal Behavior. (3 or 4) Study of problem behaviors such as depressi 
alcoholism, antisocial personality, the schizophrenias, and pathogenic personality patter 
with emphasis on causes, prevention, and the relationships of these disorders to normal 
styles. P-Psychology 151. 

250. Psychology in Europe. (4) The study of psychology and travel in European countr' 



109 

nt and travel plans vary from year to year depending upon interests of faculty and 

nts. Usually offered in January. P-Psychology 151. 

theories of Personality. (3 or 4) A comparative study of classical and contemporary 

es of human personality. P-Psychology 151. 

ocial Psychology. (3 or 4) A survey of the field, including theories of social behavior, 

>ersonaf attraction, attitudes and attitude change, and group behavior. P-Psychology 

The Therapeutic Process. (4) Theories and laboratory practice of a variety of 

lotherapeutic methods, with a special emphasis on developing the student's facilita- 

kills as a therapeutic agent. P-Psychology 151. 

Human Sexuality: A Changing Scene. (4) An exploration of the psychological and 

ological aspects of human sexuality, with attention to changing sexual mores, sexual 

nces, sexual dysfunction, and sex-related roles. P-Psychology 151. 

Psychology of Business and Industry. (3 or 4) Psychological principles and methods 

ed to problems commonly encountered in business and industry. P-Psychology 151. 

Topics in Psychology. (1, 2 or 3) The student selects from among a group of short one- 

t courses dealing with topics of special interest. The courses meet sequentially, not 

irrently, and several options are offered in each portion of the semester. P-Psychology 

Aggression 270G Information Processing 

Applications of Psychology 270H Intelligence 

Biofeedback 2701 Race and Young Children 

Brain-Behavior Relations 270] Memory 

Emotion 270K Psychology and Politics 

Human Sexuality 2701 Sex Stereotypes and Roles 

Issues in Psychology. (4) Seminar on contemporary theoretical and research issues in 

lology. P-Psychology 151. 

Directed Study. (1-4) Student research performed under faculty supervision. P-Psychology 

permission of the instructor. 

Individual Study. (4) A special project conducted under faculty supervision. P-Psychology 

permission of the Department. 

History and Systems of Psychology. (4) The development of psychological thought and 

irch from ancient Greece to present trends, with emphasis on intensive examination of 

nal sources. P-Psychology 211 or permission of the instructor. 

Physiological Psychology. (4) Neurophysiological and neuroanatomical explanations of 

ivior. P-Psychology 211 or permission of the instructor. 

Behavior Genetics. (2) A study of the effects of genes and chromosomes on behavior and the 

stance of behavior in understanding evolution. P-Psychology 211. 

Animal Behavior. (4) A survey of laboratory and field research on animal behavior. This 

se may count as Biology or Psychology/ but not both; choice to be determined at registra- 

P-Permission of the instructor. 
Learning Theory and Research. (4) Theoretical and experimental issues in the psychology of 
ling. P-Psychology 211. 

Perception. (4) Survey of theory and research findings on various sensory systems (vision 
ing, touch, taste, etc.). P-Psychology 211. 
Motivation of Behavior. (3 or 4) Survey of basic motivational concepts and related evidence. 



no 

P-Psychology 211. 

335. Fundamentals of Human Motivation. (4) Description and analysis of some fundar 
motivational phenomena, with special reference to human problems; includes rewai 
punishment, conflict, anxiety, affection, needs for achievement and power, aggre 
creativity, and curiosity. P-Psychology 151. 

343. Developmental Disorders. (2) Delayed or distorted neural development studied in re 
to major disturbances of learning and behavior in children and in the aging. P-Psycholog 

344. Abnormal Psychology. (4) Descriptive analysis of the major types of abnormal be 
with attention to organic, psychological, and cultural causes and major modes of th: 
Offered only in the summer. P-Psychology 151. 

347. Mental Retardation. (2) A brief overview of mental retardation covering current cjl 
tions, diagnostic procedures, primary known causal factors, and treatment procedure 
dudes observational and/or practicum work in community centers. P-Psychology 211 
351 . Personality Research. (4) The application of a variety of research procedures to the stu 
human personality. Research projects required. P-Psychology 211. 

355. Research in Social Psychology. (4) Methodological issues and selected research in the 
of the human as a social animal. Field research projects required. P-Psychology 211. 
358. Psychology of Woman. (4) Intensive study of the behavior of women and its pei 
application, including consideration of biological, social, and motivational fa 1 
P-Psychology 151. 

361. Operant Conditioning and Behavior Modification. (4) Principles, theory, and experin- 
research in operant learning, with applications to the modification of behavior in vi 
populations and situations. P-Psychology 211. 

362. Psychological Tests and Measurements. (4) Theory and application of psychological a: ! 
ment procedures in the areas of intelligence, aptitude, vocational interest, and persoi^ 
P-Psychology 211. 

363. Survey of Clinical Psychology. (3 or 4) An overview of the field of clinical psyche' 
P-Psychology 245 and senior standing, or permission of the instructor. 

367. Effectiveness in Parent-Child Relations. (4) A survey of popular approaches to child-re; 1 
with examination of the research literature on parent-child interaction, and actual traini 
parental skills. P-Psychology 151. 

369. Contemporary Applications of Psychology. (4) Supervised field experience in appliec 
chology. P-Psychology 151 and permission of the instructor. 

381. Honors Seminar. (3) Seminar on selected problems in psychology. Intended primarii 
students in the departmental honors program. P-Psychology 211 and permission of the in i 
tor. 

383. Honors Research. (3) Seminar in selected issues in research design, followed by indffl 
dent empirical research under supervision of a member of the departmental fat 
P-Psychology 212 and permission of the instructor. 

390. Advanced Theory and Method. (4) Seminar in a selected area of psychological theor 
research. P-Psychology 211. 

392. Contemporary Problemsin Psychology. (4) Seminar treatment of current theory and res I 
in several "frontier" areas of psychology. Principally for senior majors planning to a, 
graduate school. P-Psychology 211 and senior standing. 



in 



Religion 

Emmett Willard Hamrick Jr., Chairman 

sssors John William Angell, George McLeod Bryan, Robert A. Dyer, George J. Griffin, Emmett 

Willard Hamrick Jr., Carlton T. Mitchell, Charles H. Talbert 

Associate Professors John E. Collins, Fred L. Horton Jr. 

Assistant Professor Ralph C. Wood Jr. 

e Department offers courses designed to give every student an opportunity 
quire at least an introduction to the life, literature, and most important 
?ments in the field of religion. It also seeks to give the students preparing for 
alized service as religious education directors, ministers, and missionaries 
Dundational courses needed for further study. 

course in Religion is required for all degrees. Any course offered by the 
irtment is accepted to meet the requirement except for 218, 225, 237, 239, 240, 
266, 270, 273, 282, 286-287, 292, 346, and 362. 

major in Religion requires a minimum of thirty-two credits, at least half of 
h must be in courses above the 100-level. 

2-ministerial students are advised to include in their program of study, in 
tion to courses in Religion, courses in philosophy, ancient history, public 
king, and two languages (Greek or Latin and German or French), 
ghly qualified majors are invited by the Department to apply for admission 
e honors program in Religion. To be graduated with the designation "Hon- 
n Religion," they must apply to the chairman of the Department for admis- 
to the honors program, normally by February of the junior year. Upon corn- 
on of all the requirements, the candidate will be graduated with "Honors in 
don." For additional information members of the departmental faculty 
Id be consulted. 

Introduction to the Old Testament. (4) A survey of the Old Testament designed to intro- 
the student to the history, literature, and religion of the ancient Hebrews. 
introduction to the New Testament. (4) A survey of the literature of the New Testament in 
ontext of early Christian history. 

The Hebrew Prophets. (4) A study of the background, personal characteristics, function, 
age, contribution, and present significance of the Hebrew prophets. 
The Wisdom Literature. (4) An introduction to the Wisdom Literature of the Old Testa- 
, with special attention to Proverbs. 

Introduction to the Bible. (4) A consideration of prominent themes found in the Old and 
Testaments. May be taken only by students who do not take Religion 111 or 112. 

Basic Christian Ethics. (4) The Biblical and theological foundation of the Christian ethic 

its expression in selected contemporary problems. 

Early Rabbinic Judaism. (4) An introduction to the literature and thought of the early 

)is. 

World Religions. (4) The place of religion in life and the origin, nature, and accomplish- 

ts of the living religions of the world, studied from the historical point of view. 

Religion in japan. (4) A survey of the religions of Japan beginning with the pre-historic 
tion, including the development and influence of Shinto, Buddhism, and Christianity, 



112 






and the variation of these through recorded history to the present. Pass/Fail optional 
fered in January. 

164. History of Christianity. (4) A rapid survey of the history of the Christian Church. ! 
166. American Religious Life. (4) A study of the history, organization, worship, and bell 
American religious bodies, with particular attention to cultural factors. 
171,172. Meaning and Value in Western Thought. (4,4) A critical survey of religion and 
losophy in the Western world from antiquity to modern times. This course may com 
Religion or Philosophy, but not both. Choice determined at registration. 

173. An Introduction to Christian Theology. (4) A study of the ground structure and conte 
Christian belief. 

176. Theology and Modern Literature. (4) A study of modern literary artists whose theme-' 
primarily theological, from Hopkins to Tolkien. 

200. Myth. (4) A study of the various approaches to the interpretation of myth, with a f 
on the meaning and values implicit in the myths of contemporary culture. 

201. Phenomenology of Religion. (4) A study of selected religious phenomena and of 
meaning and function within human existence. 

216. Poetic Literature of the Old Testament. (4) A study of Hebrew poetry, its types, its lite' 
and rhetorical characteristics, and its significance in the faith of ancient Israel. 
218. Seminar in the Mediterranean World. (4) Travel and study in such countries as Gre 
Italy, Turkey, Egypt, Lebanon, Syria, and Israel. 

224. Jesus and the Synoptic Gospels. (4) A study of Jesus' proclamation and activity in 
light of modern critical research on the gospels. 

225. The Gospel Genre. (4) Consideration of the apocryphal gospels and of non-Chris' 
writings that assist in answering the question, what is a gospel? Pass/fail optional. 

226. Early Christian Theologians: Paul. (4) An introduction to the Pauline interpretation 
Christianity and its place in the life of the Early Church. 

227. Early Christian Theologians: The Fourth Evangelist. (4) An examination of the Johanr 
interpretation of Jesus and Christian faith. 

236. Church and Community. (4) An examination of the basic needs and trends of the c 
temporary community, especially the rural and suburban, in the light of the Chris! 
norms for "the good community." 

237. Black Religion and Black Churches in America. (4) Survey of literature on these thei 
with an examination of the historical background and special attention to the contempor' 



area. 



238. Religion and Science. (4) An analysis of the relationship between science and religior 
world culture. 

239. Ethical Value Systems in Confrontation, Conflict, and Creativity. (4) Exposure to Tr 
World cultures by travel to Africa, Asia, or Latin America. Pass/fail 

240. Principles of Religious Education. (4) A study of the theory and practice of religic 
education, with emphasis on the basic foundations in religion and education. 

265. Religion in North Carolina. (4) A study of the major religious groups in North Caroli 
with special emphasis upon their historical backgrounds. Visits to historical churches a 
other sites. Pass/fail. 

266. Religious Sects and Cults. (4) An examination of certain religious sects in America, 



113 
ling such groups as Jehovah's Witnesses, communal groups, and Black Muslims. Pass/ 

Walker Percy. (4) A theological examination of his novels and essays, his Southern stoic 
cground, and his use of European existentialism. 

Studies in Ecumenical Theology. (4) A study of the ecumenical movement among Chris- 
s in the twentieth century, especially as related to the World Council of Churches and 
Vatican. The course involves visits to Geneva and Rome. Pass/fail. 

The Problem of Evil from job to Shakespeare. (4) A comparative analysis of the source and 
edy of evil in Job, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Plato, Dante, and Shakespeare. 

Christian Literary Classics. (4) A study of Christian texts which are masterpieces of 
mature as well as faith, including works by Augustine, Dante, Pascal, Bunyan, Milton, 
Newman. 

Honors in Religion. (4) A conference course including directed reading and the writing 
research report. 

287. Directed Reading. (4,4) A project in an area of study not otherwise available in the 
lartment, permitted upon departmental approval of a petition presented by a qualified 
lent. 

Teaching of Religion. (4) A study of the teaching of religion in church, school, and 
imunity. This course may be credited as Education for those who are applicants for a 
e teacher's certificate in religious education. 

Introduction to Biblical Archaeology. (4) A survey of the contributions of Near Eastern 
laeology to Biblical studies. 

316. Field Research in Biblical Archaeology. (4,4) A study of the religion and culture of the 
ent Near East through the excavation and interpretation of an ancient site. 

The Ancient Near East. (4) A comparative study of ancient Near Eastern cultures and 
ions, with special emphasis on Israel's relationships with surrounding peoples. 

The Quest for the Historical Jesus. (4) An investigation of the possibility and relevance of 
orical knowledge about Jesus through a consideration of the seminal "Lives of Jesus" 
:e the eighteenth century. 

The Epistle to the Hebrews. (4) Reading and discussion of Hebrews in the light of first 
tury Judaism and Christianity. 

Christian Ethics and Contemporary Culture. (4) A study of the encounter between the 
•istian ethic and the value systems implicit in social areas such as economics, politics, 
, and sex. 

Theological Foundations of Religious Education. (4) A study of theological methodology, 
bries of learning, and philosophies of education in terms of their implications for reli- 
cs education. 

Psychology of Religion. (4) An examination of the psychological elements in the origin, 
elopment, and expression of religious experience. 

Religious Development of the Individual. (4) A study of growth and development through 
dhood and adolescence to adulthood, with emphasis on the role of the home and the 
rch in religious education. 

Theology of Pastoral Care and Counseling. (4) A study of the relationship between theo- 
f and the purpose, theories, and methods of pastoral care. P-Permission of the instruc- 



114 

360. Hinduism. (4) A study of the fundamental features of the Hindu tradition. 

361. Buddhism. (4) A study of the Buddhist tradition, its fundamental features, and its im 
pact on the cultures of Asia. 

362. Post-Biblical Judaism. (4) The rise and development of post-Biblical (Rabbinic) Judais? 
until modern times. 

363. Hellenistic Religions. (4) Consideration of available source materials, questions II 

method, and bibliography related to such Hellenistic religions as the mysteries, Hellenist" 

Judaism, and Gnosticism. 

1 
365. History of Religions in America. (4) A study of American religions from Colonial tim» f 

until the present. 

373. The History of Christian Thought. (4) A study of the history of Christian though' 
beginning with its Hebraic and Greek backgrounds and tracing its rise and development 
modern times. 

374. Contemporary Christian Thought. (4) An examination of the major issues and pes 
sonalities in modern theology. 

376. The Origins of Existentialism. (4) A study of the principal nineteenth century figure' 
who form the background for twentieth century existentialism: Goethe, Kierkegaarc 
Nietzsche, Dostoevsky, and Tolstoy. 

Hebrew 

111,112. Elementary Hebrew. (4,4) A course for beginners in the classical Hebrew of the Bibl 
with emphasis on the basic principles of Hebrew grammar and the reading of Biblical text 
Both semesters must be completed. 

253. Intermediate Hebrew. (4) Intensive work in Hebrew grammar and syntax based upon tl 
readings of selected texts. Readings emphasize post-Biblical Hebrew. P-Hebrew 111, 112, i 
the equivalent. 

211. Hebrew Literature. (4) The reading and discussion of significant Biblical Hebrew text 
P-Hebrew 153. 

212. Hebrew Literature 11. (4) The reading and discussion of significant Biblical and post-Biblic 
texts. Offered on demand. P-Hebrew 153. 

301 . Introduction to Semitic Linguistics. (4) In each of the four weeks the history and structure i 
one of the languages from the Hamito-Semitic family of languages are studied. Usually off en 
in January. 



Romance Languages 

Anne S. Tillett, Chairman 
Professors Shasta M. Bryant, Harry L. King Jr., John E. Parker Jr., Mary Frances M. Robinson, 

Richard L. Shoemaker, Anne S. Tillett 

Associate Professor Kathleen Glenn 

Assistant Professors Sandra F. Daniel, Gary R. Ljungquist, Gregorio C. Martin, Blanche C. Speer 

Lecturers Bianca Artom, Francoise Hansberger, Eva Rodtwitt 

Instructors Frances Creighton, Judith Knoop, Mary H. Thomas, Frank H. Whitchurch 

The major in French requires a minimum of thirty-six credits, at least twent] 
four of which must be in literature. French 221 and 222 or their equivalents ai 
required. French travel/study courses 181, 185, 187, and 276 and French 220 ai 
not to be used for credit toward the major. History courses 321 and 322 are re 



115 

jmmended for majors. An average of at least C must be earned on all courses 

ken in the major. 

The major in Spanish requires a minimum of thirty-six credits. Spanish 221 
nd 222 or their equivalents are required. Spanish 223, 224, and eight credits 
losen from 225, 226, 227 are recommended. Spanish 173, 181, 182, and 187 may 
Dt be counted toward the major. An average of at least C must be earned on all 
>urses taken in the major. 

A joint major in Romance Languages is offered in French and Spanish, consist- 
tg of fifty-six credits in the two languages and literatures, excluding elementary 
nguage. Required courses for this major are French 153x, 216, 217, 221, 222, and 
>4; Spanish 153x, either 215 or 216, 221, 222, either 223 or 224; and eight credits 
om 225-227. Equivalents may be substituted. An average of at least C must be 
irned on all courses in French and Spanish. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the Department to apply for admission 
i the honors program in French or Spanish. To be graduated with the designa- 
|n "Honors in Romance Languages," a candidate must complete French or 
Danish 280 and 281 and pass a comprehensive written and oral examination. The 
•al examination may be conducted, at least in part, in the major language. For 
iditional information members of the departmental faculty should be consulted. 

] 1. Self-Instructional Language. (4) A self-instructional language course covering the princi- 
es of grammar and pronunciation in one of the less commonly taught languages, such as 
panese, Swedish, Arabic, or Thai. Individual self-instruction in the language of the stu- 
;nt's choice through the use of recorded material and textbooks. Admission by petition to 
e Foreign Language Placement Review Committee. Elective credit only; does not satisfy 
isic or divisional course requirements. 

French 

1, 112. Elementary French. (4,4) A course for beginners, covering the principles of French 
ammar and emphasizing speaking, writing, and the reading of elementary texts. Lab — 
\e hour. 

3. Intensive Elementanj French. (5) A one-semester course covering the elements of gram- 
ar and skills presented in French 111-112. Intended for students whose preparation for 
ench 153 is inadequate and for students who have received credit for French 111-112. 
lb — two hours. 

3. Intermediate French. (5) A review of grammar and composition with practice in conver- 
tion. Reading of selected texts. Lab — two hours. P-French 111-112, or two years of high 
hool French. 

3x. Intermediate French. (4) Open to students by placement or permission. 

4. The Imaginary Invalid: A Classic in Comedy. (4) Participants plan and present a produc- 
>n of The Imaginary Invalid by the seventeenth century master of comedy Moliere. The 
ay is read, discussed, and performed in English; students are involved in all aspects of 
oduction. Offered in January. 

1. Siuiss French Civilization. (4) The course is designed to acquaint the student with the 
/iss people and their civilization through living for a few weeks with families. Visits are 
ade to points of cultural interest, historical, literary, and artistic. A journal and a paper 
scribing in detail some aspect of Swiss French civilization, both in French, are required. 

"fered in January. 



116 

185. Paris, Cultural Center of France. (4) A study of Paris monuments on location to explc 
the development of the city as capital and cultural center of France. No prerequisites. Do 
not count toward major. Usually offered in the summer. 

187. France in January. (4) The course is designed to acquaint the students with the Fren 
people and their civilization through living for a few weeks with families. Visits a 
made to points of cultural interest. Offered in January. P-French 153 or permission of t; 
instructor. 

299. French Individual Study. (2-4) P-Permission of the Department. 

224. Masterpieces of French Literature. (4) Selected readings in French literature designed 
satisfy either basic or divisional foreign literature requirements. Offered in sumnn 
P-French 153 or equivalent. 

225. Masterpieces of French Literature. (4) Reading of selected texts in French from the seve> 
teenth to the twentieth centuries. Parallel reading and reports. P-French 153 or equivalen 

226. Survey of French Literature from the Middle Ages through the Eighteenth Century. (4) Stu( 
of selected texts, parallel reading, and study of trends and movements. Taught largely 
French. P-French 153 or permission of the instructor. 

22 7. Survey of French Literature of the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries. (4) Study 
selected texts, parallel reading, and study of trends and movements. Taught largely : 
French. P-French 216 or permission of the instructor. 

220. The French Literary Tradition. (4) A course designed for the non-major who wishes 
gain a general background in French literature and literary history. Readings in Frenc 
lecture and discussions in English. Satisfies divisional requirement; does not count towai 
major. P-French 215. 

222. Conversation and Composition. (4) Practice in speaking and writing French, stressir 
correctness of sentence structure, phonetics, pronunciation, fluency, and vocabulary I 
everyday situations. Required for major. Lab — two hours. P-French 153 or equivalent. 

222. Composition and Review of Grammar. (4) A systematic review of the fundamental princ 
pies of comparative grammar, with practical training in writing idiomatic French. Require 
for major. P-French 153 or equivalent. 

224. French Civilization. (4) An introduction to French culture and its historical develoj 
ment. Emphasis on intellectual, artistic, political, social and economic life of France. Taugl 
in French. P-French 221 or permission of the instructor. 

227. History of French Civilization. (2) An introduction to the historical development 
French culture, including consideration of its intellectual, artistic, and political heritag 
Taught in French. P-French 221 or permission of the instructor. 

228. Contemporary France. (2) A study of present-day France, including aspects of geogr 
phy and consideration of social, political, and educational factors in French life toda 
Taught in French. P-French 221 or permission of the instructor. 

231. Medieval French Literature. (2-4) A survey of French literature of the Middle Ages wit 1 
cultural and political backgrounds. Selected masterpieces in original form and model 
transcription. P-French 216 or 217 or permission of the instructor. 

233. Sixteenth Century French Literature. (4) The literature and thought of the Renaissance i 
France, with particular emphasis on the works of Rabelais, Montaigne, and the major poe 
of the age. P-French 216 or 217 or permission of the instructor. 

242. Seventeenth Century French Literature. (4) A study of the outstanding writers of tr 
Classical Age. P-French 216 or 217 or permission of the instructor. 



117 

Seminar in Seventeenth Century French Literature. (4) Study of selected topics of the 
?d. Topics may vary from year to year. P-French 216 or 217 or permission of the 
•uctor. 

Eighteenth Century French Literature. (2-4) A survey of French literature of the eigh- 
th century with cultural and political backgrounds. P-French 216 or permission of the 
-uctor. 

Seminar in Eighteenth Century French Literature. (2-4) Study of selected topics of the 
3d. Topics vary from year to year. P-French 216 or 217 or permission of the instructor. 

Nineteenth Century French Literature. (4) A study of French literature of the nineteenth 
bry with cultural and political backgrounds. P-French 216 or 217 or permission of the 
-uctor. 

Seminar in Nineteenth Century French Literature. (4) Study of selected topics of the 
ad. Topics vary from year to year. P-French 216 or 217 or permission of the instructor. 

Trends in French Poetry. (4) A study of the development of the poetic genre with 
ysis and interpretation of works from each period. P-French 216 or 217 or permission of 
instructor. 

French Novel. (4) A broad survey of French prose fiction, with critical study of several 
terpieces in the field. P-French 216 or 217 or permission of the instructor. 

French Drama. (4) A study of the chief trends in French dramatic art, with reading and 
ussion of representative plays. P-French 216 or 217 or permission of the instructor. 

Twentieth Century French Literature. (4) A study of general trends and representative 
<s of the foremost prose writers, dramatists, and poets. P-French 216 or 217 or permis- 
of the instructor. 

Seminar in Twentieth Century French Literature. (4) Study of selected topics of 
period. Topics vary from year to year. P-French 216 or 217 or permission of the 
-uctor. 

Directed Research. (2) Required for honors in French. 

Directed Study. (3-4) Extensive reading and/or research, to meet individual needs. Re- 
|ed for departmental honors. P-Permission of the Department. 

Surrealism. (4) Origins, theories, evolution, and impact. This course examines the in- 
>nnections between surrealist poetry and painting and the works of Breton, Eluard, and 
£on. Conducted in French. P-French 221 or the equivalent. 

Proust. (4) Study of substantial portions of Proust's -4 la Recherche du Temps perdu; its 
nes and their significance both in historical and aesthetic context. Conducted in French, 
ench 221 or the equivalent. 

French Images of America. (4) A study of French points of view through the reading of 
i beginning with Tocqueville and ending with Michel Butor's Mobile. The course at- 
3ts to relate them to a variety of circumstances and influences, political, sociological, 
cultural. Conducted in French. P-French 221 or the equivalent. 

Semester in France 

he Department sponsors a Semester in France at Dijon, the site of a well estab- 
ted French university. Students go as a group, accompanied by a Wake Forest 
'fessor. 
slo particular major is required for eligibility. However a student (1) should be 

unior standing and (2) should have taken as prerequisite French 221 or its 



118 

equivalent, or at very least one French course beyond the intermediate level. 

Students are placed in courses according to their level of ability in French, 
ascertained by a test given at Dijon. Courses are taught by native French prof 
sors. The resident director supervises residential and extracurricular affairs | 
has general oversight of independent study projects. 

2232. French Grammar and Linguistics. (2-4) Practical work in French language, beginni 
with residence in a French family. Continued study of phonetics, grammar, and compt 
tion and practice in pronunciation. 

2292. French Civilization. (2-4) Residence in a French language locality. Study of home 1 
education, and religious practices. Excursions to points of historical and cultural sign 
cance. Paper on some aspect of culture, to be evaluated by the Director of the Semester 
France. 

2312. History of France. (4) Social and cultural history of France from the Middle Ages to 
present. Credits in History. 

2402. Independent Study. (2-4) One of several fields. Scholar's journal and research pap- 
Supervision by the Director of the Semester in France and evaluation by the Department 
which credit is granted. Work may be supplemented by lectures on the subject given at I 
Universite de Dijon Faculte des Lettres et Sciences Humaines. 

2752. French Literature. (2-4) The novel, theater, and poetry of France, largely of the perh 
since 1850. 

2762. Literary Pilgrimage. (2-4) Reading of selected French texts, with visits to sites havii 
literary associations. A study of the relationship between milieux and works. Taught j 
French-speaking countries. 

Chinese 

111, 112. Elementary Chinese. (4,4) Emphasis on the development of listening and speaki: 
skills in Mandarin. Brief introduction to the writing system. Basic sentence patterns i 
covered. Lab — one hour. 

Hindi 

111, 112. Elementary Hindi. (4,4) Attention given mainly to basic Hindi gramm. 
vocabulary-building, simple composition, and conversation. Lab — one hour. 

253. Intermediate Hindi. (4) Advanced practice in Hindi composition and conversation ai 
introduction to literary Hindi. Lab— one hour. P-Hindi 111, 112 or equivalent. 

211. Hindi Literature. (4) Reading and translation of selected texts in prose and poetry ar 
journalistic Hindi. Lab — one hour. P-Hindi 153. 

Italian 

113. Elementary Italian. (5) Intensive course for beginners, emphasizing the structure oft! 
language and oral practice. Recommended for students in the Venice program and for lai 
guage majors. Lab — two hours. Lecture — five hours. Offered every semester. 

153. Intermediate Italian. (5) Continuation of 113, with emphasis on reading and speakinj 
Lab— two hours. Lecture— five hours. P-Italian 113 or two years of high school Italian. 

253.V. Intermediate Italian. (4) Open by placement or permission. Lab — two hours. 

199. Individual Study. (2-4) P-Permission of the instructor. 



119 

Introduction to Italian Literature I. (4) Reading of selected texts in Italian. Satisfies basic 
jirement in foreign language. Offered in Spring. P-Italian 153 or its equivalent. 

Introduction to Italian Literature II. (4) May alternate with 215. Satisfies basic require- 
it in foreign language. P-ltalian 153 or its equivalent. 

Semester in Venice 

1. Spoken Italian. (4) Course in oral Italian, offered only in Venice. Students are placed in 
ill groups according to their levels of fluency. Elective credit. 

Norwegian 

191. The Norwegian Language. (4,4) Independent study of the language and directed 
iing of texts in Norwegian. Primarily for students specializing in foreign languages. 

Russian 

122. Elementary Russian. (4,4) The essentials of Russian grammar, conversational drill, 
I reading of elementary texts. Lab— two hours. P-Permission of the instructor. 
, Intermediate Russian. (5) Training in principles of translation with grammar review and 
versation practice. Lab — two hours. P-Russian 112 or its equivalent, 
v. Intermediate Russian. (4) Open by placement or permission. Lab — two hours. 
. Solzhenitsyn: The Politics of Literature. (4) Reading and discussion of all the works of 
zhenitsyn available in English. One long paper. Offered in January. 

. Introduction to Russian Literature. (4) Reading of edited texts from the nineteenth centu- 
m-Russian 153 or its equivalent. 

Introduction to Russian Literature. (4) Reading of edited texts from the twentieth century. 
ussian 153 or its equivalent. 

. Seminar in Nineteenth Century Russian Literature. (4) A study of the foremost writers, 
h reading of representative works. P-Russian 153 or its equivalent. 

. Seminar in Contemporary Russian Literature. (4) Reading of representative works in Rus- 
i with discussion of political and cultural backgrounds. P-Russian 153 or its equivalent. 

Spanish 

122. Elementary Spanish. (4,4) A course for beginners covering grammar essentials and 
phasizing speaking, writing, and the reading of elementary texts. Lab — one hour. 

Intensive Elementary Spanish. (5) A one-semester course covering the elements of 

mmar and skills presented in Spanish 111-112. Intended for students whose preparation 

Spanish 153 is inadequate and for students who have demonstrated proficiency in 

ither language. Not open to students who have received credit for Spanish 111-112. 

) — two hours. 

. Intermediate Spanish. (5) A review of grammar and composition with practice in conver- 
on. Reading of selected texts. P-Two years of high school Spanish or equivalent. Lab— 
) hours. 
x. Intermediate Spanish. (4) Open by placement or permission. Lab— two hours. 

. The Spanish Romancero. (4) Study of the importance of the romancero in the literature and 
of Spain, focusing on the older ballads of the Middle Ages and Renaissance. Offered in 
uary. 



120 

162. A Panorama of Drama. (4) A brief sampling of Spanish drama from its early period to 
contemporary theatre, studying in Spanish representative works from each major per I 
Approximately six plays. The class will select one play to present in Spanish, with studi^ 
having directing and acting responsibilities. Offered in January. 

1 71 . Contemporary Spanish American Novel. (4) A detailed study of a novel in Spanish by eac 
five or six' outstanding contemporary Spanish American novelists, such as Julio Corta 
Carlos Fuentes, and Gabriel Garcia Marquez. Usually offered in January. 

173. The Mexican Novel in Translation from 1915 to 1955: The Failure of a Revolution. (4) A stud 
the Mexican Revolution of 1910-1918 as seen through the eyes of authors contemporary to 
events they describe and of those who wrote in its aftermath: Azuela, Guzman, and Yaf 
Rulfo and Fuentes. Pass/fail. Usually offered in January. 

181. Colombia: Study Tour of Bucaramanga, Call, and Medellin. (4) Travel in Colombia ; 
residence in one of its major cities in homes of private families for a period of three wee 
Students receive instruction in spoken Spanish and in Colombian literature and anthropolc \ 
or political, social, or economic history. Offered in January. 

182. Introduction to Madrid. (4) Familiarization with the Spanish people, Spanish culture, i 
daily life in Madrid during the one-month orientation period preceding the beginning '• 
formal classes in the Semester in Madrid. Classes in conversational and idiomatic Spani 3 
excursions to points of historical and artistic interest, lectures on selected topics. 

187. Spanish Culture and Language. (4) A study of Spanish culture and language, tailored 
various levels of student ability. Taught only in the Spanish world. Does not count toward I * 
major. 

299. Individual Study. (2-4) P-Permission of the Department. 

214. Introduction to Hispanic Literature. (4) Selected readings in Spanish and Spanish Americ 
literature. Designed as a substitute for either Spanish 215 or 216. Offered in the summ' 
P-Spanish 153 or its equivalent. 

215. Major Spanish Writers. (4) Reading of selected texts. P-Spanish 153 or its equivalent.^ 

216. Major Spanish American Writers. (4) Reading of selected texts. P-Spanish 153 or 
equivalent. 

221. Conversation and Composition. (4) Practice in speaking and writing Spanish, stressi: 
correctness of sentence structure, phonetics, pronunciation, fluency, and vocabulary of evei 
day situations. Lab — one hour. P-Spanish 153. 

222. Advanced Grammar and Composition. (4) A systematic review of the fundamental principl 
of comparative grammar, with practical training in writing idiomatic Spanish. Lab — one hoi 
P-Spanish 153 or its equivalent. 

223. Latin American Civilization. (4) The culture and its historical development; emphasis (i 
intellectual, artistic, political, social, and economic life. P-Spanish 215 or 216. 

224. Spanish Civilization. (4) The culture and its historical development; emphasis on intelle 
tual, artistic, political, social, and economic life. P-Spanish 215 or 216. 

225. Survey of Spanish Literature from the Middle Ages through the Seventeenth Century. ( 
Extensive reading and study of trends and influences. P-Spanish 215 or 216. 

226. Survey of Spanish Literature from the Eighteenth Century to the Present. (4) Extensive readir 
and study of trends and movements. P-Spanish 215 or 216. 

227. Survey of Spanish American Literature. (4) Extensive reading and study of works from tl 
colonial through the contemporary periods, with emphasis on the late nineteenth and twei 
tieth centuries. P-Spanish 215 or 216. 



121 

Spanish Prose Fiction Before Cervantes. (4) A study of the several types of prose fiction, such 
he sentimental, chivalric, pastoral, Moorish, and picaresque novels, prior to 1605. 
vanish 215 or 216. 

Golden Age Drama. (4) A study of the major dramatic works of Lope de Vega, Calderon de la 
:a, Tirso de Molina, Ruiz de Alarcon, and others. P-Spanish 215 or 216. 

Cervantes. (4) Intensive study of the life and works of Cervantes, with special emphasis on 
Quixote and the novelas ejemplares. P-Spanish 215 or 2 Id. 

Seminar in Cervantes. (2) A study of special aspects of Cervantes' works, such as (he novelas 
plares and his dramatic works. P-Spanish 215 or 216. 

Seminar in Hispanic Poetry. (2) A study of selected topics, such asgongorismo, theromancero, 
the Generation of 1927. P-Spanish 215 or 216. 

Nineteenth Century Spanish Novel. (4) A study of the novels of Valera, Pereda, Galdos, 
lo Bazan, Blasco Ibanez, and their contemporaries. P-Spanish 215 or 216. 

Spanish American Novel. (4) A study of the novel in Spanish America from its beginning 
ugh the contemporary period. P-Spanish 215 or 216. 

Seminar in Spanish American Novel. (4) A study of one or more categories of Spanish 
srican novels, such as romantic, indianista, realistic, gauchesca, and social protest, 
vanish 215 or 216. 

Nineteenth Century Spanish Drama. (4) A study of the principal dramatic works from 
classicism to the end of the century. 

Modern Spanish Drama. (4) A study of the principal dramatic works from the Romantic 
ement throught the contemporary period. P-Spanish 215 or 216. 

Modern Spanish Novel. (4) A study of representative Spanish novels from the Generation of 
i through the contemporary period. P-Spanish 215 or 216. 

Seminar in Modern Spanish Literature. (2) An analysis of selected works representative of 
i movements as costumbrismo, realism, naturalism, and the contemporary social novel. 
>anish 215 or 216. 

Directed Research. (2) Required for honors in Spanish. 

Directed Study. (3-4) Extensive reading and/or research, to meet individual needs. Re- 
ed for departmental honors. P-Permission of the Department. 

Semester in Spain 

he Department is affiliated with Stetson University in the operation of a study 
Dad program conducted at the University of Madrid. Courses are taught by 
ve Spanish professors attached to the University's Facultad de Filosofia y Let- 
the Spanish equivalent of the college of arts and sciences. Students live with 
ish families selected by the program's resident director, usually a professor 
panish from either Wake Forest or Stetson. The resident director also coordi- 
;s and supervises the student's academic program and has general oversight 
xtracurricular activities. 

tudents should have acquired junior standing, have completed intermediate 
nish or the equivalent, and be approved by both the major department and 
Department of Romance Languages. No particular major is required for eligi- 

y- 

Lpproximately thirty courses are available in Spanish language and literature, 



122 

art, history, philosophy, economics, political science, and sociology. Course 
ganization and teaching methods in most cases are similar to those in Amer 
universities, but all classes are conducted in Spanish. 

* Social Sciences 

381, 382. Interdisciplinary Study and Research in Developing Areas. (4,4) This course, desij 
to introduce students to problems facing developing areas, includes directed studies, ir 1 
sive field research, and data analysis. 

Sociology and Anthropology 

John R. Earle, Chairman 

Professors E. Pendleton Banks, John R. Earle, Clarence H. Patrick 

Associate Professors David K. Evans, William H. Gulley, Stanton K. Tefft, J. Ned Woodall 

Assistant Professors Don M. Maultsby, Philip J. Perricone 

A major in Sociology requires thirty-six credits and must include Sociol 
151, 371, and 372. A major in Anthropology requires a minimum of thirty 
credits and must include Anthropology 162, 340, 341, and 351, either 356 or 
and a course in statistics. 

Students are encouraged but not required to enroll in a course offering in 
sive field research training. Only four credits from Anthropology 381-382 
four credits from Anthropology 383-384 may be used to meet major requireme 
Additional courses are counted within the limits specified for a single fielc 
study. 

To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Sociology" or "Honor 
Anthropology," highly qualified majors are invited to apply to the Departrr 
for admission to the honors program. They must complete a senior reser 
project, document their research, and satisfactorily defend their work in an \ 
examination. For additional information members of the departmental fac; 
should be consulted. 

Sociology I 

151. Principles of Sociology. (3 or 4) General introduction to the field; social organization 
disorganization, socialization, culture, social change, and other aspects. 

152. Social Problems. (3 or 4) Survey of contemporary American social problems. Cred, 
not allowed for 344 if this course is taken. P-Sociology 151. 

205. Photography in the Social Sciences. (3 or 4) Explores the use of photography as a rese 
technique for the social sciences. Camera and darkroom instruction included. Usualh 
fered in January. P-Permission of the instructor. 

248. Marriage and the Family. (3 or 4) The social basis of the family, emphasizing the p 
lems growing out of modern conditions and social change. 

301. Religion as a Social Institution. (3) A cross-cultural study of religious organizati 
cults, and sects. Examination of the forms of organization and their relationship to c 
social factors. Usually offered in January. P-Sociology 151. 

302. The Sociology of Cults. (3) A social scientific assessment of cults as new and de\ 
religious movements within modern industrial society. Examination of the history, 



123 

, organization, and appeal of movements. Usually offered in January. 

The Police and Society. (4) A study of the position and role of the police in modern 
ty. Examination of the nature of social control in human societies, the role of the police 
cial control, the police in France, England, and the United States, the extent and causes 
reatment of crime in America. Usually offered in January. P-Permission of the instructor. 

Death and Dying. (3) Study of some of the basic issues and problems of modern man in 
•ting and facing death. Offered in January. P-Permission of the instructor. 

The Urban Community. (3 or 4) A survey of materials relating to the community as a unit 
ciological investigation, with emphasis on the urban setting. Of particular value for 
1 work or community planning. P-Sociology 151. 

edical Sociology. (3 or 4) Analysis of the social variables associated with health and 
s and with the practice of medicine. P-Sociology 151. 

ging in Modern Society. (3 or 4) Basic social problems and processes of aging. Social 
sychological issues are discussed. P-Sociology 151. 

Sociology of Child Development. (3 or 4) Socialization through adolescence in the light of 
^mporary behavioral science, emphasizing the significance of social structure. P- 
flogy 151. 

Criminology. (3 or 4) Crime: its nature, causes, consequences and methods of treatment, 
prevention. P-Sociology 151. 

Juvenile Delinquency. (3 or 4) The nature and extent of juvenile delinquency; an exami- 
n of prevention, control, and treatment programs. P-Sociology 151 and permission of 
nstructor. 

Social Deviation ami Disorganization. (3 or 4) A theoretical approach to social problems; 
lasis is on the relationship between social structure and social problems. Credit is not 
r ed for 152 if this course is taken. P-Sociology 151. 

Seminar on Social Change. (3 or 4) An analysis of the nature and theories of social 
*e, including the causes and types of social change, the social effects of invention, the 
itment of social institutions to technological change, and the impact of future techno- 
on society. P-Sociology 151. 

Seminar on Social Utopias. (3 or 4) Survey of major Utopian literature; emphasis is 
d upon both the social organization in Utopian proposals and their implicit critique of 
nt society and social ideologies. P-Sociology 151. 

Population and Society. (3 or 4) Techniques used in the study of population data. Recip- 
1 relationship of social and demographic variables. P-Sociology 151. 

Race and Culture. (3 or 4) Racial and ethnic group prejudice and discrimination and its 
: on social relationships. Emphasis on psychological and sociological theories of pre- 
e. P-Sociology 151. 

Social Stratification. (3 or 4) Methods for locating and studying social classes in the 
rican class structure, function, mobility, and interclass relationships. P-Sociology 151. 

'2. The Sociological Perspective. (4) A two-semester course dealing with the develop - 
and application of major theories and research methods in sociology. A continuing 
: is made to enable the student to deal with current theoretically oriented research. 
iology 151 and permission of the instructor. 

Social Statistics. (3 or 4) Basic statistics, emphasizing application in survey research, 
who takes this course may not receive credit in Business 268 or Mathematics 137. 

386. Special Problems Seminar. (3 or 4) Intensive investigation of current scientific re- 



124 

search within the discipline which concentrates on problems of contemporary int 
P-Permission of the instructor. 

Anthropology 

162. General Anthropology. (3 or 4) Basic concepts of anthropology, focusing on the biok 
and sociocultural evolution of man from Pleistocene to the present and an analysis oil 
temporary cultural diversity. 

207. Mountain Folklore in North Carolina. (4) The role folklore plays in all human cultu:: 
general and in the culture of the mountain people of Western North Carolina in parti 
Field trips to mountain counties conducted. Usually offered in January. 

260. Archaeological Laboratory Practicum. (2) Instruction in artifact cleaning, preser 
cataloging, and analysis; preparation of museum exhibits; familiarization with dark 
procedures; drafting and report preparation. P-Permission of the instructor. 

261. Cultural Anthropology Practicum. (2) Directed in-depth experience in cultural anthi 
logy. P-Anthropology 162. 

262. Physical Anthropology Lab Practicum. (2) Practical experience in current problen 
physical anthropology. P-Anthropology 162. 

301. Archaeology of the Carolina Piedmont. (4) Readings and field research directed to- 
collecting and interpreting data on the prehistoric and early historic cultures of the Piedij 
region of North Carolina. Usually offered in January. P-Permission of the instructor. 

303. None of Your Business. (3) This course looks at the role of secrecy in society bo' 
historical and cross-cultural perspective. The form and function of both tribal and mCj 
secret organizations (secret services, revolutionary groups, and so forth) studied. The ada] 
and maladaptive consequences of secrecy explored. Usually offered in January. P-Anthropc 
162. 

305. Conflict and Change on Roatan Island (Honduras). (4) Readings and field research foci 
upon the barriers and processes of sociocultural and technological change in a heterogen 
island community. Usually offered in January. P-Anthropology 162 and permission o 
instructor. 

307. Archaeology of ' Meso- America. (4) A travel course to major archaeological ruins in Ce 
and Southern Mexico, the National Museum in Mexico City, and possibly certain Guaterr ' 
sites. Offered in January. 

308. Yugoslavia: Crossroads of Cultures. (4) Field study of the people and cultures of Yugosl 
Visits to four major cities located in three different regions provide opportunities to s 
museum collections and cultural monuments ranging from Paleolithic to Roman to Tui 
times. Reading, lectures, and informal discussions with Yugoslav scholars supplemen 
field work. Usually offered in January. P-Permission of the instructor. 

340. Images of Man: Perspectives on Anthropological Thought. (3 or 4) A study and evaluatii 
the major anthropological theories of man and society, including cultural evolutionism, hi 
ical particularism, functionalism, structuralism, cultural ecology, and cultural materia; 
The relevance and significance of these theories to modern anthropology discuifi 
P-Permission of the instructor. 

341 . Cultural Anthropology. (3 or 4) A cross-cultural analysis of human institutions concer 
ing on non-industrial societies. P-Anthropology 162. 

342. Peoples and Cultures of Latin America. (3 or 4) Ethnographic focus on the elements 
processes of contemporary Latin American cultures. P-Anthropology 162 or permission o 
instructor. 



125 

Anthropology and Developing Nations. (3 or 4) Analytic survey of problems facing emerging 
ons and the application of anthropology in culture-change programs. P- Anthropology 162 
permission of the instructor. 

Medical Anthropology. (3 or 4) The impact of Western medical practices and theory on 
Western cultures and anthropological contribution to the solving of world health prob- 
s. P-Anthropology 162. 

Bioanthropology. (3 or 4) Introduction to biological (physical) anthropology: human bio- 
i, evolution, and variability. P-Anthropology 162. 

Laboratory Methods in Physical Anthropology. (1) Basic methods utilized by physical 
iropologists to gather data, such as blood grouping, measurement dermatoglyphics, dental 
ing. Lab — two hours. P-Permission of the instructor. 

Peoples and Cultures of Africa. (3 or 4) The ethnology and prehistory of Negro Africa south 
he Sahara. P-Anthropology 162. 

Primitive Religion. (3 or 4) The worldview and values of nonliteratecultures as expressed in 
hs, rituals, and symbols. P-Anthropology 162 or Sociology 151. 

Language and Culture. (3 or 4) An introduction to the relations between language and 
ure including methods for field research. P-Anthropology 162. 

Old World Prehistory. (3 or 4) Introduction to prehistoric archaeology; field and laboratory 
|iniques, with survey of world prehistory. P-Anthropology 162. 

j Personality in Culture. (3 or 4) A seminar designed to study the psychodynamics of social 
tonality and national character. P-Anthropology 162 or Sociology 151. 

The American Indian. (3 or 4) Ethnology and prehistory of the American Indian, 
nthropology 162. 

Prehistory of North America. (3 or 4) The development of culture in North America as 
lined by archaeological research, with an emphasis on paleo-ecology and sociocultural 
:esses. P-Anthropology 162. 

Archaeology of the Southeastern United States. (3 or 4) A study of human adaptation in the 
theast from the Pleistocene to the present, emphasizing the role of ecological factors in 
?rmining the formal aspects of culture. P-Anthropology 162. 

Seminar: Human Ecology and Geography. (3 or 4) The relations between man and the 
"ganic and organic environment as mediated by culture. P-Anthropology 162 or permission 
pe instructor. 

forensic Physical Anthropology. (3 or 4) Identification of partly decomposed or skeletonized 
ian remains in a legal context. Principles of age, sex, race, individuation, and recognition 
/ounds. P-Permission of the instructor. 

Field Research in Physical Anthropology. (2, 3 or 4) Training in techniques for the studv of 
blems of physical anthropology, carried out in the field. Usually offered in January or in the 
mer. P-Permission of the instructor. 

Primates and Fossil Man. (3 or 4) Investigation of primate and human evolution, both in 
tomy and behavior. P-Anthropology 162 or permission of the instructor. 

European Peasant Communities. (3 or 4) Lectures, reading, and discussion on selected 
imunities and their sociocultural context, including folklore, folk art, and processes ot 
ure change. P-Anthropology 162 or permission of the instructor. 

Research Methods in Anthropology. (3 or 4) Introduction to the principal research techniques 
d in anthropology. P-Anthropologv 162. 



126 

381, 382. Archaeological Research. (4,4) The recovery of anthropological data through the u 
archaeology, taught in the excavation and interpretation of a prehistoric site. P-Anthropo 
162. 

383, 384. Field Research in Cultural Anthropology. (4,4) Training in techniques for the stuc' 
foreign cultures, carried out in the field. P-Anthropology 162. 

385, 386. Special Problems Seminar. (3 or 4) Intensive investigation of current scientific rese 
within the discipline which concentrates on problems of contemporary interest. P-Permis 
of the instructor. 

Speech Communication and Theatre Arts 

Donald H. Wolfe, Chairman 

Professors Julian C. Burroughs Jr., Franklin R. Shirley, David H. Welker 

Associate Professors Harold C. Tedford, Donald H. Wolfe 

Assistant Professor Michael D. Hazen 

Instructors Carolina S. Fullerton, Betty Jo May, Laura V. Rouzan 

Director of Debate Fred C. McLean 

For convenience in advising majors, the Department has divided the stud 1 
Speech Communication and Theatre Arts into the following fields: (1) commii 
cation theory, (2) rhetoric/ public address, (3) radio/television/film, (4) theatre a; 
and (5) speech pathology/correction. It is possible for a student either to cone 
trate in one of the first four fields or to take courses across the breadth of 
discipline. Specific courses of study are worked out in consultation with dep,< 
mental advisers. 

A major in Speech Communication and Theatre Arts consists of a minimun 
forty credits, at least eight of which must be at the 300-level. In order for a cou 
to count toward a student's major, the student must earn a grade of C or highei 
the course. 

Those students majoring in speech education and theatre arts education 
expected to take specific courses which meet the requirements for teacher certj 
cation. Information concerning these courses may be obtained from departmer, 
advisers. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the Department to apply for admiss 
to the honors program in Speech Communication and Theatre Arts. To be gracj 
ated with the designation "Honors in Speech Communication and Theatre ArlJ 
they must successfully complete 281. For additional information, members of 
departmental faculty should be consulted. 

280. Special Seminar. (4) The intensive study of selected topics in communication. Tof 
may be drawn from any theory or concept areas of communication such as persuasil 
organizational communication, film, or theatre. j 

281. Honors in Speech Communication and Theatre Arts. (4) A conference course involv 
intensive work in the area of special interest for selected seniors who wish to graduate 9| 
departmental honors. 

282. Individual Study. (4) Special research and readings in a choice of interest to be appro 1 
and supervised by a faculty adviser. 

283. 284. Debate, RadiolTelevisionlFilm, or Theatre Arts Practicum. (2, 2) Individualized proj« 
in the student's choice of debate, radio/television/film, or theatre arts; includes organizatio 



127 

tings, faculty supervision, and faculty evaluation. No students may register for more than 
bredits of practicum in any semester. No student is allowed to take more than a total of 
i: credit units in practicum, only four credits of which may be counted toward a major in 
ph Communication and Theatre Arts. Pass/Fail only 

Communication/Public Address 

Public Speaking I. (4) A study of the nature and fundamentals of speech communica- 

Practice in the preparation and delivery of short speeches. 

Public Speaking U. (4) The preparation and presentation of short speeches to inform, 
ince, actuate, and entertain. P-Speech Communication 151. 

Interpersonal Communication. (4) The course is divided into three parts: communication 
ry, person-to-person communication, and small group interaction. 

\Group Communication. (4) An introduction to the principles of discussion and delibera- 
te small groups with practice in group problem-solving and discussion leadership. 
Voice and Diction (4) A study of the principles of voice and production, with emphasis 
honetics as a basis for correct sound formation. 

\Oral Interpretation of Literature. (4) Fundamentals of reading aloud, with emphasis on 
trion, analysis, and performance. 

Persuasion. (4) A study of the variables and contexts of persuasion in contemporary 
sty. 

Argumentation and Debate. (4) A study of the principles of argumentation; practical 
pence in researching and debating a public policy question. 
Rhetorical Theory. (4) A survey of the forms of rhetorical discourse in modern society, 

emphasis on major theories. 

The Rhetoric of the Women's Movement. (4) A rhetorical study of the speeches of women 
ists and the impact of those speeches and arguments from 1819 to the present. Informal 
lissions supplemented by a report on a historical figure and by a contemporary issue 
ysis of why the issue won or lost support in context of the times, the arguments raised, the 
ker, and her style. Offered in January. 

Clinical Management of Speech and Language Disorders. (4) Methods used to correct speech 
rders of voice, rhythm, language, and articulation; observation of methods used with 
:ted cases in clinical or public school setting. Offered in alternate fall semesters. 

Audiology. (4) Clinical audiology, including anatomy, physiology, disorders of the hearing 

hanism,and interpretations of basic measurements of auditory function. Ottered in alter- 

spring semesters. 

Speech and Language Disorders I. (4) Study of the disorders of language, articulation, and 

hm, with special emphasis on functional disorders; focus is on the role the therapist plays 

isisting the speech handicapped child. Offered in alternate fall semesters. 

Speech and Language Disorders 11. (4) Consideration of etiology and symptoms of speech 

language problems due to organic disorders of voice, articulation, language, and hearing. 

red in alternate spring semesters. 

Communication Theory. (4) An introduction to theory-building in communication and to 

najor contemporary theorists in the field. P-Speech Communication 151 or permission of 

instructor. 

Special Seminar. (4) The intensive study of selected topics in communication. Topics may 

rawn from any theory or concept areas of communication such as persuasion , organization 



128 

communication, film, or theatre. 

281. Honors Course. (4) (See previous description.) 

282. Individual Study. (4) (See previous description.) 

283. 284. Debate Practicum. (2,2) (See previous description.) 

354. American Public Address. (4) The history and criticism of American public address 
Colonial times to the present. 

S355. Directing the Forensic Program. (4) A pragmatic study of the methods of directing 
school and college forensics with work in the High School Speech Institute. Offered i 
summer. 

356. Black Rhetoric. (4) Study of selected black American speakers and their speeche: 
listening to recorded speeches, reading manuscripts and background information and di: 
sing the speakers, the class traces the development of black rhetoric from the Colonial peri 
the present. Particular emphasis is placed on the abolitionist, anti-segregationist, and 
power movements. Offered in January. 

371. Research in Communication. (4) An introduction to design and statistical procedure^ 
research in communication. 

372. A Survey of Organizational Communication. (4) An introduction to the role of commu: 
tion in organizations, with emphasis on field applications. Offered in January. 

374. Mass Communication Theory. (4) Theoretical approaches to the role of communicatic 
reaching mass audiences and its relationship to other levels of communication. Offer, 
alternate years. 

375. Communication and Conflict. (4) A study of communication in conflict situations o 
interpersonal and societal levels. Offered in alternate years. P-Speech Communication 1!^ 
permission of instructor. 

376. Small Group Communication Theory. (4) Advanced study of the principles of small g: 
interaction and discussion leadership. P-Speech Communication 155 or permission oi 
instructor. 

378. Semantics and Language Behavior. (4) A study of the syntactic and semantic aspec, 
communicative messages. 

Radio/Television/Film 

241. Introduction to Broadcasting. (4) A study of the historical, legal, economic, and 
aspects of broadcasting. 

245. Introduction to Film. (4) Historical introduction to motion pictures through the stuc 
various kinds of films and their relationship to society. 

282. Honors Course. (4) (See previous description.) 

282. Individual Study. (4) (See previous description.) 

283, 284. Radio /Television IFilm Practicum. (2, 2) (See previous description.) 

341 . Radio /Television/Film Production. (2, 2, 2) Advanced radio/television/film production w' 
shop. May be taken more than once for two credits each time, but for no more than a total o 
credits. P-Speech Communication 283, 284. 

342. Seminar in Radio /Television. (3 or 4) Extensive readings in and discussion of fundame 
theory and current issues in radio and television. Offered on an eleven- or fifteen-week be 
Offered in the spring. P-Speech Communication 241. 

346. Film Criticism. (3 or 4) A study of film aesthetics through an analysis of the work of sele 
film-makers and film critics. Offered on an eleven- or fifteen-week basis. Offered in the spi 
P-Speech Communication 245. 



Si 



129 

Theatre Arts 

Introduction to the Theatre. (4) A survey of all areas of theatre art. Experience in laboratory 

University Theatre productions. May be used to satisfy a requirement in Division 1 
— three hours. 

Stagecraft. (4) A study of the basic elements of theatre technology. Practical experience 
led in laboratory and University Theatre productions. Open to freshmen and sophomores 
permission of the instructor. Lab — five hours. 

Theories of Acting. (4) A study of acting theories and fundamental acting techniques. Open 
-eshmen and sophomores by permission of the instructor. Lab — two hours. 

, Theatre Speech. (4) An intensive course in the analysis and correlation of the physiological, 

isical, and interpretative aspects of voice and diction on the stage. 

j The Contemporary English Theatre. (4) An examination of the English theatre through 

fling, lectures, seminars, and attendance at numerous live theatre performances. The 

.icipants expected to submit written reactions to the plays which are seen. Ample time to 

W for visits to museums, libraries, and historic places. Taught in London. Offered in 

iary. P-Permission of the instructor. 

; Honors Course. (4) (See previous description.) 

Individual Study. (4) (See previous description.) 
i 284. Theatre Arts Practician. (4) (See previous description.) 

Theatrical Scene Design. (4) A study of the theories and styles of stage design and their 
■lication to the complete play. P-Theatre Arts 121 and 223 or permission of instructor. 

. Play Directing. (4) An introduction to the theory and practice of play directing. A grade not 

granted for this course until the student has completed Theatre Arts 322. Lab-two hours. 

heatre Arts 121 and 226 or permission of the instructor. 

. Play Production Laboratory. (2) A laboratory in the organization, the techniques, and the 

blems encountered in a dramatic production. The production of a play for public perform- 

e required. P-Theatre Arts 321. 

4. Directing the Drama Program. (4) A study of the function of drama in the educational 

riculum, with emphasis on the secondary level. Laboratory work in the High School Speech 

titute. Lab-six hours. 

. Advanced Acting. (4) A concentrated study of the actor's art through theory and practice. 

'heatre Arts 226 or permission of the instructor. 

. Theatre History 1. (4) A survey of the development of the theatre from its origins to 1870; 

ludes lectures, readings, and reports. 

. Theatre History 11. (4) A survey of the development of the modern theatre from 1870 to the 

sent day; includes lectures, readings, and reports. 

. Advanced Theatre Speech. (4) Specific study in the theory and personal development of 

al melody rhythm, color, and harmony according to the form, style, and mood oi a 

atrical production. P-Theatre Arts 227 or permission of the instructor. 



131 



Degrees Conferred 



February 6, 1976 

Bachelor of Arts 

ert Cosmas Achudume Lagos, Nigeria 

chton Alston Thorne Adams Wilson 

>mas Robert Aim Skaneatcles, Neu> York 

en Romaine Bissell Charlotte 

?orah Crone Blevins Springfield, Virginia 

rid Cannon Buie Greensboro 

in Alden Coward Murphy 

ad Clifford Cree Hendersonville 

laid Michael Garstka Rockville, Maryland 

ph Stephen Harrell Raleigh 

;ph Gregory Hays III Charlotte 

.sell Hayden Hensley Murphy 

tena Cheryl Lowe Greensboro 

y Stewart McAlpine Bennettsville, S.C. 

endolyn Ann Nergart Advance 

dd Duan Carque Nesbit Lancaster, Pennsylvania 

imas Dana O'Brien Rochester, Minnesota 

>ert Alan Risen Kernersville 

^nn Roberts Goldsboro 

Ham Hosea Shepard III Goldsboro 

effrey Sivon Perry, Ohio 

fid Eugene Sparrow Winston-Salem 

rey Arthur Stabnau Wilmington, Delaware 

/n M. Staton Sanford 

Tier Braswell Vernon Whitakers 

rk Fitzgerald Wright Fayetteville 

rid J. Wyche Hallsboro 

Bachelor of Science 

hard D. Adams Taylorsvillc 

nley Harmon Armstrong Jr. Griffon 

t Calvin Barnes Winston-Salem 

en Martin Gunderson Belmont 

r Holland Hobbs Chapel Hill 

xtcer Allan Home Modesto, California 

hamed Bin Ismail Kelantan, Malaysia 

ilyn Ruth Lane Greensboro 

ven Roger Martin Eagle Springs 

laid Stephen Messick Winston-Salem 

?ryl Lynn Newman Fairfax, Virginia 

Ham David Pettyman II Winston-Salem 

:y Jane Pinson Williamston, West Virgi)iia 

rcia Cordelia Pregnall Jacksonville. Florida 

da Kay Smith Lancaster, Ohio 

ve Ann Squires Winston-Salem 

Ion Arthur Tillery Jr Greensboro 

nry Foy Woodall Winston-Salem 



132 

May 17, 1976 
Bachelor of Arts 

Douglas Breen Abrams Crun 

Margaret Mary Smith Abrams Tampa, Fh 

Jean Marie Alberts Bethesda, Mary 

Edward Lane Alderman Jr Brentwood, Tenni 

Jane Carolyn Allen Danville, Vir^ 

Allen Smith Allsbrook Ra. 

Henry Peck Ames III Fort Lauderdale, Fh 

Patricia Kay Anderson Burton, 

Calvin R. Armistead Pensacola, Fit 

Hallie Scott Arrington Wake F(' 

Joanne Rachel Atwell Mel 

Jayne Brooks Ayers Winston-Si* 

Harry E. Bailey Jr. Levittown, Pennsylv 

Constance Diane Baker Ral 

David Raymond Baker Florence, . 

John Moseley Banks Pf a fft 

Charles Edward Barefoot Jr. Rae 

Richard Alan Barfield Winter Park, Flo 

Sharon Lee Barnett Silver Spring, Mary 

Charles Albert Barrineau Palatka, Flo 

Dennie Thomasson Bartol Roanoke, Virg\ 

Lewie Lanham Bates III Greenville, 

Barbara Cecile Batson Winston-Sc 

Roland Humphreys Bauer Hudson, 

Jefferson Vann Beale Danville, Virgj 

Beverly Ann Beebe Bethesda, Maryi 

Freeman Thomas Bellamy Winston-Sb 

Jeffrey Allen Bellisario Chester Springs, Pennsylvt 

Linda Sue Bellows GreensV 

Neal Allan Berkowitz Jacksonville, Floe 

Louis McLean Beto Danville, Kentu 

Frederick David Billups Annandale, Virg 

Lynn Elizabeth Bird Manilus, New H 

David Chambers Blackburn Fort Lauderdale, Flo ' 

Willis Eugene Blackwelder Jr Greensl 

Marlene Denise Blakney Winston-Sa 

John Wayne Blancett Wilmington, Delau 

David Wayne Bland Virginia Beach, Virg 

Yolanda D. Bloom Winston-Sa' 

Bruce Christian Boeger Charl 

Robin Lynn Bogue Winston-Sa 

Naomi Joyce Booker Robl 

Ellen Gayle Booth Hendersom 

Peter Jon Bosmajian Severna Park, Maryl 

Gerald Ronald Bouchard Suitland, Maryl ] 

David McDonald Bowers Charl 

Harry Thomas Bowers Goldsl 

Russell Ray Bowling Rah 



133 

nie P. Boyd Raven, Virginia 

arles Rockey Bradley Wilmington, Delaware 

lip Scott Bradshaw Harrisonburg, Virginia 

illen Humphries Brewton Winston-Salem 

phen Michael Brewton Winston-Salem 

wey Herbert Bridger III Bladenboro 

riuel Emerson Britt II Lumber ton 

n Kent Brown Summerfield 

rtin Lewis Brown Silver Spring, Maryland 

ven Daryl Brown Richmond, Virginia 

tes Edgar Broyhill II " . Lenoir 

nne Marie Bruschi Hawthorne, New York 

n Walter Bryant Scotland Neck 

Craig Buckner Siler City 

j)by Roy Burchfield High Point 

ry Velvin Burgess Bethesda, Maryland 

an Holt Burroughs Kinston 

i Louise Butler Hudson, Ohio 

i Kristine Byerly High Point 

lard Pearson Byrd Fort Lauderdale, Florida 

>ert Perry Calahan Chappaqua, New York 

lard Ray Carlson Dunwoody, Georgia 

?ph Allan Carpenter Corning, New York 

jes Hadley Cash Jr Kingsport, Tennessee 

ph George Celi Burlington, New jersey 

fid John Chatfield Cranford, New Jersey 

abeth Catharine Childs Lubbock, Texas 

tia Louise Chreitzberg Yardley, Pennsylvania 

ford Reid Christian Westfield 

lela Ann Clagett Larkspur, Colorado 

?mas Sabrit Clarke Akron, Ohio 

n Kenneth Clay Winston-Salem 

th Ashford Clinard High Point 

;>mas Alexander Cloud Lakeland, Florida 

is Ellen Coats Sanford 

distance Elizabeth Cole Fayetteville 

iessa L. Coleman Washington, P. C. 

>es Michael Collier Laurinburg 

reus McElroy Collier Greenville, S.C. 

aid R. Collins Jr Mount Airy 

herine Mary Colvard Greensboro 

;inald Farrell Combs Santa Maria, California 

Ham Lee Conwell Colonial Heights, Virginia 

'id James Copeland Coatesville, Pennsylvania 

us Harshaw Corpening II Winston-Salem 

lark Costine Saint Clairsville, Ohio 

lela Ayres Craven Bau Shore, New York 

mond Wayne Crawford Allentown. Pennsylvania 

ierson Doyle Cromer King 

en Melinda Crutchfield Tallahassee . Florida 

tt Cutler Ann Arbor, Michigan 



134 

Richard Shaffer Daniel Fayettt 

Henry Wilson Daniels Smith 

Elizabeth Ann Davis Sewickley, Pennsyh 

Stephen Winslow Davis Ashe 

Mark Francis Dehler Atlanta, Ge, 

Charles Phillip dejarnette Decatur, Gee 

Jean Marie Denning Cli 

Leslie Anne Denson Gr 

Charlie Wayne Devlin Bradley, 

Paul Newman Dickerson Waynes 

William Bruce Dickerson Roanoke, Vir< 

Peter John Dillinger Winston-S I 

Michael Joseph Dinnen Vero Beach, Fit 

Annie Day Donaldson New 

Jan Alexandra Doub Winston-Si- 

Robert E. Draim Vienna, Vir£ 

Stephen Birchall Duin Baltimore, Mary 

Susan Diane Dunn Rox, 

Timothy Richard Eaton Tuscaloosa, Alab 

Robert Adam Eberle Rockville, Mary 

Brian Howard Eckert Mount Holly, New Je 

Ralph Rothwell Eddy Jr East Amherst, New 

William Benjamin Eddy Southern I- 

Drake Stephen Eggleston Towson, Mary 

Donald Preston Elium Salisl 

Robert Stanfill Ellison Knoxville, Tetine 

Kenneth Harry Ellzey Jackson 

Constance Hope Everhart Siler 

Claudia Maria Fernandes Oxon Hill, Mary, 

Laura Frances Ferrell Dur,< 

Garland Grier Fincher Charl 

Kathryn Grace Fincher Matth 

Kellee Patricia Finn Ruxton, Maryi 

Kevin Michael Firquin Louisville, Kentu 

Williard Hall Fisher Jr Laurel, Delau 

Linda Lee Flippo High P 1 

Nancy Sue Fowler Reids: 

Lee Carcille Foye Wilmin^ 

Donald Meek Francis Marion, Virg 

Lynda Ellene Francis Waynes'i 

Patricia Allene Fritz Ossining, New j 

William Louis Fuller Charl- 

Anne Elizabeth Fulmer Be 1 

Sherry Marie Funke CharD 

Deborah Lynn Fyffe Hainesport, New /eil 

Steven Morris Gainey South} 

Leslie Ann Garst Boones Mill, Virg ' 

Lewis Reed Gaskin Charl 

John Wells Gillon MlM 

Gregory Evans Godwin Roanoke Ra 

John H. Godwin III Clearwater, Flo 



135 

iano Gomez Del Cerro Merida, Venezuela 

i Phillips Goodman Fort Lauderdale, Florida 

es Todd Graham Richmond, Virginia 

othy Humphrey Graham Fayetteville 

/ Augusta Greene Greensboro 

?n Sue Grove Richmond, Virginia 

je Anne Grovert McLean, Virginia 

rence Rucker Gulley Winston-Salem 

ert Curtis Gunst Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 

mas Charles Gustafson North Brookfichi, Massachusetts 

riael Eugene Hager Gohisboro 

fia Cecil Hagins Lancaster, S.C. 

I Fant Hall Jr Fayetteville 

ida Kaye Hall Greensboro 

\ta Hamrick Lincolnton 

ida Lee Hardison Raleigh 

^awrence Hardy Jr Winston-Salem 

| Tanner Harris Gharlotte 

id Bruce Harshbarger McLean, Virginia 

ps Dixon Hastings Winston-Salem 

licia Lynn Hatcher Bristol, Tennessee 

.th Kay Haughee Montezuma, Indiana 

|iard Louis Hause Farmingdale, New York 

i Landrum Hawkins Jr Shelby 

Jy Earnest Hawkins Lincolnton 

th Lawson Hays Midlothian, Virginia 

am Purefoy Hedgepeth Jr Lumberton 

June Heffelfinger Gircleville, Ohio 

i Elizabeth Henry Glinton 

in Alden Hewitt White Hall, Maryland 

ry Levon Hicks Erwin 

ress McCoy Hill Jr Hobbsville 

ierine Ryan Hill Raleigh 

fha Jane Hines Winston-Salem 

iam Hinman Winston-Salem 

uel Laing Hinson III Alexandria, Virginia 

[res Marie Hipps Winston-Salem 

hen Glenn Hix Biscoe 

ey Keller Hobart Durham 

"nas Wayne Hodges Gastonia 

|ara Lou Holland Ann Arbor, Michigan 

be Moss Holmes Melbourne, Florida 

riette von Kerczek Holoman Winston-Salon 

ne Holth Miami, Florida 

vick Carlisle Hood Charlotte 

Jennings Hope Charlotte 

erick Thornton Hubbard Laurinburg 

Hepner Hudson Jr Shushan, New York 

rt Manning Hughes II Williamsburg, Virginia 

: Marlene Hyatt Waynesville 

Douglas James West Nyack, New York 






136 

Daniel George Jaxel Englewood Cliffs, New ft 

Kenneth Bronaugh Jennings Jr Clemr 

Cedric Clifton Jernigan Jr Yancey 

Doris Ann Shelton Jessup Mount 

Douglas Lehman Jobes Winchester, Massachu 

Jerry Lee Johnson r ow 

Keith Gregory Jolly f 

Larry Vertice Jones Greens. 

Millie Joanne Jones Burlir 

Elizabeth Faye Jordan R ae 

James Roger Jordan Richmond, Vir£ 

Jere Douglas Judd r) ur 

Anthony Forgione Kahn Glen Rock, New }e 

Garry Marvin Keith Winston-Si 

Diane Lee Keyser Miami, Flc 

John Edward Kiefer Jr Kingsport, Tenne 

Kent Peters Kimbrough Malvern, Pennsylv* 

Edwin Wallace King Jr Clemson, 

Brian James Kingsley Grosse Pointe Park, Mich; 

Charles Jeffrey Kinlaw Lumbe 

James David Knight Morehead i 

Pamela N. Koenig East Point, Geo 

Kathryn Elder Kornegay Bethesda, Maryi 

Carleen Kreider Glenview, Illi 

Sara Elliott Krome Norfolk, Virg 

David Gordon Kunzman Holland, Pennsylvi s 

Billie Jacqueline Lambert Caly 

Thomas Mercer Lane Jr Bemardsville, New }ei, 

Ann Elizabeth Laney R a L 

Steven Roy Lathan Winston-Sa^ 

Carolyn Nonie Layton Winston-Sa* 

Jonathan Bruce LeCrone Vandalia, C 

Charis Ann Lee Polk; 

Debbie Gail Lewis Thurm 

Karen Ann Lewis Elon Coll 

Mary Stewart Lindsey Atlanta, Geoi 

William Frederick Lipscomb Hinsdale, Mill 

Daniel Pace Litteral Silver Spring, Maryi. 

Harry Marette Little Chari 

Linda Whitney Lowden Alexandria, Virm 

Leon Arthur Lucas Ke, 

Frederick Arthur Lupton III Alama j 

James Earle Lyle Forest, Virgi^ 

John Laurence McCann III Charh 

Mary Jeffrey McClelland Vero Beach, Plot 

George Mitchell McCormick Chadbo: 

Virginia Janet McDonald Rale, 

Thomas C. McGraw Wilmington, Delam 

Peter Joseph Mclntyre Kensington, Maryli^ 

Debra Arnett McLain Nashville, Tennes. 

Kathryn Ann McMurtry Frankfort, KenM 



137 

es Ashby Macon Matthews 

t Elizabeth Maconaughey Annandale, Virginia 

jnie Chandler Mansfield Gainesville, Georgia 

\ard Daniel Marino Winchester, Virginia 

y Robin Marion Ararat 

irt Craig Markman Knoxville, Tennessee 

y Ruth Marsh Elkin 

\y Lou Martin Charlotte 

ia Kaye Martin Greensboro 

m Tilghman Mason Wilkesboro 

d Broadway Massaggee III Hendersonville 

ilyn Elizabeth Massey Winston-Salem 

'id Ross Maurer North Plainfield, New jersey 

'a Wynn Meador East Point, Georgia 

ela Ann Medlin Rocky Mount 

Wrine Malone Meiburg Atlanta, Georgia 

)1 Anne Melton Saint Augustine, Florida 

orah Marie Merritt Winston-Salem 

hael Alan Meyer Birdsboro, Pennsylvania 

[ Edward Meyers Wayne, Pennsylvania 

ip C. Miller Columbus, Ohio 

i Franklin Mills Henderson 

le Coyte Minges Rocky Mount 

'iam Thomas Mitchell Winston-Salem 

Jerome Moneuse Longwood, Florida 

ass Mae Moore Sharon, S.C. 

in Dean Moore Winston-Salem 

ry Phillips Moses Sumter, S.C. 

is Louis Moylan Ellicott City, Maryland 

nas Robert Mullinax Jr Raleigh 

Uaye Murray Springfield, Virginia 

?ne Wilson Muse Tarboro 

tlyn Elizabeth Nash Statesville 

sn Kinard Nations Winston-Salem 

oh Lloyd Nault II Atlanta, Georgia 

i Witten Neal Huntington, West Virginia 

uel Henry Nelson Radnor, Pennsylvania 

n Bryan Nelson Durham 

na Jeanne Niquette Lititz. Pennsylvania 

iall Scott Noftle Acton, Massachusetts 

/ Everett Norton Burlington 

3 Carlyle Nye III Lumberton 

?y Stuart Oglesby Richmond, Virginia 

i Barrington Olsen Alexandria, Virginia 

aid McClaren Owens Jr Matthews 

i Harte Padgett Lincolnton 

lelius Daniel Page III Gastonia 

e Rickey Pardue Winston-Salem 

is Joan Parker High Point 

;uerite May Patterson Belleview, Florida 

tael Timothy Patterson Leesburg, Florida 



138 

Patricia Elaine Patterson Sa 

Michael Hull Plyler Thoma 

Charles Allan Poole Birmingham, Ala 

Gerald Wendell Powell Ct 

Malcolm Reid Powell Macon, Ge 

Melissa Ann Powell Townsend's Inlet, New ] 

Pamela Jane Powell Green' 

Elaine Salter Pregnall Jacksonville, F|j 

John Phillip Pruitt H.V 

Helen Victoria Purgason Green I 

Thomas David Quarles II Washington, 

Kevin Milton Quinley Norfolk, Vii 

Jeri Lee Radich Beach Haven Terrace, New J 

Mark Lindsay Raker Winston-§\ 

Anita Garrison Randall Winston-S' 

Kenneth Arthur Reckenbeil Whippany, New /i 

Malina Beth Reed High 

John Lauren Remington Venice, Fl 

Ingrid Charlotte Rendez Bernardsville, New J 

Deborah Leah Richardson Greenville, i 

Phyllis Elaine Rinehart Millington, New J 

Susan Elizabeth Rink Berwyn, Pennsyh 

David Anthony Roberts Winston-S 

Susan Lynn Roberts Salii 

Robin Hoover Robertson Portsmouth, Vir 

Mary Elizabeth Robinson Whit 

Nancy Lee Rodda Homestead, Fl 

Lucy Miriam Ross Chat 

Ira Michael Ruby Richmond, Vir 

Dianne Anita Sales Green: 

Joseph Wilds Sallenger Florence, 

John Alfred Sands Jr Winston-S 

Sigrid Elaine Sarnoff Basking Ridge, Neiv /i 

Melvin Julius Scales Jr Winston-S 

Thomas Allen Scarborough Jr Ashu 

Morgan Ryan Scott Rocky M 

Caroline Carter Seydell Wichita Falls, j 

Leon Whitfield Shaw Laura 

Robert Gill Shields Kingsport, Tenn 

J. Clarence Shore Yadkii 

Walter Gregory Sims 

John William Skinner Edt 

Charles Kyle Slatery Knoxville, Tenn t 

Booker T. Sloan Jr Winston-Si 

Cynthia Glendora Smith Kernen 

Elizabeth Florence Smith Houston, j 

Sandra Massey Smith Burlin 

Stephen Neal Smith Bristol, Tenth 

Roger E. Solt Bowling Green, t 

William Knight Sparks Greens 

Glenda Gail Stanley 



, [39 

tt Matthew Stansfield Dayton, ( )hio 

1 Warren Steen III Nashville, Tennessee 

roll Richard Stegall III Fori Walton Bank, Honda 

tries Stephen Stewart III Suffern, New York 

tthan Chase Strawsburg Dayton, c )hio 

es Davis Sullivan Cockeysville, Maryland 

rles Wesley Sumpter Lynchburg, Virginia 

icia Dianne Swing Lexington 

1 Talay Talaysum Istanbul, Turkey 

ren Gary Tate Hickory 

y Suzan Taylor Fayetteville 

fiy D. Taylor Washington, D.C. 

h Stuart Taylor III Greenville, S.C. 

;tha Elizabeth Taylor Monroe 

Imy R. Taylor Waxhaw 

a Banks Templeton Winston-Salem 

nis Clark Tesh Clemmons 

es Finks Thompson Alcolu, S.C. 

hael Leon Thompson Goldsboro 

!ne Sue Tillett Winston-Salem 

[est Vestal Tilley Greensboro 

|k Jeffrey Todd Yadkinville 

Igaret Allyne Townsend Roland 

fothy Neil Tremblay Winston-Salem 

'< Abel Tswana Satooma, Rhodesia 

glas Clayton Turnage Annandale, Virginia 

iam Bomar Turner III Rock Hill, S.C . 

Irles Kenneth Valentine Jr Oak Ridge, Tennessee 

(ueline Lee Van Anda Fairfax, Virginia 

kard Phil Vance Boone 

aid Vaughn Vannoy Chapel Hill 

l Robert van Venrooy Media, Pennsylvania 

iert Wylder Vaughan Ashland, Virginia 

in Kenton Vinson Goldsboro 

nas Paul Waldenfels Tryon 

en Bruce Walk Bluefield, West Virginia 

ion Rexal Walker Jr Burlington 

Uin Wall Elkin 

srt Randolph Wallace Marion 

< Alan Wallendjack Livingstone. New Jersey 

Frederick Walpole Warminster, Pennsylvania 

?nce Andrew Warco Washington. Pennsylvania 

ard Clinton Warren Coral Gables, Florida 

ey Parham Warren High Point 

ard Olen Wasson Seaford, Delaware 

tney McRee Watson Elon College 

d James Weaver Sparta. New Jersey 

Mills Weed Clemmons 

>thy B. Welker Winston-Salem 

on Lee Wheatley Salisbury. Maryland 

<. Allen Wheeler Hazlet. New Jersey 



140 

David Charles Whilden Ra\ , 

Knox Haynsworth White Greenville, 

A. Grant Whitney Jr Char 

James Jones Whyte Williamsburg, Vir^ 

David J. Wiatr Norridge, III. 

Charles William Wiedmann Seaford, Delai 

David Stuart Wiener Catonsville, Mary 

Richard Scott Wilcox Baltimore, Mary 

Frances Denise Williams Perrine, Fti 

Stephany Denise Williams Decatur, Ged\ 

Joe Allen Wilson Mount 

Robert Byron Womble Ral 

Martha Joanne Wood Tampa, Flo-, 

Charles Putnam Woodbury III Pensacola, Flo. 

Almira Hanna Worth Ral 

Jeffrey David Yohn Murrysville , Pennsylm 

Benny Dale Younger Mount I , 

Robert William Zeliff Ral 

Susan Meredith Zellmer Haddonfield, New Je 

Bachelor of Science 

Jesse David Abernethy Hid 

Wesley Floyd Agee Huntington, West Virg' 

Albert Charles Anderson Wake Fo' 

Benjamin Clyde Angle Jr Stem J 

James Andrew Appier Berkeley Heights, New Jei\ 

Betty Catherine Arrington Winston-Sa' 

Gregory Lyle Ball Ashei 

Phillip Glenn Barkley Sharpsb 

Thomas Jefferson Barton IV Plainfield, New ]er\ 

Susan Ruth Bass High m 

John Francis Bear Hamburg, Pennsylvc 

Gary Carl Bender Malvern, Pennsylvc 

Douglas Ray Benfield Lincoln 

Richard Lee Biegel Naperville, Illit 

Barbara Courtney Blackwell Let 

Carol Lynn Blount Salisb 

Harry Alfred Boles Walkerto, 

William Scott Bottenus Bellerose, New > 

David Lee Bouldin III High Pc 

Nancy Elizabeth Brawley Winston-Sat 

Thomas Ivan Britt Rale 

Robert William Brown Spartanburg, S 

Sarah Edwards Brown Seaford, Delaw 

Richard H. Bullard Jr. Greensb 

Harry Lynell Bynum Rocky Mo. 

Jerome Paul Cartwright II River Grove, Win 

Andrew Gerard Ciriaco Fairfield, New ferw 

Paul Yelverton Coble Rale 

Nancy Susan Conrads Atlanta, Geor 

James Clay Costigan Frankfort, Kentw 



141 

ard Lowe Cox Asheboro 

ert McCurdy Davidson Dululh, ( )eorgia 

rt Carlton Davis Youngsville 

>ara Ann deFerrari Mahwah, New Jersey 

icia Lynn Donnell Greensboro 

icia Ann Dorwart York, Pennsylvania 

nas Johnson Druitt Tucker, Georgia 

orah Elaine Dubose Spindale 

id Richardson Elliott Richmond, Virginia 

Anne Ennis Fayetteville 

4"ias Keith Fehring Fort Worth, Texas 

\ae\ Scott Franey Ellicott City, Maryland 

en Michael Frank Lexington 

n Alan Frazier Hockessin, Delaware 

iam Sullivan Fulton Laurinburg 

ne Mathew Furin Boca Raton, Florida 

inon Pope Gardner Raleigh 

tias Kerr George Rockville, Maryland 

;ell Mundhenk Gifford Summit, New jersey 

aid Bosanquet Gilchrist Leesburg, Florida 

?lia Ann Goulding Johnson City, Tennessee 

nor Paige Hamilton Spartanburg, S.C. 

?s Arthur Haney Goldsboro 

orah Lynn Harrell Clinton 

on Alice Harris Koenigstein, West Germany 

\ael Joseph Havrilla Tresckoiv, Pennsylvania 

/ Alan Hayworth Kernersville 

not Charles Hedrick Jr. Reidsville 

Wesley Hege Lexington 

is M. Henderson Clinton, S.C. 

e Michael Herman Jim Thorpe, Pennsylvania 

ierine Curry Hobson Charlotte 

iam Carson Honeycutt Jr. Black Mountain 

rt Clarence House III Scotland Neck 

a Sue Huffines Greensboro 

?rto Jehu Hunter Washington, D.C. 

iam Her Jackson III Winchester, Virginia 

ruce Jakubowski New London, Connecticut 

?rt David Jarnagin Dandndge, Tennessee 

nas Anderson Jeffries II Trow 

?s W. Jenkins, Jr Pendleton 

1 Clayton Johnson Kansas City, Kansas 

k Edgerton Jones Rutherfordton 

"ge Robert Jones Jr Richmond. Virginia 

ette Kelly Jordan Raeford 

cia Kent Jordan Kinston 

vony Arthur Kalliche Poughkeepsie, New York 

Sherlock Karel Chicago. Illinois 

ard Glenn Kibbey III Amarillo, Texas 

y Jo Hamilton Lambright Lancaster, Ohio 

ard Douglas Laws Gastoma 



142 

Alison Deon Lee High 

Garrison Thomas Linder East Quogue, New 

Ralph Alan Lockyear Old Station, Calif 

William D. Loucks Jr Malvern, Pennsyl 

John Matheson McAlpine Spartanburg, 

Donna Mae McArthur Spartanburg, 

Jackson Beagles McCarty III Marion, Vii 

Thomas Alan Mclnteer Burtonsville, Man 

Kinsler Boyd Mack Jr. Charleston, 

Anne Marie Marsh Winston-S 

Robert Graham Melton Bn 

Rachel Patricia Messina Jacksonville Beach, Fl 

Bruce Hofler Milam Sun 

Kenneth David Miller Forestville, lni 

Suzanne Miller Kingsport, Term 

John David Mills Lancaster, Pennsyh 

Richard Allen Moore Jr. Upper Marlboro, Mary 

Michael Edward Morrisett Richmond, Vir 

Carl Carpenter Mullen Jr Lincol 

Michael David Murray Alexandria, Vir 

Thomas Lawson Newton Nashville, Tenni 

Mark A. Northam Wilmington, Dela\l 

James Michael Northup Mineville, New 

Thomas James O'Hara III West Babylon, New 

Theodore David Orban Scotch Plains, New ]t 

Mary Roper Osborne Winston-S 

Gwyn Russell Parsons West Jeffe 

Fred Albert Paula Fredericksburg, Vir± 

Stefanie Lynn Paulos Salisbury, Mary 

Sandra Kaye Pegram Belews 

Ronald Ralph Pfister Wayne, Pennsylv 

John Givens Pierce Richmond, Vir^ 

Carol Anne Pullekines Kennett Square, Pennsylv 

Diane Lynn Raab Miami, Flc 

Thomas James Rae Winter Park, Flc 

Ralph Wayne Reich Aliquippa, Pennsylv 

Michael Ray Reynolds Neptune, Neiv Je 

Alfred Paul Ricci Jr. South Paris, M 

Robert Fladger Richbourg Alexandria, Virg 

George Jeffrey Ritz Winston-Si 

Albert Brownlee Rives Whispering P 

Carol Marie Sayer Washington, L 

Stanley Lewis Sears Riegelu 

Craig Van Vliet Seaver Richmond, Virg 

Emily Scott Seawell Freehold, New Je 

Ramsey Edward Shaner Bethesda, Maryi 

Gail Elizabeth Beam Sharp Scarsdale, New 

Kenneth Claude Sharp Mad 

John Elliott Simms Jr. Towson, Maryi 

Barbara Ann Simpson Ru 

Julian Polk Stuart Smith III Manassas, Virg 



143 

ncy Leigh Smith Clemmons 

>tt Alan Smith Fayetteville 

/ight Wesley Snow Kernersville 

vrence Paul Soderstrom Advance 

raid David Spencer Martinsville, Virginia 

nald Alan Stewart Cherry Hill, New jersey 

n Arthur Stillman Winston-Salem 

niel Luther Stroupe Bessemer City 

ith Alan Szendrey Cherry Hill, New Jersey 

lliam Lee Tate II Pulaski, Virginia 

rris Jeanne Thompson Greensboro 

VTnond J. Vallor Jr. Springfield, Virginia 

ristopher Alexander Wadsworth Harvey Cedars, New Jersey 

les Oliver Warren II Charlotte 

omas Nolan Weaver New Holland, Pennsylvania 

lliam H. Weldon Westfield, New Jersey 

gina Annette Whitehead Nashville, Tennessee 

niel Ingersoll Whittelsey Coral Gables, Florida 

by Ellen Wickman Atlanta, Georgia 

/endolyn Mae Williams W/g/i Point 

anor Elaine Wilson Salisbury 

lie Kay Wollaston Hagerstozvn, Maryland 

thony Quinn Wright Birmingham, Alabama 

n Carol Younger North Wilkesboro 




II 

■ < ■) HI 








145 



Distinctions Conferred 



February 6, 1976 
Cum Laude 



i Romaine Bissell 
d Michael Garstka 
i Stephen Harrell 
•na Cheryl Lowe 



h Gregory Hays III 



j Kay Smith 



Amy Stewart McAlpine 
Steven Roger Martin 
R. Jeffrey Sivon 
Olive Ann Squires 



Magna Cum Laude 



Summa Cum Laude 



May 17, 1976 



Cum Laude 



David Abernethy 
aret Mary Smith Abrams 
Carolyn Allen 
•t Charles Anderson 
Catherine Arrington 
tance Diane Baker 
i Raymond Baker 
p Glenn Barkley 
ie Thomasson Bartol 
id Humphreys Bauer 
i Sue Bellows 
Carl Bender 
; McLean Beto 
i Chambers Blackburn 
Wayne Blancett 
' Alfred Boles 
Gayle Booth 
?11 Ray Bowling 
ten Michael Brewton 
el Emerson Britt II 
ie Marie Bruschi 
y Roy Burchfield 
Velvin Burgess 
Louise Butler 
<ristine Byerly 
i Louise Chreitzberg 
Ashford Clinard 
us McElroy Collier 



Gerald R. Collins Jr. 
Karen Melinda Crutchfield 
Stephen Winslow Davis 
Charles Phillip Dejarnette 
Leslie Anne Denson 
Patricia Lynn Donnell 
Patricia Ann Dorwart 
Jan Alexandra Doub 
Robert E. Draim 
Thomas Johnson Druitt 
Susan Diane Dunn 
Robert Adam Eberle 
Brian Howard Eckert 
Ralph Rothwell Eddy Jr. 
Drake Stephen Eggleston 
Robert Stanfill Ellison 
Kenneth Harry Ellzey 
Constance Hope Everhart 
Thomas Keith Fehring 
Claudia Maria Fernandes 
Garland Grier Fincher 
Linda Lee Flippo 
Donald Meek Francis 
Michael Scott Franey 
Steven Michael Frank 
Kevin Alan Frazier 
Patricia Allene Fritz 
Wavne Mathew Furin 



146 



Deborah Lynn Fyffe 
Shannon Pope Gardner 
Lewis Reed Gaskin 
John Phillips Goodman 
Amelia Ann Goulding 
James Todd Graham 
W. Lawrence Hardy Jr. 
Sharon Alice Harris 
Judith Kay Haughee 
Richard Louis Hause 
Randy Earnest Hawkins 
Terry Alan Hayworth 
Dermot Charles Hedrick Jr. 
Ann June Heffelfinger 
Bruce Michael Herman 
Glenn Alden Hewitt 
Martha Jane Hines 
Janice Moss Holmes 
Joanne Holth 
Joan Jennings Hope 
Doris Ann Shelton Jessup 
George Robert Jones Jr. 
Larry Vertice Jones 
John Sherlock Karel 
Diane Lee Keyser 
Richard Glenn Kibbey III 
John Edward Kiefer Jr. 
Carleen Kreider 
David Gordon Kunzman 
Billie Jacqueline Lambert 
Thomas Mercer Lane Jr. 
Ann Elizabeth Laney 
Debbie Gail Lewis 
Mary Stewart Lindsey 
Harry Marette Little 
Virginia Janet McDonald 
Thomas C. McGraw 
Thomas Alan Mclnteer 
Debra Arnett McLain 
Kathryn Anne McMurtry 
Cathy Lou Martin 
Sheila Kaye Martin 
Susan Tilghman Mason 
Boyd Broadway Massagee III 
Carol Anne Melton 
Robert Graham Melton 
Deborah Marie Merritt 
Kurt Edward Meyers 
Kenneth David Miller 
Philip C. Miller 
Clyde Coyte Minges 



Richard Allen Moore Jr. 
Henry Phillips Moses 
Eugene Wilson Muse 
Carolyn Elizabeth Nash 
Joseph Lloyd Nault II 
Samuel Henry Nelson 
Mark A. Northam 
Lauris Joan Parker 
Patricia Elaine Patterson 
Stefanie Lynn Paulos 
Sandra Laye Pegram 
John Phillip Pruitt 
Kevin Milton Quinley 
Diane Lynn Raab 
Jeri Lee Radich 
John Lauren Remington 
Deborah Leah Richardson 
Phyllis Elaine Rinehart 
Susan Lynn Roberts 
Joseph Wilds Sallenger 
John Alfred Sands Jr. 
Carol Marie Sayer 
Morgan Ryan Scott 
Stanley Lewis Sears 
Caroline Carter Seydell 
Gail Elizabeth Beam Sharp 
Jimmie Clarencene Shore 
Julian Polk Stuart Smith III 
Scott Alan Smith 
Stephen Neal Smith 
Lawrence Paul Soderstrom 
Carroll Richard Stegall III 
Charles Stephen Stewart III 
James Davis Sullivan 
Steven Gary Tate 
William Lee Tate II 
Betty Suzan Taylor 
Dorris Jeanne Thompson 
Janine Sue Tillett 
William Bomar Turner III 
Harold Vaughn Vannoy 
Robin Kenton Vinson 
Steven Bruce Walk 
Lu Ann Wall 
Robert Randolph Wallace 
Mark Alan Wallendjack 
Wesley Parham Warren 
David James Weaver 
Teri Mills Weed 
Knox Haynsworth White 
Regina Annette Whitehead 



147 



■ant Whitney Jr. 
idolyn Mae Williams 
Hen Wilson 



Robert Byron Womble 
Robert William Zeliff 
Susan Meredith Zellmer 



Magna Cum Laude 



las Breen Abrams 
Vlarie Alberts 
;ia Kay Anderson 
le Rachael Atwell 
i McDonald Bowers 
raig Buckner 
ird Ray Carlson 
beth Catharine Childs 
•la Ann Clagett 
nas Alexander Cloud 
tance Elizabeth Cole 
laid Farrell Combs 
y Susan Conrads 
Cutler 

len Birchall Duin 
ird Hall Fisher Jr. 
am Louis Fuller 
? Elizabeth Fulmer 
Augusta Greene 
las Charles Gustafson 
da Lee Hardison 
irah Lynn Harrell 
Elizabeth Henry 
len Glenn Hix 
erine Curry Hobson 
Hepner Hudson Jr. 
Marlene Hyatt 
nas Anderson Jeffries II 
Clayton Johnson 
beth Faye Jordan 



Kent Peters Kimbrough 
Charles Jeffrey Kinlaw 
Charis Ann Lee 
Karen Ann Lewis 
Linda Whitney Lowden 
Julie Elizabeth Maconoughey 
Stuart Craig Markman 
Ann Marie Marsh 
Mary Ruth Marsh 
Paula Wynn Meador 
Rachel Patricia Messina 
James Louis Moylan 
Donna Jeanne Niquette 
Larry Everett Norton 
Mary Harte Padgett 
Elaine Salter Pregnall 
Carol Anne Pullekines 
Susan Elizabeth Rink 
Albert Brownlee Rives 
Sandra Massey Smith 
Roger E. Solt 
Gerald David Spencer 
Martha Elizabeth Taylor 
Greta Banks Templeton 
Richard Phil Vance 
Richard Clinton Warren 
Sharon Lee Wheatley 
Stephany Denise Williams 
Jamie Kay Wollaston 



Summa Cum Laude 



ory Lyle Ball Barbara Lou Holland 

ard Lee Biegel James David Knight 

l Edwards Brown Sara Elliott Krome 

a Frances Ferrell Sigrid Elaine Sarnoff 

ryn Grace Fincher Robert Wylder Vaughan 
cia Lynn Hatcher 

February 6, 1976 

uating with Honors in Romance Languages Ralph Stephen Harrell 

May 17, 1976 

uating with Honors in Accountancy Thomas Anderson Jeffries III 

uating with Honors in Biology Man- Harte Padgett 

uating with Honors in Chemistrv Albert Brownlee Rives 



148 

Graduating with Honors in Economics Bobby Roy Burc i 

Kent Peters Kimb j 

Graduating with Honors in English David McDonald B 

Graduating with Honors in History Richard Ray C 

Thomas Alexander 
Sigrid Elaine S I 
Wesley Parham V j 
Graduating with Honors in Mathematics Sarah Edwards 1 1 

Wayne Mathew | 

Rachel Patricia M< j 

Carol Marie 
Graduating with Honors in Music j ean Marie Ai 

John Edward 
J. Clarence j 

Graduating with Honors in Philosophy Sigrid Elaine S,* 

Graduating with Honors in Politics Bobby Roy Burc 

Graduating with Honors in Psychology joni Kristine En 

Stephen Winslow jl 

Diane Lee K« 

James David K} 

Carol Anne Mil 

William Bomar Turrl 

Steven Bruce ! 

Graduating with Honors in Religion Lucy Augusta G:j 

Doris Shelton Jtfl 

David Gordon Kun; 
Graduating with Honors in Speech 

Communication and Theatre Arts Shelia Kaye M 

The A. D. Ward Medal Barbara Lou Ho 

The Joseph B. Currin Medal in Religion James David Ki 

The American Bible Society Award 

for Excellence in Biblical Scholarship Carl Clifton Bhi 

The H. Broadus Jones Award in Shakespeare John Taylor 

The D. A. Brown Prize Horace Ci 

The Forrest W Clonts Award for Excellence in History Wesley Parham W« 

The Claud H. Richards Award for Excellence in Politics Stuart Craig Mark 

The Tom Baker Award in Publications Deborah Leah Richar. 

The Tom Baker Award for Excellence in Debate Roger Eugene 

The Ruth Foster Campbell Award for Excellence in Spanish Anne Elizabeth Fu, 

The M.D. Phillips Prize in Classical Languages Deborah Marie Mt ; 

The John Y. Phillips Prize in Mathematics Sarah Edwards Br 

Lura Baker Paden Medal Richard Lee B 

The A. M. Pullen Medal Gregory Lyle 

The Wall Street Journal Medal Richard Lee B; 

The President's Trophy Cadet Lieutenant Colonel Mark Francis D4 

The Reserve Officers' Association Certificate Cadet Major Robert Fladger Richb. 

The American Legion ROTC Medal Cadet Captain Larry Everett No; 

The Armed Forces Communication 

and Electronics Association Award Cadet Captain Henry Peck Ame 

The Daughters of the American Revolution 

ROTC Medal Cadet Major Daniel Pace Lit 



149 



as Breen Abrams 
larie Alberts 
a Kay Anderson 

Rachael Atwell 
ry Lyle Ball 
d Lee Biegel 

McDonald Bowers 
Edwards Brown 
>aig Buckner 
d Ray Carlson 
ance Elizabeth Cole 
aid Farrell Combs 
r Susan Conrads 
Cutler 

?n Winslow Davis 
en Birchall Duin 
Frances Ferrell 
raylor Field 
/n Grace Fincher 
d Hall Fisher Jr. 
m Louis Fuller 

Frank Gouwens 
Augusta Greene 
a Lee Hardison 
•ah Lynn Harrell 
■ Charles Hartel 
ia Lynn Hatcher 
t Gregory Hays 
Elizabeth Henry 
en Glenn Hix 
as Charles Gustafson 
rine Curry Hobson 
ra Lou Holland 
-lepner Hudson Jr. 
Marlene Hyatt 



Phi Beta Kappa 

Thomas Anderson Jeffries 
Elizabeth Faye Jordan 
Todd Clayton Johnson 
James David Knight 
Sara Elliott Krome 
Charis Ann Lee 
Karen Ann Lewis 
Linda Whitney Lowden 
Julie Elizabeth Maconaughey 
Stuart Craig Markman 
Mary Ruth Marsh 
Paula Wynn Meador 
Rachel Patricia Messina 
James Louis Moylan 
Donna Jeanne Niquette 
Larry Everett Norton 
Mary Harte Padgett 
Susan Jeanette Patterson 
Carol Anne Pullekines 
John Lauren Remington 
Susan Elizabeth Rink 
Sigrid Elaine Sarnoff 
Roger Eugene Solt 
Linda Kay Smith 
Sandra Massey Smith 
Gerald David Spencer 
Martha Elizabeth Taylor 
Greta Banks Templeton 
Richard Phil Vance 
Robert Wylder Vaughan 
Richard Clinton Warren 
Sharon Lee Wheatley 
Stephany Denise Williams 
Jamie Kay Wollaston 



?y Floyd Agee 

rd Ray Carlson 

Cutler 

ien Birchall Duin 

! Stephen Eggleston 

i Richardson Elliott 

las Keith Fehring 

Taylor Field 

e Matthew Furin 



Omicron Delta Kappa 

James David Knight 
Stuart Craig Markman 
Robert Graham Melton 
Albert Brownlee Rives 
Scott Alan Smith 
Stephen Neal Smith 
Robin Kenton Vinson 
Knox Haynsworth White 



150 



Karen Romaine Bissell 
Constance Elizabeth Cole 
Judith Kay Haughee 
Sara Elliott Krome 
Almena Cheryl Lowe 
Debra Arnett McLain 



Mortar Board 

Kathryn Ann McMurtry 
Lauris Joan Parker 
Diane Lynn Raab 
Jeri Lee Radich 
Deborah Leah Richardson 










L51 



THE ADMINISTRATION 



8 Ralph Scales (1967) President 

B.A. Oklahoma Baptist; M.A., Ph.D., Oklahoma; Litt.D., 
Northern Michigan; LL.D., Alderson-Broaddus, Duke 

n Graves Wilson ( 1946, 1951) Provost 

B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard 

son Meads (1947, 1963) Vice President for Medical Affmrs and 

B.A., California; M.D., Sc.D., Temple Director of the Medical Center 

ilham Straughan Jr. (1969) Vice President for Development 

B.A., J.D., Wake Forest; B.D. Union Seminary and Associate General Counsel 

G. Williard (1958) Vice President and Treasurer 

B. S., North Carolina; C.P.A., North Carolina 

ell H. Brantley Jr. (1953) Assistant to the President and 

B.A., Wake Forest Director of Communications 

ressa H. Schoonmaker (1975) Assistant to the President 

B.A., J.D., Wake Forest 

tha E. Shore (1976) Administrative Coordinator 

B.A., North Carolina 

Offices of Student Services 

id Allen Hills (1960) Coordinator of Student Services 

B.A., Kansas; M.A., Ph.D., Iowa 
kH. Reece(1956) Dean of Men 

B.S., Wake Forest 
i M.Leake (1964) Dean of Women 

B.A., Louisiana State; M.R.E., Southern Baptist Seminary 
id L. Robertson (1975) Director of the College Union and 

B.A., Lenoir Rhyne; M.Ed., Georgia Assistant to the Dean of Men 

/ard R. Cunnings (1974) Director of Housing 

B.S.M., M.Ed., St. Lawrence 

Office of the Dean of the College 

,mas E. Mullen (1957) V™» of the College 

B.A., Rollins; M.A., Ph.D., Emory 

>ert Allen Dyer (1956) Associate Dean of the College 

B.A., Louisiana State; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Seminary 

y A. Hale (1970) Assistant Dean of the College 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.Div., Duke; Ed.D., Indiana 

1 M. Gross Jr. (1959) Coordinator of the Honors Program 

B.S., Duke; Ph.D. Brown 



te following name indicates year of appointment, 
sent on leave, spring 1977. 



152 

Office of the Dean of the Summer Session 

Percival Perry (1939, 1947) Dean of the Summer St 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A. Rutgers; Ph.D., Duke 

Office of the Dean of the Graduate School 

Henry Smith Stroupe (1937) Dean of the Gradmte s 

B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Duke 

Harold O Goodman (1958) Associate Dean for Biom, 

B. A., M.A., Ph.D., Minnesota r ' , , ' 

Graduate St 

Office of the Dean of the School of Law 

Pasco M.Bowman II (1970) Dean of the School J 

B.A., Bndgewater; J.D., New York 

Buddy O Herring II (1973) Assistant Dean of the School of 

B.A., J.D., Wake Forest ' 

Gail O Donoway (1976) Dlrector of piac£] 

B.A., New Hampshire; M.Ed., Miami 

Office of the Dean of the Babcock Graduate School of Manageme 

Frank J Schilagi (1971) Dean of the Babcock Gma 

B.B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., Georg ia School of Manage, 

Bernard 1 L. Beatty (1974, 1976) Assistant Dean for Program Manage 

B.S., Ohio State; M.B.A., Ph.D., Harvard 

"^ m ? I 1 Se ?A {1 ? 7 ? Director of the Cente; 

M.B.A., Ph.D., Indiana Management Developr 

Offices of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine 

Richard Janeway (1966) Dean of the Bowmm I 

B.A., Colgate; M.D., Pennsylvania Sc ^ oo/ QJ M J 

Nat E Smith (1976) Associate Dean of the Bowman C 

B.A., E C skine; M.D., Georgia School of Medi 

C. Nash Herndon (1942, 1966) Associate Dean for Research Developrr 

B.A., Duke; M.D., Jefferson K 

Clyde T. Hardy Jr. (1941) Associate Dean for Patient Serv 

B.A., Richmond 

Warren H. Kennedy (1971) Associate Dean for Admimstra 

B.B.A., Houston 

J ° hn D R T ^ ln L ie u (1970) Associate Dean for Student Aff 

B.A., Hobart; M.D., McGill ,J 

Emery C. Miller Jr. (1955) Associate Dean for Continuing Educat 

B.A., North Carolina; M.D., Johns Hopkins 

James C. Leist (1974) Assistant Dean for Continuing Educat 

B.b., Southeastern Missouri State; M.S., Ed.D., Indiana 

B. Lionel Truscott (1968) Associate Dean for Admissh 

B.A., Drew; M.A., Syracuse; M.S., Ph.D., M.D., Yale 



153 

Office of the Director of Communications 

•11 H. Brantley Jr. (1953) Assistant to the President and 

B.A., Wake Forest Director of Communu ations 

ia W. Lentz ( 1973) Publications Manager 

B.A., North Carolina 

im E. Ray (1975) Publications Editor and 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina Director of the Artists Scries 

Offices of Development and Alumni Affairs 

lliam Straughan Jr. (1969) Vice President for Development 

B.A., J.D., Wake Forest; B.D., Union Seminary nn d Associate General Counsel 

i H. Corpening (1969) Director of Estate Planning 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Southern Baptist Seminary 

ge William Joyner Jr. (1969) Director of Alumni Affairs 

B.A., Wake Forest 

ouglas Lee (1973) Director of University Relations 

B.A., Richmond; B.D., S.T.M., Southeastern Baptist Seminary; Ph.D., Iowa 

rt D. Mills (1972) Assistant Director of Alumni Affairs 

B.A., Wake Forest 

y R. Parker (1974) Foundations Officer 

B.A., Salem 

Office of the Treasurer 

G. Williard (1958) Vice President and Treasurer 

B.S., North Carolina; C.P.A., North Carolina 

>s O. Holder (1969) Controller 

B.B.A., Wake Forest 

ip D. Denny (1977) Assistant Controller 

B.S., Mars Hill; C.P.A., North Carolina 

Office of the Registrar 

;aret R. Perry (1947) Registrar 

B.S., South Carolina 

d Gasque (1974) Assistant to the Registrar 

B.A., Wake Forest 

Office of Admissions and Financial Aid 

am G. Starling (1958) Director of Admissions and Financial Aid 

B.B.A., Wake Forest 

ey P. Hamrick (1957) Associate Director of Admissions 

B.A., North Carolina; M.A. in Ed., Wake Forest 

les M. Carter (1972) Admissions and Financial Aid Counselor 

B.S., Winston-Salem State; M.S., Indiana 

aas O. Phillips (1974) Scholarships Officer 

B.A., Wake Forest 



154 

Ellen Coats (1976) Admissions Cou t 

B.A., Wake Forest 

Office of Records and Institutional Research 

Ben M. Seelbinder (1959) Director of Records and Institutional Re: : 

B.A., Mississippi Delta State; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 

University Libraries 

Merrill G. Berthrong (1964) Director of Lit i 

B.A., Tufts; M.A., Fletcher; Ph.D., Pennsylvania 

Vivian L. Wilson (1960) Librarian of the School o 

B.A., Coker; B.S. in L.S., George Peabody 

Jean B. Hopson (1970) Librarian of the Babcock Grit 

B.S. Murray State; M.A., George Peabody; School of Manas 

M.B. A., Wake Forest ' 

Michael D. Sprinkle (1972) Librarian of the Bowman 

B.A., M.S. in L.S., North Carolina School of Me 

Richard J. Murdoch (1966) Assistant to the Directc 

B.A., Pennsylvania Military; M.S. in L.S., Villanova Curator of Rare 

William K. Ach (1967) Microtext Lib; 

B.A., Belmont Abbey; B.S. in L.S., North Carolina 

Ruth Ames (1975) Archivist and Assistant Reference Libi 

B.A., Utah 

Patricia B. Giles (1973) Acting Reference Libr 

B.A., Fairmont State; M.A. in L.S., George Peabody 

Minnie M. Huggins (1959) Documents Libr^ 

B.A., Meredith; B.S. in L.S., North Carolina 

Michael J. LaCroix (1972) Acquisitions Ubt 

B.A., MacMurray; M.S. in L.S., Kentucky 

Deborah E. Luck (1972) Periodicals Lib) 

B.S., Appalachian; M.S. in L.S., Florida State 

Anne M. Nicholson (1961) Technical Services Libi 

B.A., Meredith; B.S. in L.S., North Carolina 

James M. Nicholson (1961) Circulation Libr 

B.A., M.A., Baylor; M.S. in L.S., North Carolina 

Barbara B. Salt (1971) Assistant Acquisitions Libr 

B.A., Florida 

Margaret V. Shoemaker (1957) Assistant Catalog Libr 

B.S., Georgia State; B.A. in L.S., Emory 

John R. Woodard Jr. (1964) Director of the Ethel Taylor Crittt 

B.A., Wake Forest Collection in Baptist fj 



155 



Office of the Chaplain 



r D. Christman (1956, L961) University Chaplain 

B.A., J.D., Wake Forest; B.D., Southeastern Baptist Seminary; 
S.T.M., Union Seminary 

ird W. McBride (1969) Assistant Chaplain and Director 

B.S., Virginia; M.Div., Union Seminary f the Baptist Student Union 

Center for Psychological Services 

M. Austin (1975) Director of the Center for 

B.A., Monmouth; Ph.D., Southern Illinois Psychological Services 

University Health Service 

ard A. Jemison Jr. (1964) Director of the Health Service 

M.D., Wake Forest 

ew J. Crutchfield (1968) Consultant in Clinical Services 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Virginia 

Offices of Personnel and Placement 

s L. Ferrell (1975) Director of Personnel 

B.A., North Carolina; M.S., Virginia Commonwealth 

I S. Disque (1976) Director of Placement and Career Development 

B.A., Duke; M.Ed., Virginia 

A. Griffith (1966) Director of Equal Opportunity 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.Ed., North Carolina 

Offices of Educational Services 

tan ]. Preseren (1953) Director of the Educational Media Center 

B.S., California State (Pennsylvania); M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., North Carolina 

tas M. Elmore (1962) Director of Counselor Education 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., George Peabody; Ph.D., Ohio State 

Office of the Director of Athletics 

igene Hooks (1956) Director of Athletics 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.Ed., North Carolina; Ed.D., George Peabodv 

Id M. Roberts (1976) Associate Director of Athletics 

B.A., Ph.D., Baylor 

thy Casey (1949) Director of Women's Athletics 

B.S., North Carolina (Greensboro); M.A., North Carolina 

:k Gainey (1976) Director of Sports Information 

B.A., North Carolina 

? Herman (1976) Assistant Director of Sports Information 

B.A., Wake Forest 

art T. Bartholomew (1969) Director of the Deacon Club 

B.A., Wake Forest 

• Martin Jr. (1973) Business Manager 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.S., Purdue 



156 



Chuck Mills (1973) 

B.S., Illinois State; MA,, California State 

Vito Ragazzo (1976) 

B.S., William and Mary 

Cliff Yoshida (1973) 

B.S., California State Polytechnic 

Steve Bernstein (1973) 
M.A., Utah State 

Harry Elliott (1973) 
B.A., Syracuse 

Gene McKeehan (1973) 
M.A., Utah State 

Mike Cook (1975) 

B.A., Coker; M.A., Appalachian 

Win Headley (1975) 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest 

Ed Wilson (1976) 

B.S., M.Ed., Arizona 

Carl Tacy (1972) 

B.S., Davis and Elkins; M.S., Radford 

Ed Hall (1976) 

B.A., Southern Florida; M.S., Old Dominion 

David Odom (1976) 

B.A., Guilford; M.Ed., East Carolina 

Leo Ellison Jr. (1957) 

B.S., M.S., Northwestern State 

James H. Leighton Jr. (1962) 
B.A., Presbyterian 

J. William Dellastatious (1957) 
B.S., M.S., Missouri 

Marvin Crater (1976) 



Head Football '• 
Associate Head Football 
Assistant Football 
Assistant Football 
Assistant Football 
Assistant Football 
Assistant Football 
Assistant Football 
Assistant Football i 
Head Basketball < 
Assistant Basketball ( 
Assistant Basketball ( 
Swimming ( 
Tennis C 
Track and Cross Country ( 
Baseball C 



. 



Lewis Martin (1958) 



Tr 



Joe Lee Puckett (1974) 
B.A., Wake Forest 

David Tinga (1973) 



Academic Advise: 

Assistant Tr 

Equipment Super 



University Theatre 



Harold C. Tedford (1965) 

B.A., Ouachita; M.A., Arkansas; Ph.D., Louisiana State 



Director of Th 



157 

Id H. Wolfe (1968) Associate Director of Theatre 

B.S., M.S., Southern Illinois; Ph.D., Cornell 

11 E. Houchen (1976) Technical Director 

B.A., East Washington State; M.A., Oregon 

University Radio 

C. Burroughs Jr. (1958) Director of Radio 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan 

University Bands 

vidson Burgess (1974) pirector of Bands 

B.S., Concord College; M.A., Marshall 

Computer Center 

•t Jackson (1974) Director of the Computer Center 

B.S., Wake Forest 

University Stores 

rd T. Clay (1956) Director of University Stores 

B.B.A., Wake Forest 

rd D. Whisnant (1960) Assistant Director of University Stores 

B.B.A., Wake Forest 

Physical Plant 

d S. Moore (1953) Director of the Physical Plant 

B.M.E., Virginia 

ford T. Moseley (1973) Assistant to the Director of the Physical Plant 

B.S., Western Kentucky; M.S., Georgia Tech; M.A., George Washington 

! R. Weatherly (1947) Superintendent of Buildings 

n Q. Layton (1951) Superintendent of Grounds 

B.S., Wake Forest 

•t B. Scales (1956) Superintendent of Building Services 

Reynolda House 

>las B. Bragg (1970) Executive Director of Reynolda House 

B.A., Wake Forest 

Ecumenical Institute 

le U. Broach (1974) Director of the Ecumenical Institute 

B.A., Georgia; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Seminary 



159 

THE COLLEGE FACULTY 



. Adams (1975) Adjunct Assistant Professor 

B.S., M.A., California State; Ph.D., Southern Illinois f Physical Education 

nn A. Adams (1976) Instructor in Psychology 

B.S., M.A., Alabama 

s M. Allen (1941) Professor of Biology 

B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Duke 

Douglas Allen (1976) Visiting Instructor in Economics 

B.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Virginia 

D. Amen (1962) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.A., M.A., Northern Colorado; M.B.S., Ph.D., Colorado 

arie Anderson (1973) Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Central (Iowa); M.A., Ph.D., Nebraska 

. Andronica (1969) Associate Professor of Classical Languages 

B.A., Holy Cross; M.A., Boston College; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins 

Villiam Angell (1955) Professor of Religion 

B.A., Wake Forest; S.T.M., Andover Newton; Th.M., Ph.D., Southern Baptist 
Seminary 

•ie S. Angell (1972) Instructor in Music 

B.M., Louisville 

Artom (1975) Lecturer in Romance Languages 

VI. Austin (1975) Lecturer in Psychology 

B.A., Monmouth; Ph.D., Southern Illinois 

llace Baird (1963) Professor of Chemistry 

B.A., Berea; Ph.D., Wisconsin 

dleton Banks (1954) Professor of Anthropology 

B.A., Furman; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard 

P. Barefield (1963) Associate Professor of History 

B.A., M.A., Rice; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins 

d C. Barnett (1961) Professor of History 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.Ed., Ph.D., North Carolina 

I M. Barrow (1948) Professor of Physical Education 

B.A., Westminster; M.A., Missouri; P.E.D., Indiana 

J . Baxley (1968) Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., M.S., Georgia Tech; Ph.D., Wisconsin 

t C. Beck (1959) Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Ph.D., Illinois 

I. Becker (1969) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., Gustavus Adolphus; M.S., South Dakota State; Ph.D., Michigan State 

ne. 



160 

Gretchen J. Belovicz (1975) Adjunct Assistant Professor of B 

B.A., Hobard and William Smith; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue 

Merrill G. Berthrong (1964) Associate Professor of H 

B.A., Tufts; M.A., Fletcher; Ph.D., Pennsylvania 

* Deborah L. Best (1973) Instructor in Psych' 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest 

*Liane Bidwell (1976) Instructor in Psych 

B.A., Antioch; M.S.W, Adelphi; M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., North Carolina 

Miles O. Bidwell (1972) Assistant Professor of Econ 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Columbia 

Ronald L. Blankespoor (1973) Assistant Professor of Cher. 

B.A., Dordt; Ph.D., Iowa State 

**Edith M. Bolick (1976) Instructor in Soci 

B.A., Catawba; M.A., North Carolina 

W. Thomas Boone (1973) Visiting Assistant Profesi 

B.S., M.Ed., Northwestern State; Ph.D., Florida Physical Educ 

Sterling M. Boyd (1968) Associate Professor c- 

B.A., Sewanee; M.A., Oberlin; Ph.D., Princeton 

Jesse C. Brackett Jr. (1975) Assistant Professor of Military Sci 

B.S., North Carolina State; M.B.A., Wake Forest 

Germaine Bree (1973) Kenan Professor of Huma i 

Licence, E.E.S., Agregation, Paris; Litt.D., Smith, Mount Holyoke, Allegheny,! 
Oberlin, Dickinson, Rutgers, Wake Forest, Brown, Wisconsin, New York, 
sachusetts, Kalamazoo; L.H.D., Wilson, Colby, Michigan, Davis-Elkins; L 
Middlebury 

Robert W. Brehme (1959) Professor of Phi 

B.S., Roanoke; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina 

David M. Broyles (1966) Associate Professor of Pc 

B.A., Chicago; B.A., Florida; M.A., Ph.D., California 

George McLeod Bryan (1956) Professor of Rel 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Ph.D., Yale 

Shasta M. Bryant (1966) Professor of Romance Langi 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 

Julian C. Burroughs Jr. (1958) Professor of Speech Convnunic 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan 

William E. Cage (1967) Associate Professor of Econc 

B.A., Rockford; Ph.D., Virginia 

Linda G. Cappel (1976) Instructor in Educ* 

B.A., High Point 

Richard D. Carmichael (1971) Associate Professor of Mathem 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 



* Part-time. 
**Fall 1976. 



161_ 

ice Carroll (1974) Sam /. Ervin Jr. University Lecturer 

B. Litt., Marquette, Duke; Litt.D., Wake Forest 

,A. Carter Jr. (1961) Professor of English 

B.A., Virginia; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton 

|thy Casey (1949) Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., North Carolina (Greensboro); M.A., North Carolina 

d W. Catron (1963) Associate Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Furman; Ph.D., George Peabody 

n L. Clark Jr. (1976) Lecturer in Business 

B.A., Ohio State; M.B.A., Kentucky 

a N. Clark (1974) Assistant Professor of Education 

B.A., Stetson; M.S., Ed.D., Tennessee 

'in S. Coats (1976) Lecturer in Art 

B.S.A., East Texas State; M.F.A., Oklahoma 

E. Collins (1970) Associate Professor of Religion 
B.S., M.S., Tennessee; B.D., Southeastern Baptist Seminary; Ph.D., Princeton 

A. Cook (1975) Instructor in Art 

B.F.A., Michigan State; M.F.A., Northern Illinois 

P. Cook Jr. (1957) Associate Professor of Accountancy 

B.S., Virginia Polytechnic; M.S., Tennessee; C.P.A., Arkansas 

>ne Covey (1968) Professor of History 

B.A., Ph.D., Stanford 

:es Creighton (1976) Instructor in Romance Languages 

B.A., Marshall; M.A., Tennessee 

arie Crisp (1947) Associate Professor of Physical 

B.S., Appalachian State; M.A., George Peabody Education 

ra F. Daniel (1975) Assistant Professor of Romance 

B.A., Talladega College; M.A., Ph.D., Rochester Languages 

>rah S. David (1975) Instructor in Physical Education 

B.S., M.A., Florida 

ha Davis (1976) Instructor in Education 

B.S., Campbell; M.Ed., Virginia 

Uiam Dellastatious (1975) Lecturer in Physical Education 

B.S., M.S., Missouri 

i P. Dewasthali (1975) Visiting Lecturer in Business 

B.S., Bombay; M.S., Ph.D., Delaware 

F. Dimmick (1961) Associate Professor of Biology 
B.S., M.S., Western Illinois; Ph.D., Illinois 

Id V. Dimock Jr. (1970) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.A., New Hampshire; M.S., Florida State; Ph.D., California 

>h Dodson (1977) Visitng Lecturer in Education 

B.A., Western Carolina; M.Ed., Ed.D., Georgia 

ime. 



162 

Robert H. Dufort (1961) Professor of Psych. 

B.A., Ph.D., Duke i 

Robert Dyer (1956) Professor of Re, 

B.A., Louisiana State; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Seminary 

John R. Earle (1963) Professor of Soci, 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 

Neal F. Earls (1973) Instructor in Physical Educ 

B.A., South Florida; M.A., Wake Forest 

*Linda E. Early (1977) Instructor in Theatre, 

B.A., Wake Forest 

Leo Ellison Jr. (1957) Assistant Professor of Phi, 

B.S., M.S., Northwestern State r- > 

Thomas M. Elmore (1962) Professor of Education and Couns 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., George Peabody; Ph.D., Ohio State Psych 

Gerald W. Esch (1965) Professor of Bit 

B.S., Colorado College; M.S., Ph.D., Oklahoma 

Herman E. Eure (1974) Assistant Professor of Bic 

B.S., Maryland State; Ph.D., Wake Forest 

David K. Evans (1966) Associate Professor of Anthrovc 

B.S., Tulane; Ph.D., California 

Stephen Ewing (1971) Assistant Professor of Bus, 

B.S., Howard Payne; M.B.A., Baylor; D.B.A., Texas Tech 

Philippe R. Falkenberg (1969) Associate Professor of Psycho 

B.A., Queen's (Ontario); Ph.D., Duke 

**Marjorie Felmet (1964) Instructor in M 

B.A., North Carolina; M.A., Eastman 

Jack D. Fleer (1964) Associate Professor of Poi 

B.A., Oklahoma Baptist; M.S., Florida State; Ph.D., North Carolina 

Carl B. Fliermans (1976) Adjunct Assistant Professor of Bio 

B.S., Asbury; M.S., Kentucky; Ph.D., Indiana 

Walter S. Flory (1963) Babcock Professor of Boi 

B.A., Bridgewater; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia; Sc.D., Bridgewater 

Philip John Forbes (1976) Instructor in Physical Educa 

B.S., M.A., Murray State 

Doyle R. Fosso (1964) Associate Professor of Em 

A.B., Harvard; M.A., Michigan; Ph.D., Harvard 

Ralph S. Fraser (1962) Professor of Gen 

B.A., Boston; M.A., Syracuse; Ph.D., Illinois 

Donald E. Frey (1972) Assistant Professor of Econoi 

B.A., Wesleyan; M.Div., Yale; Ph.D., Princeton 

* Part-time. 
**Fall 1976. 



163 

ine S. Fullerton (1969) Instructor in theatre Arts 

B.A., Rollins; M.A., Texas Christian 

en J. Gamble (1973) Assistant Professor of Military Science 

B.A., Siena College 

•eth Gengozian (1971) Adjunct Professor of Biology 

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Wisconsin 

Z. Gentry (1949) Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Wake Forest; B.S., New York; M.A., Ph.D., Duke 

itfield Gibbons (1971) Adjunct Associate Profesor of Biology 

B.S., M.A., Alabama; Ph.D., Michigan State 

topher Giles (1951) Assistant Professor of Music 

B.S., Florida Southern; M.A., George Peabody 

een Glenn (1974) Associate Professor of Romance 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Stanford Languages 

ishna Govind Gokhale (1960) Professor of History and Asian Studies 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Bombay 

las F. Gossett (1967) Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., Southern Methodist; Ph.D., Minnesota 

. L. Griffin Jr. (1975) Assistant Professor of Military Science 

B.S., Tuskegee Institute; M.S., Florida Tech 

?e J. Griffin (1948) Professor of Religion 

B.A., Wake Forest; Th.B., Southern Baptist Seminary; B.D., Yale; Ph.D., 
Edinburgh 

M. Gross Jr. (1959) Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Duke; Ph.D., Brown 

am H. Gulley (1966) Associate Professor of Sociology 

B.A., M. A., Ph.D., North Carolina 

i W. Hadley (1966) Assistant Professor of History 

B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard 

A. Hall (1958, 1961, 1967) Associate Professor of Education 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ed.D., George Peabody 

ett Willard Hamrick (1952) Professor of Religion 

B.A., North Carolina, Ph.D., Duke 

ip J. Hamrick Jr. (1956) Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Morris Harvey; Ph.D., Duke 

:oise Hansberger (1972) Lecturer in Romance Languages 

Licence, Agregation, Paris 

V. Harris (1956) Professor of Classical Languages 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., S.T.M., Yale; Ph.D., Duke 

lie S. Harris (1957) Instructor in Music 

B.A., B.M., Meredith 

time. 

May 18, 1976. 



164 

Ysbrand Haven (1965) Professor of I 

Candidate, Doctorandus, Doctor, Groningen 

Elmer K. Hayashi (1973) Assistant Professor of Mathc, 

B.A., California; M.S., San Diego State; Ph.D., Illinois 

Michael D. Hazen (1974) Assistant Profe 

B.A., Seattle Pacific; M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Kansas Speech Commun 

N. Rick Heatley (1970) Visiting Assistant Profe ■ 

B.A., Baylor; M.A., Ph.D., Texas Classical Lam 

Roger A. Hegstrom (1969) Associate Professor of Che s 

B.A., St. Olaf; A.M. Ph.D., Harvard 

Robert M. Helm (1940) Professor of Phik 

B.A. Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Duke 

J. Edwin Hendricks (1961) Professor of I- 

B.A., Furman; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia 

Marcus B. Hester (1963) Professor of Phik 

B.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Vanderbilt 

Mary Cassandra Hill (1976) Instructor in Anthrop 

B.A., Alabama; M.A., Tennessee 

David A. Hills (1960) Associate Professor of Psyc) 

B.A., Kansas; M.A., Ph.D., Iowa 

Willie L. Hinze (1975) Assistant Professor of Che, 

B.S., M.A., Sam Houston State; Ph.D., Texas A & M 

Louise Hoffman (1975) Visiting Assistant Professor of H 

B.A., Michigan State; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr 

Donald D. Hoirup (1972) Instructor in | 

B.M., M.S., Julliard 

Fred L. Horton Jr. (1970) Associate Professor of Re, 

B.A., North Carolina; B.D., Union Seminary; Ph.D., Duke 

William L. Hottinger (1970) Associate Professor of Physical Edm 

B.S., Slippery Rock; M.S., Ph.D., Illinois 

Fredric T. Howard (1966) Associate Professor of Mather 

B.A., M.A., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Duke 

William J. Huff (1974, 1976) Visiting Assistant Professor of P). 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.S., Florida; Ph.D., North Carolina 

Delmer P. Hylton (1949) Professor of Accoun 

B.S., M.B.A., Indiana; C.P.A., Indiana 

Rebecca C. Jann (1976) Research Assistant Professor of Bi, 

B.A., Catawba; Ph.D., Wake Forest 

* Patricia A. Johnson (1969) Instructor in En 

B.A., Winston-Salem State; M.A., Wake Forest 

W Dillon Johnston (1973) Associate Professor of £r- 

B.A., Van derbilt; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., Virginia 

'Absent on leave, 1976-77. 



165 

:o W. Kenion (1956) Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Duke 

C. Kennedy III (1976) Assistant Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Ph.D.', California 

im C. Kerr (1970) Associate Professor of Physics 

B.S., Wooster; Ph.D., Cornell 

■ L. King Jr. (I960) Professor of Romance Languages 

B.A., Richmond; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 

E. Kirkman (1975) Alfred Brauer Instructor in Mathematics 

B.A., Wooster; M.A., M.S., Ph.D., Michigan State 

i Knoop (1976) Instructor in Romance Languages 

B.S., Clarion State; M.A., Indiana 

r t Knott (1975) Assistant Professor of Art 

B.A., Stanford; M.A., Illinois; Ph.D., Pennsylvania 

Id G. Krause (1976) Instructor in Accountancy 

B.A., North Carolina State; M.B.A., Wake Forest 

iond E. Kuhn (1968) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., Carson-Newman; Ph.D., Tennessee 

5 Kuzmanovich (1972) Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Rose Polytechnic; Ph.D., Wisconsin 

» C. Lane (1973) Assistant Professor of Biology 

Licenciate of the Biological Sciences, Doctorate of the Biological Sciences, Geneva 

Legakis (1974) Instructor in Art 

B.A., California; M.A., Chicago 

;tte LeSiege (1975) Assistant Professor of Music 

B.A., M.A., San Jose State; Ph.D., Eastman 

•ew D. Lester (1972) Visiting Lecturer in Religion 

B.A., Mississippi College; B.D., Th.D., Southern Baptist Seminary 

d B. Levy (1976) Instructor in Music 

B.M., M.A., Eastman 

les M. Lewis (1968) Associate Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Vanderbilt; Th.M., Harvard 

»las J. Lincoln (1972, 1976) Instructor in Business 

B.S., SUNY (Buffalo); M.B.A., Eastern Illinois 

H. Litcher (1973) Associate Professor of Education 

B.S., Winona State; M.A., Ph.D., Minnesota 

• R. Ljungquist (1972) Assistant Professor of Romance 

B.A., Clark; Ph.D., Cornell Languages 

dward Lobb (1973) Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Toronto; M.A., Virginia; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton 

t on leave, 1976-77. 

! me. 

t on leave, fall 1976. 



166 

Robert W. Lovett (1962, 1968) Associate Professor of h 

B.A., Oglethorpe; M.A., Ph.D., Emory 

James L. Mader (1975) Instructor in Accou 

B.A., St. Mary's; M.B.A., Minnesota 

Gregorio C. Martin (1976) Assistant Professor of Romance Lan | 

Diplome, Salamanca; M.A., Ph.D., Pittsburgh 

Don M. Maultsby (1970) Assistant Professor of Sol 

B.A., Wofford; Ph.D., Tulane 

* Betty Jo May (1972) Instructor in Speech Commum 

B.S., Virginia; M.A., North Carolina (Greensboro) 

J. Gaylord May (1961) Associate Professor of Mathe' 

B.S., Wofford; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia 

W. Graham May (1961) Associate Professor of Mathe 

B.S., Wofford; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia 

Donna Mayer-Martin (1976) Instructor in 

B.M., St. Mary; M.M., Cincinnati 

Joseph B. Mazzola (1975) Instructor in Mathe 

B.S., SUNY (Stony Brook); M.A., Wake Forest 

James C. McDonald (1960) Associate Professor of B 1 

B.A., Washington, (St. Louis); M.A., Ph.D., Missouri 

James G. McDowell (1965) Associate Professor of H 

B.A., Colgate; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins 

Fred McLean (1976) Instructor in Speech Commum 

B.S., Middle Tennessee State; J.D., Cumberland 

Dolly A. McPherson (1974) Lecturer in E 

B.A., Southern; M.A., Boston 

J. Rodney Meyer (1970) Assistant Professor of E 

B.A., Brown; M.A., Ph.D., Minnesota 

Harry B. Miller (1947) Professor of Chei 

B.S., Ph.D., North Carolina 



Joseph O. Milner (1969) Assistant Professor of Edu* 

B.A., Davidson; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 

Carlton T. Mitchell (1961) Professor of Re 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Yale; S.T.M., Union Seminary; Ph.D., New York 

John V. Mochnick (1976) Lecturer in 

B.M., Heidelberg; M.M., Indiana 

John C. Moorhouse (1969) Associate Professor of Econ 

B.A., Wabash; Ph.D., Northwestern 

Carl C. Moses (1964) Associate Professor of P< 

B.A., William & Mary; Ph.D., North Carolina 

William M. Moss (1971) Assistant Professor of £; 

B.A., Davidson; Ph.D., North Carolina 






*Part-time. 



167 

)mas E. Mullen (1957) Associate Professor of History 

B.A.. Rollins; M.A., Ph.D., Emory 

laid E. Noftle (1967) Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., New Hampshire; Ph.D., Washington 

e P. Norwood (1976) Adjunct Instructor in Psychology 

B.A., Coker; M.Ed., Ph.D., South Carolina 

n W. Nowell (1945) Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Wake Forest; Ph.D., North Carolina 

ies C. O'Flaherty (1947) Professor of German 

B.A., Georgetown College; M.A., Kentucky; Ph.D., Chicago 

rhomas Olive (1961) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina State 

ine Owen (1956) Professor of Business Laze 

B.S., North Carolina (Greensboro); M.C.S., Indiana; J.D., North Carolina 

t E. Parker Jr. (1950) Professor of Education and Romance Languages 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse 

-ence H. Patrick (1946) Professor of Sociology 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Andover Newton; Ph.D., Duke 

lip J. Perricone (1967) Assistant Professor of Sociology 

B.S., M.A., Florida; Ph.D., Kentucky 

aval Perry (1939, 1947) Professor of History 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Rutgers; Ph.D., Duke 

abeth Phillips (1957) Professor of English 

B.A., North Carolina (Greensboro); M.A., Iowa; Ph.D., Pennsylvania 

sio Pignatti (1971) Visiting Professor of Art History 

Ph.D., Padua 

:uel R. Pinneau Jr. (1976) Instructor in Psychology 

B.A., California; Ph.D., Michigan 

H. Potter (1965) Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 

nan J. Preseren (1953) Professor of Education 

B.S., California State (Pennsylvania); M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., North Carolina 

;ory D. Pritchard (1968) Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Oklahoma Baptist; B.D., Southern Baptist Seminary; Ph.D., Columbia 

lyrt M. Pyrek (1976) Visiting Assistant Professor of English 

B.S., M. A., .Louisiana State; Ph.D., Tennessee 

n J. Pyrek (1976) Visiting Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Virginia; M.A., Michigan; Ph.D., Tennessee 

ah L. Raynor (1946) Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., East Carolina; M.A., Wake Forest 



§ on leave, spring 1977. 
ime. 



168 

J. Don Reeves (1967) Associate Professor of Education ;'. 

B.A., Mercer; B.D., Th.M., Southern Baptist Seminary; Ed.D., Columbia 

Jon M. Reinhardt (1964) Associate Professor of Politics | 

B.A., Birmingham-Southern; M.A., Ph.D., Tulane 

Paul M. Ribisl (1973) Associate Professor of Physical Education '■ 

B.S., Pittsburgh; M.A., Kent State; Ph.D., Illinois 

Laura P. Rice-Sayre (1976) Visiting Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Ohio State; M.A., Kent State; Ph.D., Washington 

C. H. Richards Jr. (1952) Professor of Politics 

B.A., Texas Christian; M.A., Ph.D., Duke 

Stephen H. Richardson (1963) Adjunct Professor of Biology ■ 

B.A., California; M.S., Ph.D., Southern California 

* Charles L. Richman (1968) Associate Professor of Psychology I 

B.A., Virginia; M.A., Yeshiva; Ph.D., Cincinnati 

Leonard P. Roberge (1974) Assistant Professor of Education', 

B.A., New Hampshire; M.A., Atlanta; Ed.D., Maine 

Mary Frances M. Robinson (1952) Professor of Romance Languages'. 

B.A., Wilson; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse 

Paul S. Robinson (1952) Professor of Music 

B.A., Westminster; B.M., Curtis; M.S.M., D.S.M., Union Seminary 

Eva Marie Rodtwitt (1966) Lecturer in Romance Languages^ 

Can. Philol., Oslo 

Michael Roman (1973) Assistant Professor of English 

A.B., Harvard; M.A., Ph.D., Pennsylvania 

Laura V. Rouzan (1975) Instructor in Speech Communication 

B.A., Xavier; M.A., Georgia 

Franklyn F. Sanders (1971) Instructor in Classical Languages 

B.A., Wofford; M.A., Georgia 

Wilmer D. Sanders (1954, 1964) Associate Professor of German\ 

B.A., Muhlenberg; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana 

John W. Sawyer (1956) Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Missouri 

Henry M. Sayre (1976) Visiting Assistant Professor of Englis,- 

B.A., Stanford; Ph.D., Washington 

Donald O. Schoonmaker (1965) Associate Professor of Politi\ 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton 

William A. Scott (1975) Professor of Military Scienc 

B.S., City College (New York); M.P.A., City University (New York) 

Richard D. Sears (1964) Associate Professor of Politic] 

B.A., Clark; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana 

Ben M. Seelbinder (1959) Professor of Mathematic 

B.A., Mississippi Delta State; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 

*Absent on leave, 1976-77. 






169 



Dorothy jean Carter Seeman (1976) Instructor in Psychology 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.S., Ph.D., Georgia * J 

nm0th R y /- S J U u er (19 Z 0) Assistant ^fessor of German 

B.A., Michigan; M.A., Wayne State; Ph.D., Michigan 

Bynum G. Shaw (1965) j ,,,,, • , ,■ 

B.A., wake Lest lecturer in Journalism 

Howa t W N ? hi S s (1 , 958) Professor of Physics 

B.b., North Carolina; M.S., Pennsylvania State; Ph.D., Duke 

ftenklin R. Shirley (1948) Professor of Speech Communication 

B.A., Georgetown; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., Florida 

Richard L. Shoemaker (1950) Professor of Romance Languages 

B.A., Colgate; M.A., Syracuse; Ph.D., Virginia 

Robert N. Shorter (1958) Assoaate Pwfessor of £ Uh 

B. A., Union College; M. A., Ph.D., Duke 

* icha R \' w n u d T (1%8) Assistant ^fessor of History 

B. A., Wake Forest; M. A., Ph.D., Stanford ' 

)aVld r A Sm M7 ( « 95 , 0) ,u Pr °f ess °r °f ™ory 

B.A., M.A., Baylor; Ph.D., Wisconsin 

. Howell Smith (1965) Associate Professor of History 

B.A., Baylor; M.A., Tulane; Ph.D., Wisconsin 

° hn S S e A de m ( 1 97 ?i u r- , Visitin S Uctu ^ « Theatre Arts 

B.A., M.A., North Carolina 

1 ^/nyder (1974) Instructor in English 

B.A., Michigan; M.A. Northwestern 

lanche C. Speer (1972) Assistant Professor of Linguistics 

B.A., Howard Payne; M.A., Ph.D., Colorado 

^^ bV'nTT' (19 mL m. Pr °f eSSOr Of P° mc * 

B.A., Notre Dame; M.A., Ph.D., Chicago 

enry S. S troupe (1937) n,.^- „ < u • , 

B.S., M.A P Wake Forest; Ph.D., Duke ^'^ ° f HV ^ 

P'bT Padua" (1972) /"s^ro,- m Romance Lai«lMg« 

Obert L. Sullivan (1962) A eenrin to D y/1 ^„„ r n- I 

da-,, v i. ' Associate rrotessor of Biolosv 

B.A., Delaware; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State 

harles H. Talbert (1961) n t t « i- ■ 

ra u Vnn r- , Professor of Religion 

B.A., Howard; B.D., Southern Baptist Seminary; Ph.D., Vanderbilt 

K ° ma B S s C M^JTi ,- u Associate Prof™ ' °f Accountancy 

B.S., M.A., North Carolina; Ph.D., Louisiana State; C.P.A., North Carolina 
arold C Tedford (1965) Associate Professor of JhctUrc Arf$ 

B.A., Ouachita; M.A., Arkansas; Ph.D., Louisiana State 



rt-timc. 

'sent on leave, spring 1977. 



170 . 

Stanton K. Tefft (1964) Associate Professor of Anthropology , 

B.A., Michigan State; M.S., Wisconsin; Ph.D., Minnesota 
Mary Beth Thomas (1971) Associate Professor of Biology ] 

B.A., Agnes Scott; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 
Mary H. Thomas (1975) Instructor in Romance Languages 

B.A., Ohio; M.A., Michigan 
Anne S Tillett (1956, 1960) Professor of Romance Languages 

B.A., Carson-Newman; M.A., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Northwestern 

Lowell R. Tillett (1956) , Professor of History 

B.A., Carson-Newman; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., North Carolina 

Richard I. Tirrell (1977) 

B.S., Purdue; M.S., Kansas State 



Thomas J. Turner (1952) 

B.S., North Carolina; M.S., Clemson; Ph.D., Virginia 



Visiting Lecturer in Education 
Professor of Physics 



Robert W. Ulery Jr. (1971) 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Yale 



Assistant Professor of Classical 

Language* 

Marcellus E. Waddill (1962) Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Hampden-Sydney; M.A., Ph.D., Pittsburgh 
J Van Wagstaff (1964) Professor of Economic. 

B.A., Randolph-Macon; M.B.A., Rutgers; Ph.D., Virginia 

Anderson H. Walters (1975) Assistant Professor of Military Sciena 

B.S., United States Military Academy; M.S., Ohio State 



Barbara Warren (1976) 



B.S., Southwest Missouri State; M.S., Indiana 

Peter D. Weigl (1968) 

B.A., Williams; Ph.D., Duke 

David Welker (1969) 

B.A., M.A., Illinois; Ph.D., Minnesota 

Larry E. West (1969) 

B.A., Berea; Ph.D., Vanderbilt 

Frank H. Whitchurch (1971) 

B.S., M.A., Minnesota; M.A., Ohio State 

Pamela A. Wiegardt (1974) 

B.S., Madison; M.A., Sam Houston 

Alan J. Williams (1974) 

B.A., Stanford; M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale 

George P. Williams (1958) 

B.S., Richmond; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina 

John E. Williams (1959) 

B.A., Richmond; M.A., Ph.D., Iowa 

Edwin Graves Wilson (1946, 1951) 

B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard 



Instructor in Physical Education 

Associate Professor of Biolog] 

Professor of Theatre Art 

Associate Professor of Germa 

Instructor in Romance Language 

Instructor in Physical Educatio 

Assistant Professor of Histoi 

Professor of Physi 

Professor of Psycholo^ 

Professor of Engli 



171 

Donald H. Wolfe (1968) Associate Professor of Theatre Arts 

B.S., M.S., Southern Illinois; Ph.D., Cornell 

Frank B. Wood (1971) Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; M.Div., Southeastern Baptist Seminary; Ph.D., Duke 

felph C Wood Jr. (1971) Assistant Professor of Religion 

B.A., M.A., East Texas State; M.A., Ph.D., Chicago 

• Ned Woodall (1969) Associate Professor of Anthropology 

B.A., M.A., Texas; Ph.D., Southern Methodist 

ohn J . Woodmansee (1965) Associate Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Westminster; M.A., Denver; Ph.D., Colorado 

Raymond L. Wyatt (1956) 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 



V. Buck Yearns Jr. (1945) 

B.A., Duke; M.A., Georgia; Ph.D., North Carolina 

Uchard L. Zuber (1962) 

B.S., Appalachian; M.A., Emory; Ph.D., Duke 

absent on leave, fall 1976. 



Professor of Biology 
Professor of History 
Professor of History 




172 

EMERITI 



■ a „wiq?r 1Q7-H Professor Emeritus of English 

Andrew Lewis Aycock (1928- 19/ ij I 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Tulane 
. , , « » „ (iqa.1 1QTO Professor Emeritus of English 

Dalma Adolph Brown (1941-19/3) / 

B A., M.A., North Carolina 
, r- ^ u n mq« 1Q741 Professor Emerita of Spanish 

RU * 's^Trfh'cSfna^Lsboro,; M.A., No* Caro.iL; Ph.D., Du k e 

Forrest W. Clonts (1922-24; 1925-1967) Professor Emeritus of H,s,ory 

BA Wake Forest; M. A., Ohio State 
Ethel T.Crittenden (1915-1946) Librarian Emeriti 

Cronje B. Earp (1940-1971) Professor Emeritus of Classical languages 

B A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia 
r mi c i mow iQfi^ Professor Emeritus of Religion 

J. Allen Easley (1928-19b3J , ' p„ r man 

B A., Furman; Th.M., Southern Baptist Seminary; D.D., Furman 

c ,, Mau iqf - 7 ^ Professor Emeritus of English 

Mgar rfwat KS, Columbia; Ph.D„ George Pealody 
Roland L. Gay (1933-1972) Pntf»« E™"»'" s <* MatheniaUi 

B S Wake Forest; M.S., North Carolina State 
Ralph Cyrus Heath (1954-1969) Professor Emeritus of Market^ 

B.A., Princeton; M.B.A., D.B.A., Indiana 

c „ . MOAA-iQffn Professor Emeritus of Religio. 

OWe % F .A H TAl ( wtk; 19 F 6 o 3 r ) est; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Seminary; D.D 

Georgetown College 

, 1Q/I1 1Q ,« Dean of Women Ement 

Lois Johnson (1942-1962) 

B.A., Meredith; M.A., North Carolina 

w t^ ij /iq/11 io7«rt Professor Emeritus of Musi 

Thane McDonald (1941-1975) > 

B.M., M.M., Michigan; Ed.D., Columbia 

T u ir nq?Q 10711 Professor Emeritus of Educatic 

Jasper L. Memory Jr. (1929- 19/ 1) . 

BA Wake Forest; M. A., Columbia 

Harold Dawes Parcell (1935-1970) Professor Emeritus of Romance Language 

B A., North Carolina; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard 

Mn ,, in7 ,. Registrar Ement 

Grady S. Patterson (1924-1972) « 

B.A., Wake Forest 

r> rM Q9tiqfii) Professor Emeritus of Mathemat 

Kenneth Tyson Raynor (1926- 19b I) u ) 

BA Wake Forest; M. A., Duke 

Albert C. Reid (1917-18; 1920-1965) P™/^ E"'-"" s ■* P '" toS °" 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Cornell 



►Dates following name indicate period of service. 



- . 173 

Harold Wayland Tribble (1950-1967) n,... ;i , , r 

B A. Richmond; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Seminary; MA SlS'S' 
No^Srohna -' ^ LL °" ^ ^^ Wak ^W fSSSS',?^' 



Carroll W. Weathers (1950-1972) 
B.A., LL.B., Wake Forest 

Carlton P. West (1928-1975) 

B.A., Boston; M.A., Yale; B.A. 



Professor Emeritus of Law and 
Dean Emeritus of the School of Law 

Librarian Emeritus 
in L.S., North Carolina 




THECOM^OTTEES^FTHEFACUL^ 

September 1, 1977 

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEES 

The Committee on Academic Affairs 

Non-voting. Dean of Men; Dean of Women; Associate Dean Ass «tant Dean; one, 
student in the College. Voting. Dean of the College; 198 ° ^ ™ *f$J 
Raymond E. Kuhn; 1979 E. Pendleton Banks, Marcellus E. Waddill, 1978 H. Wal 
lace Baird, Thomas J. Turner; one student in the College. 

The Committee on Admissions 

Non-voting. Director of Admissions and Financial Aid; Associate Dean of the Col j 
We- Dean of Women; one student in the College. Voting. Dean of the College, 
19 8 80 Herman E. Eure, Robert N. Shorter; 1979 Robert C. Beck Donald O 
Schoonmaker; 1978 Jack D. Fleer, Jeanne Owen; one student m the College. 

The Committee on Scholarships and Student Aid 

Non-voting. One student in the College. Voting. Dean of the CoUege; Director! 
Admissions and Financial Aid; Dean of Women, Associate Dean, 1980 John 1 

Collins, Anne S. Tillett; 1979 Doyle R. Fosso, Bynum G. Shaw; 1978 John r 
Litcher, Mary Beth Thomas; one student in the College. 

The Committee on Curriculum 

Voting. Provost; Dean of the College; Registrar; the Chairman of each Departme 
in the College as follows; Division I. Art, Classical Languages, English Germj 
Music, Romance Languages, Speech Communication and Thea*e Art s, Dw*| 
11 Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physical Education, Physics, Division 
Education" History, Military Science, Philosophy, Religion; ^»™*H 
and Accountancy, Economics, Politics, Psychology, Sociology and Anthropolog 

ADVISORY COMMITTEES 
The Committee on Academic Planning 

Non-voting. Provost; 1979 one student in the College. Voting. Dean of theCoUc 
Director of Libraries; 1981 Richard C. Barnett, James A. Steintrager; 1980 El. 

a committee vote except as otherwise indicated. 



175 



iayashi Wilmer D. Sanders; 1979 Donald E. Frey, Gregory D Pritchard; 1978 
ohn L. Andromca, William C. Kerr; one student in the College. 

The Committee on Athletics 

'on-votjng. Director of Athletics. Voting. V lce President and Treasurer; Dean of 
e College; faculty representative to the Atlantic Coast Conference; 1982 John 
fclkam Angell. David K. Evans; 1981 Philippe R. Falkenberg Michael L 

T 7« l iZl° b : rt C BeCk ' PhlHp J PerHcone 1979 R^hard a Sea Van 

fegstaff; 1978 Robert W Brehme, Jon M. Reinhardt. 

The Committee on Institutional Planning 

on-voting. Provost; Vice President and Treasurer; one student in the College 
I ? 6 Mn 6 C ° Uege; 1981 l Edwin Hendricks, John E. Williams- 1980 

Swiii^ reP e M °° rh0USe for 1977 " 78 )'" 1978 Richard D. Carmichael 
)bert W. Ulery Jr.; one student in the College. 

The Committee on Nominations 

Oting. 1980 Howard W. Shields, Lowell R. Tillett; 1979 John R Earle Mary 
•ances M. Robinson; 1978 James P. Barefield, Ralph S. Eraser. ' " 

The Committee on Library Planning 

Meting Provost; Dean of the Graduate School; one faculty representative 
.m the Committee on Academic Planning; one student in the College VoZ 

rJr Ul y T r mber fr ° m each Department in the College; Dean of th § e College'- 
irector of Libraries; one student in the College. Allege, 

SPECIAL COMMITTEES 
The Committee on Publications 

^° f ,L he ? lle8e; 7 1Ce President and T ^surer; Director oi Communications- 
1 otter, 1979 Michael Roman; 1978 W. Dillon Johnston. 

The Committee for Teacher Education 

Su«fen C fc^ an °r f « GradUate Sch0 ° 1; CHairman 0f the department 
tcuicauon, 1980 William L. Hottinger, J. Don Reeves; 1979 John F Dimmick 

ger A. Hegstrom; 1978 Shasta M. Bryant, W Buck Yearns. ^^ 



176 

The Committee for the R.O.T.C. 

Dean of the College; Coordinator of R.O.T.C; Professor of Military Science; 19| 
W Graham May; 1979 Rosemarie Anderson; 1978 A. Thomas Olive. | 

The Committee on Honors 

Non-voting One student in the College. Voting. Dean of the College; Coordinate, 
of he Honors Program; 1981 Robert W. Ulery Jr 1980 Fred L. Horton Jr., 197 
William C. Kerr; 1978 James P. Barefield; one student in the College. i 

The Committee of Lower Division Advisers 

Dean of the College; Chairman of the Lower Division Advisers Miles O. Bidwei 
Ranald L BfanlJpoor, David B. Broyles, Linda N. Clark, John E. Collins C 
clone Covey John F. Dimmick, Leo Ellison, Stephen Ewmg Philippe R Falke 
U T Thomas F Gossett Phillip J. Hamrick, Carl V. Harris, Elmer Hayashi Ma- 
cus 8 B HesTeT Fred Horton j" ames Kuzmanovich, Gary R^jungquist, Jam 

Donald H Wolfl F § rank B^Wood, J. Ned V*^^^^^ 

» Kathleen Glenn, Jon M. Reinhardt, Thomas C. Taylor, Thomas J. Turr 
Peer Advisers: approximately thirty students in the College. 

The Committee on Orientation 

Dean of the College; Chairman of the Lower Division Advisers; Dean of | 
Dean Women, resident of the Student Governmenl tor -Putative; H 
from the administration and student body invited by the Chairman. 
The Committee on Records and Information 

Non-voting. Registrar. Voting. Dean of the College Archivist ; Vice ■ Presider 
the Faculty; Secretary of the Faculty; 1980 Frednc T Howard, 1979 Julian C. 
roughs Jr.; 1978 Carl C. Moses. 

The Committee on Open Curriculum 

Dean of the College; 1981 John A. Carter Jr., Donald O^ Schoonmaker; 
Sard C BarneV Roger A. Hegstrom; 1979 Richard D. Sears, Harold C. 
ford; 1978 J. Howell Smith, Mary Beth Thomas. 



. . 177 

JOINT FACULTY-ADMINISTRATION COMMITTEES 
Joint Admissions Committee 

>ean of the College; Director of Admissions; Provost; fohn A. Carter Ir lack D 
leer; Robert C. Beck. 

Judicial Council 

dministration: Toby A. Hale; Richard W. McBride. Faculty: Fred L. Horton fr ; 
lanche C. Speer; Jeanne Owen; Marcellus E. Waddill; George P. Williams; two 
udents in the College. Faculty alternates: Richard C. Barnett, Carlton N Mitch- 
1. Administrative alternate: Patricia A. Johnson; one student alternate. 

Committee on Student Life 

ean of the College or designate; Dean of Women; Dean of Men; 1980 Dorothy 
asey; 1979 Leo Ellison; 1978 Robert W Lovett; three students in the College. 

UNIVERSITY SENATE 

■esident; Provost; Vice President for Medical Affairs; Vice President and Trea- 
irer; Vice President for Development; Dean of the College; Dean of the Gradu- 
e School; Dean of the School of Law; Dean of the Babcock Graduate School of 
anagement; Dean of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine; Director of Li- 
aries; and the following: 

presentatives of the College: 1980 John L. Andronica, Delmer P Hylton- 1979 

Me R. Fosso, John E. Parker Jr.; 1978 Robert W Brehme, Peter D Weigh 1977 

llham E. Cage, Elizabeth Phillips. 

presentatives of the Graduate School: 1980 Richard C. Barnett; 1979 Thomas F 

)ssett; 1978 John William Angell; 1977 Lowell R. Tillett. 

presentatives of the School of Lazv: 1979 Hugh W. Divine; 1977 James A Webster 

presentatives of the Babcock Graduate School of Management: 1979 Peter R 

acock, Robert W. Shively. 

presentatives of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine: 1980 Walter | Bo- 1979 C 

>uglas Maynard; 1978 Eben Alexander; 1977 Carolyn Huntley. 




178 



THE BOARD OF VISITORS 



January 1, 1977 

Dr. William C. Archie, Winston-Salem 

Mr. Jerry B. Attkisson, Atlanta 

Mr. Robert P. Caldwell, Gastonia 

Mr. D. Wayne Calloway, Dallas 

Mrs. C. C. Carpenter, Winston-Salem 

Dr. John W. Chandler, Williamston, Massachusetts 

Mr. Thomas L. Clark, Wilmington, Delaware 

Mrs. Benjamin Cone Jr., Greensboro 

Mr. Max Craig Jr., Stanley 

Mrs. Arthur E. Earley, Cleveland 

Mrs. Aurelia Eller, Winston-Salem 

Mr. Ralph Ellison, New York 

Mr. Floyd Fletcher, Durham 

Dr. Frank Forsyth, Winston-Salem 

Mrs. Frank Forsyth, Winston-Salem 

Mr. Stanley Frank, Greensboro 

Mr. Walter Friedenberg, Cincinnati 

Mrs. Patricia O'Neil Goodyear, Baltimore 

Dr. W. Burnett Harvey, Boston 

Mr. Harold T. P. Hayes, New York 

Dr. E. Garland Herndon, Atlanta 

Mr. R. O. Huffman, Morganton (honorary) 

Mr. Hubert B. Humphrey Jr., Greensboro 

Mr. Gerald Johnson, Baltimore (honorary) 

Mr. Joseph W. Jones, Atlanta 

Mrs. George W. Kane Jr., Durham 

Dr. Nancy C. Kester, New York 

Mrs. E. Carwile LeRoy, Charleston (ex officio) 

Dr. E. Carwile LeRoy, Charleston 

Mr. Al Lineberry Sr., Greensboro 

Dr. J. A. Martin Jr., New York 

Mr. John E. Maxwell, Indianapolis 

Mr. Martin Mayer, New York 

Mr. John G. Medlin Jr., Winston-Salem 

Mr. Bill D. Moyers, New York 

Dr. Campbell McMillan, Chapel Hill 

Dr. Eugene Owens, Charlotte 

Mrs. Lorraine F. Rudolph, Winston-Salem 

Dr. K. Wayne Smith, Winston-Salem (Chairman) 

Mr. Zachary T. Smith, Winston-Salem 

Mr. Norman Snead, Yorktown, Virginia 

Mr. Meade H. Willis Jr., Winston-Salem 



THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES 



179 



Terms Expire December 31, 1977 

Dr. J. Donald Bradsher, Roxboro Mr. C. Kitchin Josey, Scotland Neck 

Just,ce Joseph Branch, Raleigh Mr . ]ames R . Mince^Fayettevme 

Mr. Dewey Herbert Bndgerjr., Bladenboro Mrs. Charles Lee Smith Jr. Raleigh 
Mr. ]. Edvvn Collette, Winston-Salem The Rev. Dr. R. F. Smith Jr. Hickory 

Mr. Egbert L. Davis Jr., Winston-Salem 

Terms Expire December 31, 1978 

^rM^' E ' E - Ferre " jr " Dr Mar ^ Llde Moms ' Burlington 

Black Mountain Dr w B rf Waynesvllle 

fc r c rt H F T n T h Sh r' by Mr ' L ° nnie B - Wl " lamS ' Wilmington 

E' p n TV 1 "-' rl ° tte Mr William L ' Wyatt Jr., Raleigh 

rhe Rev. Dr. John M. Lewis, Raleigh Mr. Robert W. Yelton, Shelby 

Terms Expire December 31, 1979 

fa. Polly Lambeth Blackwell, Mr. Petro Kulynych, North Wilkesboro 

Wmston-Salem Mr. Charles b'. Martin, Tarboro 

fir. John M Cheek Jr., Durham Mr. James W. Mason, Launnburg 

t rTk 7r WinSt ° n - Salem Dr. George W. Paschal Jr., Raleigh 

• Brem KlnCaid ' Unoir Mr. Leon L. Rice Jr., Winston-Salem 

Terms Expire December 31, 1980 

fe Rev. Dr. A. Douglas Aldnch, Mrs. E. Reed Gaskin, Charlotte 

Ga ' t0 "! a Mr. Weston P. Hatfield, 

P i! xf ^^ BlggS ' Winston-Salem 

Rocky Mount Mrs Sara Lewj 

r. Howard Bullard, Fayetteville Mr . j, Robert Phl , L . 

r. Roger P Dav.s, Winston-Salem Dr. D. E. Ward Jr. Lumberton 

Officers 

(For one-year terms beginning January 1, 1977) 

-■ Egbert L. Davis Jr., Winston-Salem, Chairman 

•• James W. Mason, Laurinburg, Vice Chairman 

s. Elizabeth S. Drake, Winston-Salem, Secretary 
John G. Williard, Winston-Salem, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary 
J. William Straughan, Winston-Salem, Associate General Counsel ' 

>mble, Carlyle, Sandridge & Rice, Winston-Salem, General Counsel 



180 

BULLETINS OF WAKE FOREST UNIVERSITY 

The College of Arts and Sciences 

Director of Admissions and Financial Aid 

7305 Reynolda Station 

Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27109 

919-761-5201 

The School of Law 

Director of Admissions 

7206 Reynolda Station 

Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27109 

919-761-5437 

The Summer Session 

Dean of the Summer Session 

7293 Reynolda Station 

Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27109 

919-761-5227 

The Graduate School 

Dean of the Graduate School 

7487 Reynolda Station 

Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27109 

919-761-5301 

The Babcock Graduate School of Management 

Director of Admissions 

7659 Reynolda Station 

Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27109 

919-761-5422 

The Bowman Gray School of Medicine 

Associate Dean for Admissions 

300 Hawthorne Road 

Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27103 

919-727-4265 

William E. Ray, Editor 



Wake Forest University is committed to abide by all heal, state, and natc 
laws and to adminsiter all educational and employment activities without 
crimination because of race, color, religion, national origin, age, or sex J 
where sex is a bona fide occupational qualification or statutory re q uireme 




DIRECTOR OF ADMISSIONS 

WAKE FOREST UNIVERSITY 

WINSTON-SALEM, N.C. 27109 



Second Class Postage Paid , 
Winston-Salem, North Carols